You are on page 1of 172

Universal Theory: A Model for the Theory of Everything "Imagination is entrusted with the responsibility to explore.

Its mission is not to abjure reality but, rather, to magnify our inter- course with it. Karl Popper and Gaston Bachelard, among the others, have emphasized the historic importance of speculation in forming hypothesis and establishing scientific truth" Etienne Klein Throughout history, the human race has tried to comprehend reality. We have envisioned and believed in many different scenarios, which has gradually allowed us to adapt to our environment and improve our living conditions. We can be proud of our accomplishments to this point. Yet windows continue to open right before our eyes, allowing us to gaze upon strange new frontiers that are incomprehensible to our traditional understanding. So far , our knowledge has revealed concrete rules and outcomes and has portrayed a deterministic world, yet ideas from the subatomic arenasuch as the quantum superposition of states, theHeisenberg uncertainty principle, quantum entanglement, and otherspoint toward an indeterministic reality. We came to realize that world cannot be comprehended or predicted with certainty no matter how far our knowledge expands. At deeper level uncertainty prevails. This has left objective physicists in a state of unease. Nothing is clear-cut anymore, and our black and white definitions are no longer adequate. Our familiar views were first cast into doubt by Einsteins relativity theory. Once we introduced the nonzero cosmological constant, the puzzle became even more complex. Since known physics could not explain the newfound phenomena, it became an open system. A discipline that cannot explain all the facts in its domain remains incomplete and open. In the last century, efforts have been made to explain these strange phenomena using traditional concepts (e.g.,Bells theorem). However, they have all failed to extend the determinism of classical physics to the uncertainty of the more fundamental quantum physics. In order to close the system once again, we need to explore new frontiers, expanding our knowledge of the physical world so we can interpret what we cannot explain. To this end, many believe that we must formulate a scientific description of consciousness and incorporate it into the equation. This involves re-examining the mechanism of perception itself. Traditional science, dwelling at cellular and molecular levels, cannot explain the emergence of consciousness and its true nature. New theories, such as quantum brain dynamics, holonomic brain theory, and brain lateralization theory, are being developed to solve this most vital puzzle of twenty-first centurythe mystery of consciousness, the next frontier for the evolution of the human race. Until now, mainstream physics and empirical science have rejected the notion that consciousness may be a fundamental, irreducible element of reality. Generally consciousness is considered a product of nervous systems function. On the ot9her hand, many schools of thought that have been developed to study consciousness have taken an unsatisfactory nonacademic approach, relying on spiritualism and prophecy, which cannot be scrutinized scientifically and thus are subject to frequent error. In these writings, I present an alternative model, which integrates consciousness as a fundamental and irreducible element of reality. This model delves deep into our conscious awareness, offering a comprehensible definition of reality by considering the act of perception itself. The picture it offers is not deterministic, as the classical level of reality predicts, but it is intelligible. Experiments in quantum mechanics have unveiled many findings that are not explainable within the context of classical physics. At best, classical physics is merely an approximation of a more fundamental
1

reality. To find solutions for the paradoxes that exist, we cannot confine ourselves to the domain of classical space-time. Brain lateralization theory (explained in full atwww.quantumperception.net) suggests that our awareness is mixture of two different perceptions from right and left hemispheres. Space and time may be a construct of the left cerebral hemisphere perception. According to the above theory, such notions are pale in the perception of the right hemisphere.

In order to rationalize the bizarre findings of Einsteins relativity and quantum physics, I will explore the possibility of a realm that exists beyond ordinary space-time. In addition, by introducing the conscious observer as an inseparable part of the physical system, I will offer solutions for a number of unexplained paradoxes in physics. Hopefully, this theory will shed light on many mysteries, such as quantum mechanical paradoxes, the nature of consciousness, and so-called parapsychological phenomena. Many scientists religiously stick to objective reality and are afraid to venture any further for fear of treading into religious territory. Understandably, scientists eschew theological explanations of reality, as these are neither scientific nor logical. However, neither is it acceptable to disregard a significant portion of our findings merely because we fear they may be interpreted as metaphysics. Does going beyond objective reality mean accepting the god of the old establishments? Not necessarily. Many findings point toward a realm beyond the world of classical physics and objective reality as we perceive it. Although new findings indicate that space and time are not concrete but rather malleable, and despite the fact that our classical understanding of the space-time universe is under question, most of new physical theories are being explained in a traditional space-time setting. I do not understand how developing a new theory, one that extends beyond the classical space-time paradigm, can disprove science. Are we like fifteenth-century priests, afraid to explore the unknown? Are we hiding in the safety of our caves? I believe that in order to expand our understanding, we must expand our perception beyond the conventional space-time. This exploration means casting off our old-fashioned faiths, with their flaws and shortcomings. By reviewing the nature of consciousness, I also hope to come to a new understanding about the nature of spirituality. If we release spirituality from its old frames and define it according to todays knowledge, I believe it can play an important role in evolution of the human race. This model has the potential to alter the way we think and the way we live.

Introduction Quantum super-position of states, the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, quantum entanglement, and other characteristics of the sub-atomic arena have introduced an in-deterministic perception of reality. This has left objective physicists uneasy. Numerous attempts, such as Bells Theorem, have failed to extend the rules and logic of familiar classical physics to the subatomic domain. Moreover, many experiments have established that quantum mechanics does indeed apply to the macro-world as well (Nairz, Arndt, and Zeilingerzaq 2002). New puzzles also come about in Astrophysics. Black Hole, Dark Energy and Dark Matter, and nonzero Cosmological Constant etc. have complicated the scheme even further.(watch videos on the left)
2

On the other hand, recent cognitive neuroscience researches have unveiled a new understanding of the mind and consciousness. Many experiments support new theories like the Brain Lateralization theory, Quantum Mind Dynamics (quantum mechanical functioning of the brain), Holonomic Brain theory (nonlocality of consciousness) and transpersonal psychology (referring to a universal psyche). the above theories are explained in the related chapters.

Aim In this book, I am presenting a concept, which can reintroduce objectivity as a tool to explore reality. However we have to expand our scope beyond traditional landscapes and redefine objectivity and determinism. Then the new vision has the potential to portray the reality in a new and expanded form. Together we will revisit the origin of the perceptions from a new angle. We will explore whether this new perspective is capable of offering answers for different astrophysical, quantum mechanical and psychological paradoxes. The effort to offer an explanation for the unexplained falls into the long sought after the Theory of Everything domain. The so called Theory of everything aims to solve the inconsistencies between Einsteins General Relativity that explains the gravity and quantum physics that originated from experimenting with subatomic particles. Currently, these two portions of our knowledge contradict each other. Despite endless efforts made by great physicists, Einsteins quest for a Theory of Everything still remains obscure. Underneath, I describe one of the problems as an example; In the General Relativity theory, space has a smooth curve. According to Einstein, heavenly bodies curve the space around them. This is in line with our everyday experience at large scale. This smoothness of fabric of space continues if we look closer to smaller scales to certain degree. However if we had a very strong magnifier and could look at ultra-small scales to the vicinity of the so-called Planck distance(1.6X1033 cm) we could see that the fabric of space starts to get very rough and cranky. Gravity cannot explain the violence, which exists in fabric of space in ultra-small scale. Interestingly, in the Planck scale violence exists even without an actual particle being present. Here even without mass presence space gains a bizarre shape. If matter or energy is needed to alter the shape of space, then how can the shape change without their presence? In small scale quantum mechanics prevail. It explains the shape of space as being the effect of energy uncertainties and virtual particles.The two different explanations offered for the shape of the space in these two theories are not compatible. The Theory of Everything is supposed to remove discrepancies and enclose the concepts of quantum mechanics and general relativity in one grand theory. Ideas presented in this book aim at developing a model for the theory of everything.

Tripod of Reality In this book, I intend to show that Astrophysics, quantum mechanics, and consciousness build the tripod of reality. In order to achieve a deeper understanding of reality, we must unveil the secrets of the above topics. It seems this to be the main challenge put forth for the human race in 21st century and beyond. Defining Reality

When we talk about reality, we have to come to a common agreement about true meaning of the word. Offering a description for the word reality is a dire task. One may suggest that,"Reality is what we sense from out there." However this cannot be a convincing description. Our senses are limited. For example, we just can see a narrow portion of electromagnetic spectrum. On the other hand, fundamental elements of objective world like matter, space, time and energy are not defined to one's satisfaction either. To our knowledge, ultimate quanta of matter are particles. By definition particles are zero size, mass-less objects that intermittently cease to exist. Therefore the observed matter can not be defined in familiar classical terms. We do not know if matter is a separate and fundamental element either. Space on the other hand has a subtle meaning as well. Quantum entanglement asserts that space is not a solid foundation to lean on. Time in one definition is made of sequence of events in space. Therefore, it is another mystery and may not be a fundamental element after all. With introducing fields as the origin of energy (gravity, electromagnetic, etc), the meaning of energy is also not so concrete. The nature of fields remains a mystery. Therefore, it is better to say that, "Reality is what we sense from out there and beyond." However this cannot be a complete definition yet, because it ignores another big portion of reality. Our consciousness is an active part in constructing our perception of the reality. That is why reality for each person is a bet different from the other. In fact quantum mechanics suggests a more fundamental rule for consciousness. The observer may have a rule in altering the reality itself. Observer problem introduces a huge puzzle in quantum mechanics. So maybe we have to modify our definition to, "Reality is what is out there and beyond plus what is inside." Then again, this is not complete yet. The nature of consciousness is a mystery. Is there an underlying realm beyond our consciousness awareness? We know that our awareness is rooted in an unconscious domain. Besides, there maybe a common awareness between living things. In addition, perhaps there is a binding element which is coordinating and synchronizing the whole existence (strong anthropic principle). So maybe it is fair to finalize our definition as, "Reality is what is out there and beyond" Plus "What is inside and beyond" Or in simpler version we may say, "Reality is what we sense and beyond plus what we feel and beyond." Here, I do not want to portray a dualistic relationship between an individual and the universe. Every evidence is pointing to a unified nature of reality. The above definition is only for analytic purposes. At the dawn of twenty one century our traditional perception of reality is in a very shaky ground indeed. The naturalistic view proves to be incomplete and inefficient. We have realized that the seemingly solid and deterministic macrocosm has its roots in chaotic and irrational fundamentals of quantum mechanics. We need a completely new perception of reality. How can we go about doing so? The definition of matter, space and time are not as clear cut. Many strange findings question the validity of Newtonian physics and classical science. Even causality is going under question. Many efforts have been directed to extending classical explanations for quantum mechanical phenomena to no avail. These paradoxes challenge our logical thinking. It seems that classical science and logic is reaching to a dead end. Our conventional logic cannot explain the new phenomena. At this point it seems that we need to drastically alter our vision and judgment in order to
4

encompass new findings. We need to open up and revise our so-called logical thinking. Are we ready to completely revamp our rational views? At this point on time we need to develop non-classical theories that can explain the unexplained. To this end, I believe, we have to expand our scope and introduce physical definitions for zeros and infinities. Unfortunately so far mainstream physics and the dominant theoretical physical theories have chosen to avoid these two fundamental elements. Underneath I am introducing a model that is based on new and novel findings in science. This model is in line with Einstein's view, which presumes the presence of a sort of reality out there and incorporates Neil Bohr's view because it encompasses mind as a fundamental component of this reality.

Obsolete Frameworks General Relativity precisely describes the motion of stars and galaxies at large scale.Quantum Mechanics on the other hand, accurately predicts and describes the strange world that we encounter while experimenting in micro scales. Ideally, they would have to work hand in hand to account for the entire reality as a whole. Unfortunately, we have not been able to find a feasible relationship between these two major domains of physics. In fact, they are currently considered incompatible. If we use the mathematics of general relativity in quantum mechanical calculations many times we encounter infinity. Since infinity cannot exist in our present model of the universe, these calculations are discarded and incompatibility is declared. It seems to me that we have unconsciously decided to avoid paying heed to road signs that are erected in every step of the way. This is all done by clinging to objectivity (Tangibility). The problem is that we are using traditional judgment and logic to define this objectivity. Existing physical theories constantly circumvent singularities and infinities that frequently present themselves in experiments and calculations. Maybe the time has come to discard the traditional thinking and revise our definition of logic. During 15th Century mathematicians frequently found that positive numbers could not explain all of the functions that existed in the mathematical domain. They realized that they had to expand the field to include and reach to new horizons. The new domain would be different than the one that they had been acquainted with. eventually, they extended the field to accommodate negative numbers. By doing so, many unexplained calculations could then be accounted for and subsequently understood. Then once again, when faced with the square root of negative numbers (-n), mathematicians realized that their understanding of math is not complete. So they added yet another arena. They opened themselves to the concept of the so-called imaginary numbers, although the concept was still mysterious and obscure at the time. It seems that in the field of Physics, we have to explore and adapt to new horizons. Recently many new ideas have been presented in theoretical physics but almost all of them are within a kind of space-time arena. Despite the fact that known physics tells us that space, time and matter are not concrete and that most paradoxes arise when we get close to the boundaries of objective world, we still hesitate to go over the cliff.

Subconsciously we aim to construct theories that avoid delving into a field beyond that of the familiar, space-time. The majority of attempts to find explanations for the unexplained, such as the super string and M theories, loop quantum gravity, etc. have been constructed within framework of the known arena. Inside a space-time setting, our knowledge only deals with computable objects. Therefore, the physical meaning of zero is not defined in the tangible world. In addition, because quantities in space-time are numbered and ultimately finite, we cannot define infinities either. Thus in these kind of models, we regularly eliminate and ignore them and as we call it (normalize these elements) in our equations. But a sure signal of direction is the fact that calculus has been the mathematics of choice to explain the fundamentals of theoretical physics. Differential calculus, derivatives, tangents, limits of sequence and Zeno problems, all point to point zero. Instead of avoiding it we had better open our eyes and take a closer look at point zero and the fundamental role it plays in our physical world. Many mechanisms have been adopted to bypass zeros and infinities. Even Schrodingers equation, which helps us to understand and calculate quantum mechanical functions, has been formulated to help cliff settlers remain on their safe spot (familiar space-time) and continue their calculations in a secure and familiar environment. Theoretical physicists call these run away mechanisms re-normalization. Although for practical purposes such normalization is necessary to develop intermediate theories, but the ultimate theory cannot include it. Gordon Kane from university of Michigan in Ann Arbor believes, As we go to smaller distances or higher energies, we expect each effective theory to need re-normalization this is not a problem or an unexpected failure of the theory. However, the primary theory (Theory of everything) had better not need such inputs or re-normalization.50 It is understandable if a midway theory, which is not able to go deep enough, requires re-normalization in order to present its mandate. However, as Gordon Kane states, the ultimate theory cannot ignore any portion of evidence and would have to explain every aspect of reality. Regrettably, he further argues: It has to be a finite theory (One that never gives an infinite prediction for a physical quantity). If mathematics is the infrastructure and blue print for physical theories and zero and infinity are indispensable portions of mathematics, then we have to open our mind to the possibility that the ultimate theory may not be a finite theory and therefore may very well contain zeros and infinities. Through the act of re-normalization, we have left physics as an open system. An open system by nature cannot contain and conclude the entire function. This kind of approach has left a good portion of reality out of our reach and understanding. We hesitate to go over the edge of the cliff because we believe, we are not capable of examining or measuring or even comprehend singularities or infinities. But read on and see if this kind of reasoning is in fact realistic. All this is happening despite the fact that we have the appropriate tools to explore zeros and the noncomputable. Imaginary numbers were introduced in the 16th century. The nature of complex numbers (a combination of real and imaginary numbers) was gradually constructed and today we have reached a point where we have a much clearer understanding of this system. As a matter of fact complex numbers are now a fundamental part of mathematics and physics at a deeper level. The complex number system can guide us to define zero and infinities in the physical world. That is if we open our scope and imagine a physics that surpasses and goes beyond our spacetime.
6

Not only have we not paid heed to the clearly visible road signs, but we have also attempted to cover them up. Theories like Super Gravity, Super Symmetry, Super String and the like, are introduced primarily to cancel out zeros and infinities. In his recent book The Trouble with Physics74, Lee Smolin the head researcher at Perimeter institute for theoretical physics mentions how in the past quarter of century a major break though has been lacking in physics and the main paradoxes are still unsolved. This is despite of the major advances in theoretical physics (such as electromagnetism, Einsteins relativity theories, Atoms structure and particle physics, etc) in the previous quarters of the century. Although, one would expect the same progressive trend it has not happened so far. It seems that remaining in the present framework is halting the progress. The fundamental questions in astrophysics, particle physics and quantum mechanics cannot find answers within the current axioms. We need a new and radical approach to find the way out of the present dead-end. On the other hand, a theory that can only solve the conflicts between two major components of todays physics, namely General Relativity and Quantum Mechanics, cannot be considered as The Theory of Everything. To be able to claim universality, such a theory must also explain the emergence of life and the mystery of mind. With the advavancement of Science the old dilemma between consciousness being a fundamental entity or the product of the brain has reached new horizons. In addition, spirituality remains an orphan that has been left aside by science and being sponsored by clergies. Lacking scientific scrutiny and prisoned by rigidity of the religions, it has long been facing a deadend. As a matter of fact, its outdated religious framework creates major clashes and destructions in todays human societies. A complete revision and major overhaul of fundamental beliefs of spirituality is long overdue. A new framework is needed. Next I will start this venture by offering a fundamental theory utilizing intuitions derived from investing the perception proper. With the belief that cause and effect are parts of one system and by reviewing our only tool of comprehension (perception) we should be able to collect evidences which guide us to obtain a deeper understanding of reality. Mathematical domain versus physical world

Although we will make use of mathematical concept as often as we can, do not expect that this model be a traditional physical model, based on and derived primarily from a LaGrangian mathematical structure. One main reason for this is that mathematics although helpful in clarifying the concepts, may not be a fundamental entity. It seems that the reality does not match entirely to the simplistic platonic mathematical world. Roger Penrose looks at the Platonic Mathematical circle as a perfect and separate entity. He believes our physical world is utilizing just a portion of that perfect world. 56

In the contrary, the brain lateralization theory postulates that mathematics is a part of the analytical function and a construct of the left hemisphere. According to the theory left brain creates a simplistic and comprehensible mathematical framework to categorize objects and their relations with each other. Look at the simpler shape of a geometrical sphere comparing to a more complex physical sphere like a planet. The lateralization theory of brain hemispheres suggests mathematics as a human brain invention not a fundamental entity. For all practical purposes, one can assume that the valid portion of mathematics is the portion that is consistent with the physical world makeup. However, there is a fine line in here. While quite often mathematical propositions guided the physicist to new discoveries, one should be cautious of capitalizing on complicated mathematical constructs that pulling us farther away from tangible physical world. Many times this kind of mathematics can be non-physical. May be this is what is happening to the leading candidate for the Theory of everything, the Super String Theory. The majority of its components, which are based on mathematical propositions, are not observed. Occasional use of math equations in this book should not be a deterrent to readers who are not as proficient in mathematics. At the end of each mathematical proposition there is an assertion written in plain English so the reader can follow through the discussion with ease.

I would like to clarify that this model is not a reductionists attempt to explain reality from the bottom up. Reductionism is a simplifying an analytical function of the left cerebral hemisphere and although has been very helpful in building our todays common sense, it is shy in describing a deeper understanding of reality. This is a new speculation from a new axiom and I hope it proves itself helpful in explaining the unexplained. The following model attempts to answer a wide range of mysteries, which are facing us today. Hereinafter I call it the Universal Model. While we have tried not to stray from current knowledge, some of the ideas presented may not be completely agreed upon by mainstream scientists. Although the introduction of new ideas is the way for science to evolve the reader is cautioned to use his or her own judgment before adopting any of the presented concepts. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your views. Complex Numbers Co-written with Nahid Sahel Gozin Classical physics has been developed over the centuries and has been quite effective as a base for science and technology. But many puzzles and paradoxes exist in quantum mechanics and astrophysics which cannot be solved within the context of the classical physics. Consciousness also remains a mystery. In fact, the findings of the past century defy the principles of contemporary physics. New revelations have painted a more detailed universe and present an alternative reality that we cannot explain within the traditional axiom. A brand new physics is needed to explain the newfound reality. That is why new fundamental theories are being introduced to explain the unexplained.
8

In this book, I will present an alternative physical model for the universe and offer explanations for existing paradoxes based on this new concept. In this model, the space-time universe is just an approximation of a much bigger skim which originated from an unconventionally defined singularity. According to the Big Bang theory, singularity is the zero size point that has initiated our universe. In order to better follow this model, familiarity with the concept of Complex Numbers is helpful. I will try to explain the concept in laymans terms. Alternatively, the reader may choose to skip the math equations and just look over the derivations made. Doing so will not prevent comprehending the concept. First, I am going to explain the basic principles of complex numbers. Our physical interpretation of different elements in complex number mathematics will be followed in this chapter and ensuing chapters as needed. The interpretations and assertions made do not necessarily apply or accepted in contemporary physics. The analysis is derived and defined on the context of this model. Complex number can be shown in a Cartesian plane where the x-axis represents the real value and the yaxis denotes an imaginary part of a parameter. Imaginary Numbers What are Imaginary Numbers? These numbers were first discovered by Omar Khayyam an Iranian poet and mathematician when he discovered the quadratic equation. They are the square root of negative numbers (-n). Known mathematics could not offer a solution for this problem because no number could be squared to a negative number (like -1). Until 16th century, mathematicians avoided imaginary numbers like a plague. However, when Italian mathematicians discovered the cubic equations, they realized that to get a real number sometimes they need to use these imaginary numbers. Since these numbers do not point to any objective physical element, they are called imaginary numbers and is shown by the symbol i. The square of this imaginary number would be a minus number like -1. In todays physics we attribute imaginary numbers to qualities that are in a sense hidden from us. Or better, qualities that do not possess objectivity. However these numbers denote potentiality. If we want to bring them to reality then we need some manipulation. By squaring them we turn them to a real number that would disclose them in our objective reality and can affect the real number equations. Mind you that while any object contains measurable parameters; it also has numerous essences that are not computable or observable. We may assume that imaginary numbers are representing qualitative aspects of an object. These qualities are the base for potentialities that in turn can evolve the object to a new state in our perception. Since neither objective or subjective qualities could be ignored, it was decided that a combination of real number and imaginary number is essential to explain any entity. Therefore complex numbers are chosen as a fundamental for mathematics.Mind you that I adopt the view that mathematics is an invention to simplify understanding and describing physical reality. Therefore, Complex number = [ x (real number) + iy (imaginary portion)]

In 1806, Jean-Robert Argand, trying to give geometrical visualization to complex numbers suggested the first diagram on the left panel. his configuration confirms the need to consider the imaginary dimension in any measurement. In 1799, Gauss proved the fundamental theorem of algebra using complex numbers. Nowadays, the use of complex numbers pervades a major portion of mathematics and its applications in modern science. In this spirit, numbers are rightfully reintroduced as: N = x + 0i Where N denotes any parameter, x is the real value and i convey the imaginary aspect of the parameter. Since real numbers are zero thickness points occupying a one-dimensional geometric line, one can conclude that, Assertion C1, pure real numbers are not real.

Real values occupy a point inside the diagram. Therefore have to have an imaginary number value (along the Y-axis) as well. The second diagram on the left panel, the polar version of Argand diagram is shown where r = |z|, called the absolute value or modulus, and a = arg(z), called the complex argument of z. Every point in the diagram can be shown as: Z =x +iy =r (cos,a + i sin,a) x= r cos a, is called the real part iy = i sin a is called the imaginary part.

Does it sound like gibberish? It simply says that complex numbers are a combination of purely real and purely imaginary numbers. Do not be disappointed if the definitions presented in this chapter do not exactly match the conventional definitions for the complex number system. The descriptions and assumptions made in this chapter are defined within the context of the proposed model in this book. As long as the assertions are mathematically

10

sound, we should be able to rely on them use it as framework for the model. Complex numbers system is the mathematics of the more fundamental physics, the quantum mechanics. Roger Penrose points out, These strange numbers also play an extraordinary and very basic role in the operation of the physical universe at its tiniest scales.56 In this context, I infer the real numbers representative of classical physics and views and take imaginary numbers to symbolize the suppressed and therefore out of site portion of reality. The notion of complex numbers implies that any entity should have an imaginary dimension in its nature. In other words: Assumption C1: Any being has a notable objective portion and not as obvious subjective qualities. Therefore, I conclude that at a profound level, just dealing with objective reality is not enough. Classical science views which deal merely with observable although good for simplification purposes, cannot reveal the whole truth. To get the whole picture we have to open our scope and include non-observable aspect of physical elements as well. In 1707, Abraham De Moivre found a similarity between complex numbers and trigonometry. These numbers follow the same rules applied to trigonometric calculations. For example, when we square a complex number we double its phase (angle).

Z X Z= (x +iy) X (x +iy) = r [cos a+i sin a] r[cos a+i sin a] =r2[cos 2a + i2 sin2a + 2 isin a cos a] i2=-1 Z X Z= r2[cos 2a- sin2a + 2 isin a cos a] cos 2a- sin2a= cos 2a+1/2 , 2 isin a cos a= sin2a Z 2= r2[(cos 2a+1)/2+ isin 2a ]

Here, Z2 is a complex number. [r2 [(cos2 2a+1)/2] is its real part and r2(sin2 a) is its imaginary part. In this text, we take point zero in the Argand diagram to represent singularity and the imaginary portion of the diagram to symbolize obscure aspect of the reality. In the contest of the brain Lateralization theory (LBT), we may take X-axis the left brain insight and Y-axis as the right brain perception.

11

Imaginary numbers are sometimes called magic numbers. One of the strange characteristics of these numbers is the fact that in De Moivre diagram, any real number coupled with (multiplied by) them will be reduced to zero. In LBT conception the coupling reduces the classical aspect and drags us to a holistic view of the existence. As shown in the diagram above, when we multiply any so called real quantity by i, its real value (its real number coordinate value) is reduced to zero. Algebraically this can be written as: (X+0i) i = Xi + 0(ii) = Xi = 0 In trigonometry we can show this with; X = r Cos a, if we take a = 90, then Cos a = 0, therefore X = 0. Assumption C2: Although the real number field may create the illusion of continuity, the more accurate complex number version shows us that the continuity of real number breaks down periodically. Peano Curve also suggests the discrete texture of the elements. In 1890, Giuseppe Peano showed that a curved line can be constructed that completely fills a plane. The question is how a one dimensional line with no thickness can fill up a two dimensional plane. A logical answer is that a plane is not a smooth and continuous surface but made of discrete points. Therefore a one dimensional line can pass through all zero dimensional points in a surface. So far, any physical element that is searched in micro scales demonstrated discreteness.

Later on, I will deduce that fundamental physical elements (like space, time and matter) as we know them have to be discrete and not continuous. In calculus we can also show this fact by an evaluation of the function of (x) in any equation. We take y = x IxI as an example, y// = f / / (x) =2 +4teta(x) For any other function of finite real numbers, we can come to a derivative which shows a lack of smoothness and continuity in real number field at finer scales. We can take y = 1/x as another example. (Diagrams on next page) Although the plot is infinitely differentiable, it lacks continuity. The continuity breaks down as it approaches point zero. So inherently real number field are not smooth or continuous (holomorphic). If continuity is desired we have to incorporate the imaginary number and adopt the concept of complex numbers into the equation and rewrite the y = 1/x equation as y = 1/z. where z is a complex number shown as: z = x + ib, and b is any number. The above plots also reveal that discontinuity of real numbers occurs as the curve approaches the y-axis. Therefore:

12

Assumption C3: The pure real numbers have to be discrete and continuity always breaks as it approaches point zero. Here, I conclude that as physical elements approach singularity their continuity break down and therefore they are discrete. On the other hand, we can choose any other point in the domain and shift the point zero to that point and use Cauchy formula in the origin shifted form. n!/2pi f(z)/(z-p)n+1dz = f(p), And the nth-derivative expression would be: n!/2pi f(z)/(z-p)n+1dz = f (n)(p),p), Roger Penrose writes: Thus complex smoothness implies analyticity (holomorphicity) at every point of the domain.56 Taking every point of the domain as zero is called blowing up the origin. Assumption C4: The mathematics of complex numbers also indicates that any point in the domain can be considered point zero (cross section of coordinates). This is important for us when we define the proposed singularity and its relation with physical reality in the next chapter. We will assume that singularity is present in every point of space-time. On the other hand, the complex number equation Z = R [cos a + i sin a] indicates that these numbers have a periodic nature. So they loose their real number value and hit zero twice in each period. We take the periodic nature and intermittent appearance and disappearance of real value of measurable the basis for our fifth assertion. Assumption C5: measurable in our perception have a discrete nature. This includes fundamental elements in our objective universe such as matter, time and space. For example in the diagram below, if x-coordinate denotes the mass of particles, somewhere in its endeavor the tangible mass gradually looses its value and disappears. With the same token, if x indicates dimension and distance, because of the periodic function of complex system, they have to disappear and reappear during each
13

period. This is the basis for our assumption thatspace and time are not continuum. They have to be discrete. Let me remind you again that in BLT contest mathematics is a fabrication of brain to facilitate analyzing and understanding the reality. Another interesting characteristic of imaginary numbers is the fact that although they are influencing the real numbers in equations, they normally do not mix up with them. In a complex number, we normally have to deal with each portion separately. For example for addition we write the equation as: ( 6 + 3 i ) + ( 5 + 2 i ) = 11 + 5 i Assumption C6: The real numbers and imaginary numbers represent two separate domains. We take real numbers to denote objective and measurable portion and imaginary numbers to symbolize the so-called subjective aspects. As mentioned above, in this model, we take the imaginary number (i) as a factor, which completes and closes the field and complex number the framework for a deeper realty that encompasses the whole existence. In addition, in Cartesian coordinate system if we take x, y and z to represent different measurable in space-time like, distance, permeability, temperature, weight and so on, we notice that zero is located at the center of all of those observables (At the center of the line representing each value). However, point zero does not contain any of them (their values measured zero at point zero).

Assumption C7: While point zero is at the center of any parameter in space-time, it does not represent any of them (values turn to zero at point zero). Formerly, I have assumed point zero to represent singularity. On the other hand if any real value is engulfed by an imaginary domain, then any point of each observable is separated from other points by a kind of media. Therefore, any measurable is in a so-called, Hausdorff space.(1) The last assumption therefore will be, Assumption C8: any parameter in our objective universe is quantized and engulfed in a media. Summary Although, the mathematics of complex numbers is highly developed, the physical interpretation of the complex system is subject to debate. The concept of complex numbers opens our eyes to the combination of the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the elements. In reality, this combination is the actual nature of any being. Quantitative aspect alone does not convey the whole
14

entity. They are just an idealization and simplification of our brain to describe nature. The book in front of you is not just its size or the number of pages, words or letters. It is much more than that. In this model, I take the lead and intuition from the concept of complex numbers system and enter consciousness and the perception as an effective element in the construction and comprehension of the physical world. I further examine if this extra factor have the ability to take theoretical physics out of the current dead-end and can offer solutions to existing paradoxes. I hypothesize that; zero is the center and media for the universe and represents an entity here in after we call singularity. In following chapters we also examine the similarities between the singularity and consciousness. In addition, I take objective reality an artificial idealization of the actual existence. Zero have to lack physical elements because , the value of objective elements in it is zero. On the other and, zero encompasses the space-time and whole existence revolves around it (unit circle concept). Furthermore, zero exists at any point at any domain and field. (1) the underlined words are linked to appropriate sites for further explanations. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your views Singularity - A Fundamental Entity We must try to understand the beginning of the universe on the basis of science. It may be a task beyond our power, but we should at least make the attempt Steven Hawking So far, the efforts of the scientific community have been confined to reveal the secrets of our material world. We have progressed so far. At the dawn of the 21st century, every day a new and amazing discovery is brought forward. Each discovery though, presents to us even more puzzles and questions. In physics, the dilemma between Einsteins General Relativity and quantum mechanics (the mechanics of subatomic particles) has attracted much of the effort and research of theoretical physicists throughout the world. Through their endless efforts, the picture of our world is becoming more and more interesting. In this spirit, I would like to submit the following concepts for enthusiasts to review and examine. If it proves to be based on sound principles it can shed light onto many unsolved mysteries, which are facing us today. If it does not, we could nevertheless consider it as food for thought. In this book, I am introducing a model in which an assumed version of singularity acts like a medium. By contemporary physics definition, singularity is the zero size ultra dense point, which according to the Einstein's general relativity, is the origin of our universe. In this model, I will assume that a burst of energy from a singularity created the Big Bang. However, the singularity itself remains active and plays a major role in the course of action and evolution of the cosmos. The singularity acts like a medium, it holds, and connects the space-time universe components. In this contest, while objective and tangible properties of elements are manifested in spacetime the proposed singularity accommodates subjective qualities of said elements. The idea of introducing a fabric for wholeness of the world is nothing new. The scientific findings provide numerous evidences, which support common sense, and every day experience that the world is an
15

interconnected system. Many attempts to prove the wholeness has been tried which was not completely successful and could not get broad scientific approval. Even The great twentieth century physicist David Bohm tried to present his Implicate Order as a model, but unfortunately, he could not finish his Unbroken Wholeness Theory before he died. He believed that at some deeper level of reality such particles (subatomic particles) are not individual entities, but are actually extension of the same fundamental something.58 Revisiting Singularity "Singularity was brought to our attention after Albert Einstein presented his Field Equations on November 18th, 1915. But Einstein himself was trying to deny it for the rest of his life. In 1939, he tried to show that Schwarchild singularities do not exist in physical reality.4 Then singularity was taken as the nucleus for the initial explosion in the Big Bang Theory. The Theory of Big Bang suggests that the universe started with a huge and rapid expansion of a singular zero size condensed point about fourteen billion years ago. However, encounters of cosmology with singularity do not stop there. By definition, singularity also exists at the center of each black hole. Black holes are spots in space where gravity is enormous. It will swallow any object, which comes close to it. Even space and time will be curved and sucked in by this strange phenomenon. Supposedly, there is a black hole at the center of each galaxy as well. Since billions of black holes are predicted to exist in the universe, according to our present knowledge, encounter with singularity is much more than just the single big bang moment. In addition, while working with space-time theories this singular point frequently is encountered and we do not have any interpretation for it. In traditional physics, singularity has been labeled as a catastrophe, a problem, a non-real something or simply non-physical. However singularity clearly presents itself in every astrophysical theory, as well as quantum mechanics, and all mathematical equations related to these theories. As mentioned before, several attempts have been made to bypass singularities. Theories such as Super Symmetry, Super Gravity, Super String etc. were primarily developed to remove singularities and infinities from matter and fields. Theoretical physicists have been trying to ignore it for almost a century. Brian Greene, one of the main advocates of the Super String theory, declares that while developing the theory, We knew that there were significant aspects that we would need to work out before we could establish that our second half of the story did not introduce any singularities- that is pernicious and physically unacceptable consequences.1 But others such as John Earman see it otherwise: (This book is) written in the faith that, if adequately revealed, the problem of space-time singularities will not remain the orphan of the philosophy of science and that if adopted as a rightful child, it will enrich not only the philosophy of space and time, but other members of the family as well.4 To present an alternative view for singularity, I would like to refer to Einsteins remarks as the gateway for this new definition:

16

If we imagine the gravitational field to be removed, there does not remain a space of type (1) (Minkowski space-time), but absolutely nothing, and also no topological space. (Einstein 1961) John Earman argues: Einstein is surely right that, whatever the technical details of the definition of space-time singularities, it should follow that physical laws, in so far as they presuppose space and time, are violated or, perhaps more accurately, do not make sense at singularities. This is a good reason for holding that singularities are not part of space time.4 According to the above, we should forget about space-time as an adjective for singularity, rather we have to consider singularity as a separate entity. Singularity is also denied on the ground that the smallest scale possible in space-time is Planck distance (1.6 x 10-35m). This distance is very small but still not zero. Therefore, it is concluded that singularity cannot exist. Here, I assume that singularity is out of space-time. Therefore the above reasoning does not apply to this model.

Assumption C7 in the previous chapter also proclaims that zero is a separate domain. From here on in, I also intend to refer to it, as a singular noun, rather than plural. So we call it singularity instead of the spacetime singularities. In his recent book, The Road to Reality, Roger Penrose writes: Unacceptable singularities in a classical theory do not necessarily tell us that such blemishes will persist in the appropriate quantum version of that theory.56 He then bring the electron as an example where in classical theory it has to spiral into the nucleolus and create catastrophic instability for the ordinary classical atom, whereas quantum mechanics provide solutions for a quantum mechanical atom to stay stable which is in line with observations. In this text, I will propose an alternative physics where the singularity is not part of space-time. With this assumption we expose ourselves to a new definition for reality. If we retain the singularity to be a separate entity and out of our space-time universe, then it brings two major questions up. At first glance, one can ask, if our physical knowledge is derived from laws of space-time, how can we define and explain an entity which is out of this physical universe? With this belief, singularity looks abstract. Steven Weinberg, one of the great physicists of this century, questions: How can we get the ideas we need to formulate a truly fundamental theory, when this theory is meant to describe a realm where all intuitions derived from life in space-time become inapplicable?49

17

On the contrary, this model advocates that life and everything else in space-time is influenced and intermingled with that realm. If such a realm is present we should easily find the signs and evidences to describe it. So I assert that our intuitions are applicable and helpful to investigate singularity. Singularity may not be incomprehensible after all. In addition, we are facing the quantum behavior that is far from our comprehension with the conventional logic and knowledge. At this time nature and the origin of mind are also obscure. Does it mean That they are ignorable? Does it mean that we should abandon the search for understanding these concepts? Secondly, one may question that, anything out of the boundaries of our universe is so remote that it cannot have anything to do with our lives or our universe. Why should we bother spending time on it at all? Assertion C4 in the complex number chapter assumes that point zero exists in every spot of the domain. At least in one theory (Loop Quantum Theory) the internal boundaries of the universe are believed to exist in every minuscule of space. The theory states that space is not a continuum; rather it has a discrete and fabric-like texture. Assertion C5 also points to the discreteness of space and time and any other computable. According to above we may be exposed to out of space in every miniscule of space-time. In this paper, I hope, I can show that the singularity is also involved in every basic function in space-time. So Singularity may not be as remote and irrelevant as one may assume. As mentioned above physicists avoid the concept of a being out of the space-time universe, because it is considered incomprehensible and out of reach. I believe if we look closer, we come to realize that some characteristics of singularity are within our grasp.

Cartesian coordinate system In mathematics, the Cartesian coordinate system is widely used to determine the position of points on a plane. In physics, the system is used to measure values of different physical parameters. As mentioned before, in this system zero is positioned in the middle of x coordinate. But at zero point, the magnitude of any quantity that coordinate x may represent in the actual world is zero. Therefore, point zero does not contain or represent x. Zero is also positioned in the center of any other coordinate which may represent other values in space time. Therefore, we may conclude that, although zero is positioned at the center of any computable in space-time, it does not posses those identities. This is the basis for our assumption that singularity, which is represented by zero in my model, is a separate entity. Assumption S1 : Singularity is a separate entity.

18

To further define singularity, let us discuss the different properties, which we can or cannot relate to it. Specifically, I am going to mention six fundamental elements of our universe, whose presence in the singularity can be explored. Matter The building block of matter is what we call thing. By definition the thing has zero size and is mass-less. The thing acquires mass by traveling through space. The concept is explored further in (Mass & gravity chapter). The confusion begins when we refer to singularity as an ultra dense mass. Mass is a property which the thing obtains inside the space-time universe. The most popular scenario of Big bang theory The Guths inflationary theory just talks about rapid expansion of space-time and burst of energy. The inflationary theory implies that basic matter particles first appeared after universe expanded, and cooled down a bit. The common particles including, neutrinos, electrons and quarks appeared after the burst. The estimated number of particles produced at the time is 10^80. According to most popular theories, mass appears while the thing travels in space. If we define singularity as the origin of our universe but out of our space-time structure we have to take it as a nomass entity. We can show the fact by using the effect of speed on the mass of an object : m = m0/ (1-v 2/c 2) (Fitzgerald-Lorentz equation)

Here m0 is the rest mass-when the object is stationary-, m is the mass of the object in motion, v is its speed and c is the speed of light. The effect of speed on the notion of time is obtained from Lorentz transformation as well (time dilation), t= t 0 / (1-v 2/c 2) where t represents time. If we take m as mass of particles inside space-time after the Big Bang (the time that space started and motion could be possible) and m0 as mass that was present at the beginning of time (t0), we come to the following conclusion:40 m / m0= t / t0 m0 = m t0 / t m0 = 0 / t = 0 Therefore, w can conclude that at time zero (time of the Big Bang) mass had to be zero. Or, we may say that singularity had to be mass-less. We may further conclude that where there is no time (beyond Planck time smallest amount of time possible), mass does not exist. (1) ............................................................. (1) According to Einsteins Special Relativity, mass contraction and time dilation is noticed by the observer who looks at moving objects with relativistic speeds (speeds comparable to speed of light). An observer
19

who is moving with the same object does not detect the transformations. The role of the observer will be discussed later. In the contrary, if we take the singularity as a compressed matter_ with the current definition of matter-, then gravity from such an immense mass would stop the inflation and creation of the universe. Paul Davies argues that in a state of maximum compression of matter, we needsome sort of outward force to overcome the enormous gravity, otherwise gravity would win, and the material would be still more compressed.7 He then concludes that under conditions of extreme compression such as what occurred during the Big Bang, there is no force in the universe capable of beating off the crushing power of gravity. Elsewhere, John Earman suggests: Perhaps. In entailing singular behavior General Theory of Relativity is committed to empirically false predictions4 According to the Big Bang Theory, at the beginning of time mass was not present. With the ultra-dense mass model, we have to assume that the matter turned to pure energy before the reformation of mass particles. We can as well assume that universe started with a burst of energy and creation and expansion of space. With this assumption, starting point does not have to contain matter. In such a scenario, we will not have positive gravity force for singularity. If we remove mass from singularity, it becomes benign. Furthermore, Assertion C3 in the previous chapter implies that any measurable dissolves as it approaches point zero. We have assumed that zero is representing singularity. Therefore, we may further conclude that the real value of matter has to disappear at singularity.

20

Assumption S2; Singularity does not contain matter (with common definition of matter). Space and Dimension What is space? We know that it is a fundamental element of the universe. It gives us the sense of locality. We also can sense that it has three dimensions where objects can move within them. The Special Theory of Relativity assumes space and time as real entities that are the background and benchmark of the universe. However, according to the special Relativiy, these entities are not rigid or inert. Space and time are bendable and play a very active rule in the universe. Einstein mentions that singularity cannot contain topological space. It means there is no spatial dimension in singularity. In other words, singularity is a mathematical point. Steven Hawking, George Ellis, and Roger Penrose the British astrophysicists and mathematician worked on the Theory of Relativity and its implications regarding the notion of time. In 1968 and 1970, they published papers in which they extended Einstein's Theory of General Relativity to include measurements of time and space. According to their calculations, time and space had a finite beginning that corresponded to the origin of matter and energy. The singularity didn't appear in space; rather, space began inside of the singularity.59 According to the Big Bang Theory, space started at time 0 and has been expanding ever since. Inside the inescapable zone of black holes (event horizon) space gets twisted and disappears. Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle (to be discussed in Quantum Mechanic Chapter) suggests that, in the small scale, location is blurred. Therefore, in ultra small scales, the notion of space disintegrates. We will discuss this in further detail later. The following arguments support the assertion that space did not exist in singularity. If we deny that mass was the origin of universe we have to consider its energy equivalent as the initiator. The equation for the enormous energy which built our space-time universe can be written as: y (E) =E max e i(kr^n-wt) = E max e i(knr-wt) Where y (E) is energy function, i is imaginary number, k is wave number, nr is number of dimensions, w is angular velocity and t is time. y (E) =E max e i knre -iwt In singularity t = 0, then e -iwt = e 0 =1 . Therefore, y (E) =E max ei knr If we take energy as maximum in singularity, then y (E)=E max therefore e i knr = 1 If i krn = 0 we may conclude that n = 0 which means there are no dimension in singularity. Consequently, we can claim that the singularity does not contain space.40 Furthermore, Assertion C3 in complex numbers implies that space as a measurable cannot exist in singularity. Also, in the Super Symmetry Model, the size of super-space dimensions which points to the entity beyond familiar space is zero.

21

Assumption S3: Space is not a property of singularity. Bell's theorem(1) defies the notion of locality for the subatomic particles. Subatomic particles have this mysterious instant connection with each other even if they are worlds apart in space-time scope. The entanglement of particles point to a realm where locality doesn't exists and therefore immediate connection can happen. 3) Time The notion of time is a mystery. While space is clearly a part of objective reality, time is somewhat obscure. A clock actually measures how a sequence of events happens in space. That is how we measure time. Days are produced by rotation of our planet around its axis. Seasons are brought about by different angulations of earth axis while orbiting around the sun. Is time sequence of events in space? Besides, everyday experiences fool us to believe that time has an arrow that extends from the past to the future and it is the same for all observers. Both of these notions are debatable.61Symmetric nature of all physical laws indicates that time also should be reversible and go from future to past. Classical mechanics, electromagnetism, special relativity, general relativity and Schrodinger's equation symmetrically treat past and future on an equal footing. In 1978 John A. Miller in a thought experiment known as delayed-choice experiment suggested that time is a two way street. His thought experiment was later on verified by actual experiments in university of Maryland and Munich. In one description time is sensed by the sequence and storage of memories in our brain. Is time an actual building block of reality? Many experiments take the notion of time under question. W.M. Itano and colleagues from the National Institute of standards excited a small numbers of beryllium ions and left them to decay to ground state. Then they measured the state of the energy state of ions in short intervals. The measurement actually delayed the decay time. The time delay was directly related to the number of measurements. This is called quantum Zeno effect 23. On the other hand, we know from Einsteins Special Theory of Relativity that space and time are not concrete, rather, they are flexible. The passage of time is different for objects with different speeds (Twin Paradox). By definition time as we know it started about fourteen billion years ago as big bang raised from the singularity. About the notion of time and singularity, John Earman writes; As Einstein said, physical laws break down at space-time singularities, and for the Big Bang and big crunch they break down so strongly that it is physically meaningless to talk about before and after40 According to the Big Bang Theory, the notion of time does not exist in singularity. Time is a property of space-time universe. In the energy-time version of the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle (to be discussed later), time gets blurry in the small scale. The assertion C3 in the previous chapter also indicates that time as a computable element cannot exist in singularity.

22

Assumption S4: Singularity is not time-bound. So far, we have discussed elements that cannot exist in singularity and therefore represent the notion of zero in singularity. What are the elements that can exists in this domain? Next, I will mention a few. 4) Energy Energy by definition is the potential for creating change in objects or fields. There are different forms of energy such as kinetic, thermal, chemical, etc... If we deny that the ultra dense matter was the origin of our universe then we have to substitute it with another source. The Inflationary Theory suggests that our universe started with a tremendous burst of energy. This initiated the primary rapid inflation. Therefore, singularity should have contained energy. The followings support the assumption that singularity contains energy. The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle (quantum mechanic chapter) can be extended to the energy of a particle in an ultra short time-span. The Heisenberg equation is written as: D E * DT =h/2p Where h is (Planck Constant), DE is the uncertainty in energy and DT is the uncertainty in time. If the product of DTDE is minimal, then we can write, DE = h/2 p DT If DT to DT approaches zero then, DE = h/0 = DT approaching 0 means the time span has shrunk to zero. In this scale, the energy span can approach up to infinity. This suggests that the energy itself at the vicinity of the time zero can reach up to infinity. Singularity inside a Black Hole A black hole is a region of space where gravity is so powerful that drags everything inside and nothing can escape it. Once an object gets closer and passes a boundary, called event horizon, there is no return for it. The matter disappears and its equivalent energy is dumped into the singularity. A black hole singularity can be appreciated both as the ultimate garbage dump, able to take care of any waste disposal problem without the need to recycle, and as a source of extractable energy (Wald 1984a, p. 324-330). Everything is transformed to energy within the singularity inside a black hole. However, according to new ideas energy is ultimately radiating back to space-time in x-ray form. We may also use Hawking's formula (introduced by the great British physicist Stephen Hawking) for the black hole's temperature as another indication of presence of infinite energy in the singularity: T= hc3/8pkGM Where h stands for Planck constant, c for speed of light, K for Boltzmann's constant, G for Newton's gravitational constant and M stands for mass. In the above formula, if mass (M) is zero, the temperature would amount to infinity. Of course, here with lack of matter, temperature relates to internal energy of the system or energy of singularity in this view.
23

Energy Fields Stephen Hawking says: The uncertainty principle of quantum theory means that fields are always fluctuating up and down even in apparently empty space, and have an energy density that is infinite. 6 One of the assumptions of this model is that space is embedded inside the singularity. Therefore, the fabric of space is in close proximity of the singularity. Based on this assumption, field fluctuation can originate from the encapsulating singularity. Consequently, we may assume that the energy inside singularity is vibrant and is the origin for the fields in space-time (electromagnetic field, gravitational field. etc). Zero Point Possesses Energy

Singularity by definition is zero size. There are many evidences that zero point contains energy. Casimir force and Lamb shift are proof for the presence of energy in point zero. Casimir Effect- It is shown that two parallel and closely placed metal plates are under attractive force. This force is called Casimir effect after Hendrik Casimir who first proposed the existence of the force and formulated an experiment to detect it in 1948. There are energy fields and waves in the vacuum. The two metal plates interrupt the vacuum energy wave propagation in the distance between them. The eliminated waves are the ones that have wave-lengths bigger than the distance between two plates. However the longer waves reappear and propagate at the other side. Therefore there are less energy fluctuating in between the plates than in the open space around them. This mismatch of energy creates an attractive force that keeps the plates together. The vacuum thus must contain energy fluctuation. in fact every point of empty space contains electromagnetic waves and energy fluctuation. Lamb Shift is another evidence of energy presence in vacuum. If point zero contains energy, and if we consider how many zero points exist in the universe, we can appreciate the incredible amount of energy that can be derived or is being derived from point zero. Robert Forward4 at Hughes Research Laboratories in Malibu, California has shown in a paper that at least in principle we can extract the zero point energy to produce electricity. Dr. Forward shows in his derivations that, when equations of quantum mechanics are used to determine the average energy (with a bracket on both sides of the E) of the vibrations of the atoms, the answer is: E = n (T) + hf/2. In a one dimensional harmonic oscillator, the energy levels are quantized. The formula for energy state is:

24

En = (n +1/2) h/2 p *w En =n* h/2 p* w+ * h/2p w w= 2 p f En = n h/2 p* 2 p f + 1/2 * h/2 p* 2 p f En = nhf + 1/2hf Where n is the quantum number (photon number) and f is frequency of photon which is emitted by exited atom. In above formula, if temperature equals to zero the particles (electrons) have vibration at energy corresponding to the n = 0 state. Then at T = 0, n = 0 because the atom is not excited (it cannot emit any photon) therefore the value of energy in this case is: En =0 + hf/2=hf/2 40 This is the lowest value of energy. Thus, even at zero temperature (or zero kinetic energy) quantum mechanics predicts that each of the atoms will still have an average residual energy (as we can see if we let n go to zero) there remains the hf/2. Physicists have been grappling with this for years because there appears to be an infinite amount of energy available if f is allowed to increase without limit. Ever since Casimir predicted it and various other scientists have verified it, this simple equation is really all that is underlying the theory of the Zero Points Fields and zero point fluctuation. The zero point field hypotheses suggest that there are infinite amount of energy in point zero. Since Zero point energy (ZPE) was first introduced, many unexplained found explanation. The New Scientist Journal (July 1987) in an article named "Why Atoms Don't Collapse") gives an impressive endorsement of the importance of ZPE: There is a dynamic equilibrium in which the zero-point energy stabilizes the electron in a set ground-state orbit. It seems that the very stability of matter itself appears to depend on an underlying sea of electromagnetic zero-point energy. 21 Both theory and experiment have shown that there is a non-thermal radiation in the vacuum and that it persists even if the temperature could be lowered to absolute zero. Therefore, it was simply called the zero point radiation. Further proof is evident, as Dr. Forward points out in his statement, When physicists cooled helium to within micro degrees of absolute zero it still remained a liquid! Only ZPE can account for the source of energy which is keeping helium from freezing. 21 This issue has been re-addressed in a recent paper by the same author: According to California institute for physics and Astrophysics It is shown that the electron can be seen as continually radiating away its energy as predicted by classical theory, but simultaneously absorbing a compensating amount of energy from the ever-present sea of zeropoint energy in which the atom is immersed, and an assumed equilibrium between these two processes leads to the correct values for the parameters known to define the ground-state orbit. Thus the ground-state orbit is set by a dynamic equilibrium in which collapse of the state is prevented by the presence of the zero-point energy. The significance of this observation is that the very stability of matter itself appears to depend on the presence of the underlying sea of electromagnetic zero-point energy. 22
25

The common belief about the source of zero point energy is explained below: Historically there have been two schools of thought: Existence by fiat as part of the boundary conditions of the universe, or generation by the (quantum-fluctuation) motion of charged particles that constitute matter. A straightforward calculation of the latter possibility has recently been carried out by the author. It was assumed that zero-point fields drive particle motion, and that the sum of particle motions throughout the universe in turn generates the zero-point fields, in the form of a self-regenerating cosmological feedback cycle not unlike a cat chasing its own tail. This self-consistent approach yielded the known zeropoint field distribution, thus indicating a dynamic-generation process for the zero-point fields. 22 The latter concept attributes the zero point energy to the familiar matter particles that exist inside spacetime. This kind of reasoning seems logical and objective and offers comfort. On the other hand, the thought of it coming from the boundaries of the universe exposes us to the unknown and scary realm beyond. Therefore, most physicists would prefer to accept the matter origin for the source of zero point energy. Even if the zero point energy is introduced by quantum fluctuation, we would still need a source for that energy. Maybe we could presume a combination of both mechanisms. Please note that zero point energy does not follow the conservation of energy law. Gravitational Force Gravity of different stars and planets has been inserting constant force to curve space and time along their path, for billions of years. Applying constant force requires an immense amount of energy. Where does this energy come from? One may ask how zero point is related to singularity. I will propose a kind of relation in the Singularity and space-time chapter, where I assert that we are exposed to singularity in each minuscule fabric of space (Planck Distance). The pores are the source for zero point energy leakage. The researchers in California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics postulate that zero point energy and its related field are responsible for the acquisition of mass and inertia by the mass-less particles of the standard model (the model that lists and describes the subatomic particles). The main objection for accepting the presence of the zero point fields is the fact that its effect has not been observed on electromagnetic radiation throughout space. If such a field exists in space-time, it should affect the cosmic or any other radiation wave. This is why some physicists prefer to consider the field a virtual field. I further assume that we point to singularity when we talk about virtual realm. Virtual particles are a basic element of physical theories like electromagnetism. They are present but not detectable within spacetime domain. If we assume that zero point energy exists out of the boundaries of space-time the problem may find a solution. Then for the objective universe habitants this force will be virtual and not detectable. On Gravity chapter, I postulate a model where this out of space ZPE can originate the mass and inertia of particles.

26

And Last but not least, recent NASA observations reveal the presence of a non-zero Cosmological Constant (for explanation please check the flatness problem chapter). The non-zero cosmological constant is responsible for accelerated expansion of the world. According to NASA scientists and other astrophysicists the source of this non-zero amount may be the dark energy, which permeates in from empty space, separates the galaxies, and push them away from each other. Thus it is responsible for accelerating expansion of the world. For more information please vist: What is cosmological constant? will wrap up this part with a concluding quote expressed by NASA after the non-zero cosmological constant was proved to be true by WMAP findings: Many cosmologists advocate reviving the cosmological constant term on theoretical grounds. Modern field theory associates this term with the energy density of the vacuum. For this energy density to be comparable to other forms of matter in the universe, it would require new physics: the addition of a cosmological constant term has profound implications for particle physics and our understanding of the fundamental forces of nature. Assumption S5: Singularity contains enormous amount of energy. 5) Information A burst of energy was not the only factor that initiated our universe. There were also physical laws that guided and shaped the universe. These laws and information should have been present at the beginning, or nothing could form in the chaotic situation. Cant I then conclude that information is also a property of singularity? And that this property had leaked into our universe at the time of the Big Bang? As mentioned before, The concept of zero point energy proposes that there is energy available at zero point. The amount of this energy carried by sub-atomic particles is calculated as (1/2 h). Where h is the Planck Constant, which is equal to 6.64 * 10-34 joule per second. Further on in this model we take the Planck Constant (h) as a minimum amount of energy delivered from singularity. Following the above assumption, we may use the underneath equations to show how the information is delivered to space-time. Planck's constant has dimensions of energy multiplied by time. h = J.s (joule-seconds). On the other hand, h=E/f. denotes that the Planck constant has dimension of energy (E) divided by dimension of frequency (f). F2) = M (L/T) 2 = ML 2 T -2 Df = 1/Dt = T-1 Dh = DE/Df = ML2 T -2 /T -1 = M L 2 T-1 Where M is mass dimension, L stands for distance dimension and T is dimension of time. Here we may conclude that the properties of mass, distance and time is included in (h), which means information about these basic elements is contained in minimum amount of energy (h) found in zero point. 40 On the other hand, Above I have assumed that the energy in singularity is maximum. Energy always accompanies a field. The field contains information, so again this is another ground for the assumption that singularity contains information.

27

Universality of Information Please note that in an empty infinite universe movement of one object does not have any meaning. Motion is relative to other objects. Even the spatial position of each object is relativistic. The question is, how can an object be aware of the presence of another remote body that is moving, compare to it? How are different objects aware of each other's presence? Time is also relativistic. There must be universal time information in every minuscule of space so that the laws of physics can utilize it and act accordingly. Where are the other laws of physics located? They are present everywhere. Therefore, these commandments should be the property of a media which is accessible throughout the universe. In this model I have assumed the singularity as the medium. Black Holes and Information By definition, black holes are formed by the collapse of big stars. The mass of a big star condenses to the point where it forms a singularity. This is how a black hole is created. The condensed mass generated from the collapse of the star creates such a huge gravity force, that nothing even light rays can escape from it. Please note that space, time, and matter are not the only elements that are swallowed by a black hole. Information about entering particles also pours into them. There is actually a debate about where this information ends up after entering black holes. Stephen Hawking believes that black holes evaporate by releasing energy (x-ray emission) till they get small enough to pop and disappear. The British mathematician Roger Penrose then questions the destiny of the information that had entered into the black hole's singularity. There are three possibilities. It is either lost or stored or returned back to space-time. Information cannot come back because, as we know, there are not a lot of variations of particles coming back to space-time during the evaporation of a black hole. Just the x-ray photons leave the disappearing black hole. Therefore, it is not likely that information is returning to space-time. Roger Penrose favors the scenario that information is being lost. This is a more reasonable conclusion because the particles that enter the black hole singularity are destroyed and information has to disappear with them. Then again, this violates the unitarity and conservation of information law. The first law of thermodynamics conservation of mass and energy can be extended to information as well. Therefore, the only remaining space-time solution is that information is stored in a nugget left behind after the black holes evaporation. But Roger Penrose asks what use this trapped information has if there is no particle to adopt it. If we consider singularity as an informational pool, then it can store and save particles information. Assumption S6: Singularity is the domain of infinite information potentials. The above characteristics describe a kind of entity, which I suppose can exist outside of space-time universe. Singularity may not be the best name for this entity, because it may get confused with condensed mass singularity. On the other hand I cannot resist choosing it because otherwise, it perfectly describes the proposed entity. This singularity is not a pernicious one, because it does not contain ultra dense mass.
28

Departing from the Norm So far, we have tried to follow physical laws to explain the proposed singularity. However, the result is something, which may not be familiar with the contemporary physics that we are accustomed to. On the other hand, departing from scientific norm, when evidence dictates it, is nothing new. That is what Einstein did. Quantum mechanics, which are dealing with building block particles of our physical universe, are also a big leap from classical physics. Here, I would like to bring Kurt Godels philosophy of mathematics on his works on undecideability as an indication for the possibility of presence of entities beyond our space-time universe. There would always be mathematical statements that are true but can never be proved to be true from existing axioms. He envisaged these true statements as therefore already existing out there in a platonic domain, beyond our ken. 7 Throughout this book, we will explore to see if the above definition of singularity can aid us in finding the solution for the unexplained paradoxes that exist in theoretical physics, and in the nature of consciousness. Summary In this view, we define singularity as a separate entity from the space-time universe. We have assumed that space-time universe exists and expands inside the proposed singularity. The singularity lacks space, time and matter and includes infinite amount of energy and information. I have further speculated that energy fields originate in singularity. moreover, In the next chapter I introduce subjectivity as another property of the singularity realm. In following chapters, I will offer explanations for many unexplained phenomena in physics in the basis of proposed model and explore the mystery of mind and its relation to other elements of reality. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your views.

29

Singularity and Space-Time Universe Isaac Newton believed that space is the background where motions are taking place in it. Therefore, he took space as an actual body and absolute benchmark for the universe. On the contrary, Gottfried Leibnitz believed that heavenly bodies are moving relative to each other, but there is no background. Thus, he denied space as being an actual entity. Ernst Mach had a similar idea, but he introduced the acceleration as a contributing factor for the motion of stars. He believed the relative motion of heavenly bodies is affected by mass distribution throughout the universe. Albert Einstein however, introduced the combination of space and time as the cosmos background. He declared space and time as actual entities. In his belief, although space and time individually are relative and malleable, the space-time combination builds a solid background for the universe. In his General Relativity Theory, space-time is vibrant and active in the evolving world. The gravity of stars changes the shape of space and curves it. The curved space bends the trajectory of other stars. Time can dilate or shrink depending on objects relative speed. Hence space-time is not just a rigid and passive background but a dynamic entity. Einsteins model has passed the test of time and many experiments and observations confirm its precise predictions. Underneath, I will adopt Einsteins space-time fabric and build my model around it. Singularity and Space-Time My conjecture is that space-time universe is enclosed inside the proposed singularity. In this scenario, singularity has to have an internal dimension, which is against our original assumption. Maybe we can assume that our universe dissolves in singularity. But 'dissolve' is not the right word either. Even overlapping does not define the actual meaning. How then can I suggest that space and time is -in a wayembedded in singularity, so does matter and everything else, which exists in our universe? The singularity, as defined raises new questions and concerns that we have to offer reasonable answers for. The first question which may come to mind is: If singularity is a mathematical point, how can our enormous space-time universe grow inside it?

For the sake of argument one can look at the image of a three dimensional object in a zero dimension (0). As the diagram shows, the image of a three-dimensional object in a two dimensional world (book page, monitor screen) would be reduced. That same image in a one dimension (X-axis) is just a line and in no dimensions (point zero) the image coincides with zero. No matter how big the object is, its image in 0 has no size. In other words, no-dimension (0) can accommodate the image of any size object. Formerly, We have decided that matter can not exit in singularity but its image does.

30

Physical reality of the above can be seen in holography. In holography, a two-dimensional picture can contain all of the information of a three- dimensional object. Even a tiny fragment of the 2-D holographic plate contains enough information to reconstruct the whole 3-D image of the object. 6 The algebraic can be written as: Any number times Zero = Zero X*0=0 As long as we deal with finite numbers, the above equation holds. In space-time we are dealing with finite numbers. From the above arguments, I want to conclude that if we deliver the universe to singularity, the dimension of it in singularity domain is reduced to zero. At this time let our imagination fly and help us to visualize the relation between space-time and singularity. Just suppose you are looking at an object in a mirror. Can you claim any interface between image and mirror itself? In this scenario, when you look at the image, you will also see the mirror everywhere. However, the three-dimentiality of the object and two-dimentiality of image make them substantially different entities although they are very closely related. Similarly, we can limit the image to a zero-dimension arena. Are the above very simple substantiations? Roger Penrose believes that as we develop deeper and deeper theories, the mathematics become simpler. Reality in its basic level has to be simple and beautiful. Be yeki naghsh bar in khako, bar an nagsh degar Dar behesht abadio shekarestan mano to In one mold we are in earth, but in another mold You and I are in an infinite sweet paradise Rumi Shrinking World Einstein's Special Relativity tells us that when an object is moving relative to a stationary framework, its size shrinks for someone residing in that framework. The amount of shrinkage depends on speed of the object. If we take this principle to extreme, for a framework which is not moving at all, the moving object downsizes to zero. If the notion of distance is not present in singularity, logically there is no movement for such an entity. Therefore, we can take it fixed and motionless. For such an entity, the size of moving space-time will be reduced to zero. I have adapted this concept from The Universal Theory of Relativity by Roland Michel Tremblay and Big Shrink by Richard Quist. It is interesting to note that the above authors reflected and expressed the nonlocality and shrunk world that they sense in their minds domain to a new model for the universe.

31

There is a fifth dimension beyond that which is known to man. It is a dimension as vast as space and as timeless as infinity. It is the middle ground between light and shadow, between science and superstition; and it lies between the pit of mans fears and the summit of his knowledge. This is the dimension of imagination. It is an area which we call, the Twilight Zone. Rod Serling Super-space

The need to look beyond the ordinary four-dimensional Minkovsky space-time to explain many physical phenomena has been noticed for some time. Many phenomena, for example, electromagnetic field cannot be explained in the context of a four dimensional universe alone. To explain these mysteries, main stream physicists chose to theorize another space-like manifold attached to ordinary space-time. This manifold is called superspace. In basic terms the super-space idea presumes that the points in space-time are actually cross sections of bundles which are extended in this proposed super-space. Extra dimensions in super space are called internal dimensions. Therefore, supposedly, every point in space-time has internal dimensions that are out of site. Interestingly these bundles (fibers) are frequently represented by a complex vector one-dimensional space, which include an imaginary portion. The introduction of super-space opens up a can of worms and exposes theories to the doldrums of extra dimensions. The Super String Theory is proposing up to 7 extra dimensions. Did super-space solve the mysteries? Not quite. On the contrary, it created a lot of chaos and dragged the theoretical physics to places that are far from objectivity. Maybe it is time to forget about extra dimensions. Maybe it is time to think about a non-space like entity adjacent to our universe. Here, I am proposing the singularity as the nonspatial essence adjacent to the space-time. If the above assumption is true , where are we going to find the singularity? Where are the boundaries of space-time? One can further speculate, if space-time universe is expanding, does it crystallize and push the singularity away? Underneath I will try to use simple mathematics to offer a solution for above questions. Real and Natural Numbers Mathematics has been very helpful in evaluating and understanding the world around us . Therefore, we frequently look at mathematics to build physical models. We have two different mathematical choices to adopt in order to build a model for space-time. If we take real numbers to represent space, we may take the world as a continuum. Real numbers with infinite amount of decimals (2.567854332234) stands for continuity in the field. Then space is continuous as well. In contrast, natural numbers (1, 2, 3, 4, 5) with their discrete nature symbolize discontinuity of the field. If we adopt natural number system as the model then our space-time at fundamental level has to have units and therefore it is discrete.
32

But as it was mentioned earlier the correct mathematics at fundamental level is the mathematics of complex numbers. In fundamental level, we need to include imaginary numbers in the equations. So perhaps we have to build our model base on the complex system.

Imaginary Numbers In geometry, the square root means the sides of a square with area a. Imaginary numbers (square root of minus numbers) are frequently being used as an integral part of quantum mechanical mathematics. By definition, square root of a (-a) is the side of a square with area equal to -a. What kind of a square would have negative sides? It cannot have a meaningful real (tangible) area. It cannot have a meaningful dimension either. Dimensions of such an square are not similar to real world four dimensions. They are imaginary dimensions. In theoretical physics these numbers are representing the hyper-space (a space beyond 4 familiar dimensions). Assuming a type of hyper-space is essential in building theories about nature of the universe. So, It seems that in contrary to string theory assumptions, hyper-space cannot have a real dimension or area. In this model, I call the Hyper-space the singularitywhich does not posses any real dimension. However, it can accommodates image of real dimensions. Complex Number Mathematics Now let us go back to complex number system (a two dimensional system which consists of a real and an imaginary coordinates). It has been explained in detail in the first chapter. Assertion C#3 postulates that discontinuity of real numbers always happen around point zero. One of the strange characteristics of imaginary numbers is the fact that the real value of any real number coupled with (multiplied by) them will be reduced to zero. As shown in diagram above when we multiply any real quantity by i its real value (Its real number coordinate value) is reduced to zero. Its algebraic can be written as: (X+0i) i = Xi + 0(ii) = Xi Therefore, the real value disappears and imaginary value fully demonstrates itself . In trigonometry we can show the fact as: X = r Cos a, Since we took a = 90 and, Cos a = 0 then, X = 0

33

The complex number equation Z = R [cos a + i sin a] indicates that these numbers also have a periodic nature. So they loose their real number value and hit zero twice in each period which indicates discontinuity in real number field. Therefore, any space-time element (space, time, matter) shown by X coordinate, as it couples (multiplies) by imaginary number, looses and regains its real value periodically. For example, if x indicates dimension and distance, because of the function of the complex system, the space has to disappear and reappear during each period. This is the basis for our assumption that space and time are discrete and not continuous. Erwin Schrodinger was one of the first physicists who suggested a discrete space. Einstein in his last published paper, having quantum theory in mind, also proposed that a discretely based theory might be the way forward for the future physics. As it was mentioned before, in this model we take the zero point on the complex number plane to represent singularity. The imaginary number (i) represents the singularity effect on different space-time phenomenon. Assertion C2 indicates that continuity of real number breaks down intermittently. What are we going to get out of these argument? If we take the space-time as being discrete and if in every period the real value hits 0, then we may conclude that space-time is spread over singularity like a web. But then again we have assumed that the singularity is zero size. How are we going to imagine a web spreading over zero? We may find the answer by noting that the X coordinate denotes the value for dimension in space. Dimension is not defined in singularity. Assertion # S1 denotes that singularity is a separate entity. We are talking about two separate domains. If we cannot expect and assume dimension to singularity, then we have to depart from thinking objectivity as the only tool. Next we let our minds eye lead us and imagine a 4-dimensional universe. The 4-dimensional universe appears in our imagination. This guides us to the realization that the universe can intermingles and amalgamates with a 0-dimensional entity (mind itself). This is a suitable analogy. One can also argue that, singularity is a point, because we are not comparing it with anything of its kind, in its own domain. Trying to assess the singularity with space-time parameters is wrong. However, we need to elaborate more about the elation of these two separate entities. When talking about incomputable parameters, Douglas Hofstader concludes: Undecidable propositions run through mathematics like threads of gristle that criss-cross a steak in such a dense way that they cannot be cut out without the entire steak being destroyed 7 What can we make out of the above statement?

34

Assertion C4 indicates that any point in the plane can be considered point zero. This supports are assumption that point zero is interweaved with any miniscule of the space-time meshwork. Or we can further assume that zero is present next to each atom of space and time. The un decidable propositions can be interpreted as the indication for information-rich singularity. Considering every point of the domain as zero is called blowing up the origin. This is done with a mindstate that localizes the origin somewhere in space-time. Then spreading zero all over the domain is considered explosion of the origin. But in this model zero point is a separate entity which is accessible in every point of space-time. So the origin remains intact. In addition, Assertion C6 speculates that the singularity and our universe are two separate domains. To make this concept more tangible and objective, imagine that you are looking at a piece of sponge with different magnifications. First, we see the roughness of the surface. By increasing the magnification, we can also see empty holes in between. At this point we can claim that the sponge is perforated by many empty holes. Nevertheless this is not an ideal analogy for the correlation of singularity and space-time because empty space requires dimensions whereas the proposed singularity does not possess any dimension. Perhaps the best way to analogize this concept is to imagine the sponge immersed in an infinite entity which cannot be measured or understood with existing axioms. On the basis of the above arguments, we may conclude that in the gaps between space-time webs, we are faced with the 0-dimensional singularity. Ultraviolet Catastrophe At the turn of the nineteenth century, classical physics faced a major paradox. Ludwig Boltzmann showed that entropy S of a physical system is directly related to its volume T. S = k Ln T Where k is Boltzmann constant and Ln is the logarithm. This implies that if the volume turns to zero entropy also turn to zero. Actually, Walter Nernst restated the Third Principle of Thermodynamics as, The entropy of any physical system vanishes when the absolute temperature vanishes. Classically, if an atom is at rest, its momentum and its energy is zero. Therefore the subspace corresponding to the temperature of it shrinks to zero. Here comes the problem, Ln 0 = Infinity (1) This is impossible. classical physics predicts that when the temperature vanishes, entropy must diverge. Emilio Del Giudice from National Institute of nuclear physics, Italy calls it complete nonsense. It implies universal death in a hot furnace created by ultra cold75. So a way out of it was needed. Max Planck came out with a solution. He suggested that space does not include zero points. It is made of tiny regions as unit of space. This unit of space is controlled by a fundamental constant of universe. This constant is named after him and is shown by symbol h. The proposal solved the problem because now, Ln 1 = 0 (2) So there is no infinite temperature catastrophe.

35

However it opened a can of worm. The above suggestion changed classical physics drastically and turned to act as a pillar for modern physics and quantum mechanics. The Planck discovery confirms that point zero cannot be a part of space. Then what does zero representing? What is this zero that according to equation (1) has infinite temperature? Fabric of the Universe Many schools and physical theories are considering the space as a continuum. But others like Loop Quantum Gravity picture time and space as discrete entities. Mathematical discontinuity represents holes in the fields. Dividing a real number by zero creates discontinuity in the math domain. This same problem renders itself in the General Theory of Relativity. This gives many theoretical physicist the sense that there should be holes in space-time. In the present model, I also take space and time as discrete elements. The Planck discovery mentioned above resulted findings of other fundamental elements. Planck constant is the origin of a system of natural units known as Planck Units. The Planck length is the atom of length', the smallest possible size of length. It roughly equals to 1.6 x 10-35 m or about 10-20 times the size of a proton. This is the scale at which classical ideas about gravity and space-time cease to be valid. Inside of the Planck length, the notion of space is not valid anymore. Can we suppose that at the boundaries of each Planck distance our matter-space-time universe ends? Planck time is the time it would take a photon, traveling at the speed of light, to cross a distance equal to Planck length. This is the atom of time', the smallest unit of time, and is equal to 10 -43 seconds. No smaller division of time has any meaning. In other words, Planck time is the building block of time and, as such, it is the absolute unit of time. With the same token, Planck length is the building block for space and as such is the absolute unit of space. Out of this boundaries, the meaning of space and time breaks down. If distance less than Planck length and time less than Planck time has no meaning, can we assume that Inside Planck unit limits is out of our space-time universe, because it does not contain meaningful space or time? The above arguments substantiate and favor a space-time with discrete fabric over a continuous one. Exposure to Singularity We have assumed that universe is contained inside the singularity. Therefore, based on our assumption we can claim that, our exposure to singularity in each centimeter of space is 1.6 * 10 35 absolute units of length. In other words, the exposure is in every minuscule of space, or everywhere. One also can claim that, in every second we are exposed to naked singularity 10 43 absolute unit of time. That means all the time. Formerly, I have assumed that singularity contained merely energy and information and it is benign entity. How is it possible to be exposed to infinite energy and not experience catastrophe? The laws of physics tell us that, if blasts of energy were confined to short enough intervals, these blasts would have no effect in our space-time. furthermore, it would not even be detectable.

36

As mentioned, we are exposed to singularity in each interval of Planck Time. This explains why the singularity is benign for us. The energy exposure is very brief. If we confine our definition of physics to the limits of space-time, then we will need to renormalize the undesirable findings, frequently. Re- normalization means using mechanisms to omit zero and infinities and other problematic findings which is not acceptable with our classical knowledge and logic. However, the big bang theory, quantum physics, dark energy, and the non-zero cosmological constant pointing to beyond. There is more and more evidences now to force us to come out of our ken. Pertaining to the sponge analogy, the Planck distance corresponds to the size of holes in the sponge. This implies that our universe is not continuous; rather, it has a discrete atomic structure. In the 1970s Jacob Bekenstein proved it by his discovery, the so-called Bekensteins Bound. 27 This law states that the amount of information within any horizon, forming a boundary, is finite and proportionate to the area of the horizon. If this is the case, the space inside any horizon cannot be continuous. It has to be finite and as a result space has to be discrete. Loop Quantum Gravity Loop Quantum Gravity Theory is the next candidate in line for the Theory of Everything. The first being the Super String theory. Lee Smolin, one of the main advocates of the Loop Quantum Gravity, claims that black holes thermodynamics, loop quantum gravity and string theory all agree that, on the Planck scale, space appears to be composed of fundamental discrete units. He suggests Roger Penrose's spin network as one model for fabric of the universe. The loop Quantum Gravity calculations also suggest that space is quantized. This theory postulates that space is made of building blocks that are Planck distance cubic or (10 -33)3 or 10 -99 cubic centimeter. Thus it predicts that there are 10 99 quanta of space in each cubic centimeter. Fortunately, this assumption may likely be testable in the near future. Examining the radiation from distant cosmic explosions called gamma ray bursts might provide a test whether fabric of space is discrete. If it is, radiation with different energy will arrive at earth at different times. The difference is minimal but for faraway bursts (3-4 billion light years away), it can be significant enough to be measured. There is a modified version of Einsteins theory, by Lee Smolin and researchers from the Imperial College of London that accommodates high-energy photons traveling at different speeds. Our technology today is not precise enough to measure such a minute difference, but fortunately, the Glast Satellite, which is launched June 11, 2008 by NASA has the required sensitivity for this measurement. So far Fermi Satellite indicates that space-time fabric is smooth. So, if the Glast Satellite shows that space is discrete, we can suppose each Planck volume (10 -99 cubic centimeters) defines internal boundaries of space-time. The Riddle of Infinities In the introduction to this book I claimed that re-normalizing within the theoretical physics mathematics is actually blocking the road signs to explore reality. I have further claimed that by normalization we create

37

blockades for ourselves along the road to discovery. Steven Weinberg explains the origin of renormalization , This term goes back to the 1940's when physicists where learning how to use the first quantum field theories to calculate small shifts of atomic energy levels. They discovered that calculations using quantum field theory kept producing infinite quantities. 49 The emergence of infinities in calculations were interpreted as flaws. Their appearance is considered that the process was pushed beyond its limits of validity. This is done because the finite universe cannot include infinities. Since infinity is not physically possible, the answer was interpreted as impossible and flaw. Physicists consider infinities, which occur in ultra-short scales, a major problem. We can view the gravity field equation as an example: F = G m1 m2/d 2 In the above equation, F is gravity force, m1 and m2 are masses of the two objects, G is Gravitational constant and d is distance between the objects. (such as distances between the sun, earth, moon, etc...).40

As d approaches to zero, gravity force increases and in zero distance, if we ever could reach it, the force of gravity would equal infinity. F = G m1 m2/d 2, if d=0, then g = G m1 m2/0 = Here gravity force is used as an example. In usual situations, because of electromagnetic deflection between atoms, reaching to zero distance is not attainable. The above example is also true for electromagnetic force that is inversely related to distance square. Infinity in this model is defined. It points to energy and information in the proposed singularity. As mentioned before, the act of ignoring and bypassing zero and infinity in calculations is called renormalization. Theoretical physicists use the Bekenstein Law (mentioned above) to get rid of infinities in the calculations. If we confine ourselves to space-time physics, we have to frequently renormalize our abnormal!! findings. More and more evidence is there to force us to come out of our ken and believe that actual physics should extend beyond the familiar space-time universe. If this is accepted, there would be no further need to renormalize. Let us use common sense mathematics. Imagine that we have a bunch of pebbles. Now, we remove them from the scene one by one. At the end, there will not be any pebbles left. The reality is that there are no pebbles in the scene, but zero is still there. The scene still exists. In conclusion, zero and infinity should also be considered a part of reality. They cannot be ignored and avoided. Zeros and Infinities have profound effects on our world. We just need to speculate an identity for them and include them in our theories, not dismiss them as nothing or meaningless entities. The fifteenth
38

century mathematicians had to expand the mathematical arena to include negative numbers. It took us until the nineteenth century to relate a physical meaning to them, namely the negative charges in electromagnetic. Just remember that there are also imaginary numbers, which we have not found an exact physical meaning for them yet. The actual physics extends to territories, which are vast, active and effective. The presence of constants in our calculations points to the unknown factors, which are affecting our universe. It is not humanlike to accept that the meanings of these factors are out of our reach. We are hunters in the dark; and, so far, we have been finders.

Final Theory Mark McCutcheon, in his book The Final Theory,60 raised some very interesting questions. If gravitational force of say our planet is at work curving space in the way and therefore have been pulling objects for billions of years (like the gravitational force between earth and moon which lasted at least four billion years), its energy has had to diminish as time goes by. If the force comes from the mass of the earth, we should have to see or foresee the end of it. if this force has been in effect for more than four billion years without minimal change. Where is the source of this unending energy? This is obviously a breech of the conservation of energy law. McCutcheon answers this question by introducing the expanding world model. He rejects the notion of gravity and reasons that the attraction is actually because of the expanding planet, which swells out and reaches the free flowing objects. It seems that this model has serious flaws. A more logical answer is the aforementioned zero point energy. Precisely the energy from singularity that is infinite in this model. The mass of particles somehow introduces this energy to space-time, curving it according to the General Relativity theory. With this definition of singularity, infinities in physics are not problematic. They are defined and explained. By assuming, the benign naked singularity as a medium that accommodates the core fabric of the universe, many paradoxes in physics obtain a deterministic and comprehensible explanation. In this view our material world and ourselves are connected to singularity at all times and places. In this model, singularity is not 15 billion years away (birth date of the universe or inside the black holes). Singularity is here. Summary Space in this model is a complex Minkowsky manifold. Which means it has three spatial dimensions and one time dimension? But each one of these dimensions are represented with a complex number (containing an imaginary element i). As such it mimics twister theory, which is a Theory of Everything supported by Roger Penrose the famous British mathematician. But in my model the imaginary element is common between all four dimensions.

39

In this view the outer boundary of space-time and Planck distance and time are the interface where our universe meets singularity. I have also attributed the notions of zero and infinity to this entity. The concept of imaginary numbers is also accredited to physical activities related to proposed singularity. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your views.

40

Revisiting Wave Function The relation between consciousness and physical world is a great mystery. We know from quantum mechanics and special relativity that conscious observer plays an active role in forming the objective reality as we know it. However, the mechanism of this role remains obscure. Evan Harris Walker 73 postulates that,

Physical reality is connected to consciousness by means of a single physically fundamental quantity. Underneath, I am suggesting a mechanism for this mysterious effect. Electron in Relativistic quantum electrodynamics Electron by definition is point like (has no volume). In classical physics definition, the energy associate with its electrostatic field increases as we get closer to it and the energy turn to infinity when the distance vanishes. However, we do not face infinity inside space-time. Here, mass/energy equivalence ( E = mc2 ) comes to rescue. The theory of special relativity suggests that as distance decreases and energy gets equal to 2mc2 of mass of the electron, a pair of electron/positron is formed that consumes the extra energy. Of course In closer distances energy is much more. But not to worry, infinite number of electron/positron can be formed, so that we end up with energy of just one electron. The conclusion, electron is made of a seed with heavy blanket of infinite positrons and another heavy dressing of infinite electrons on top. Infinite electrons and positrons need infinite space. What are we going to do now? Here again re- normalization comes to rescue. The gigantic electron is not observed. This situation is not normal , then we close our eyes and renormalize the results. We ignore such a blanket altogether. Is it not easier to accept that electron is exposed to an entity with infinite energy in smaller scales? Is it not easier to attribute the huge energy of electron field to this entity. Here is a model to introduce this entity to the equation? Revisiting Wave/Particle duality Wave function of particles was introduced as a model to describe the puzzle of the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. The Uncertainty Principal claims that we cannot be certain about the location and momentum of a particle simultaneously. The concept simply maintains that objects have particle-like and wave-like properties at the same time. Different models were introduced to explain this paradoxical concept. Max Born postulated that wave function does not represent an actual wave but the probability of finding a particle in a particular place. Another postulate describes the wave function as packet of waves that represent the object. There is another explanation called pilot wave model. It was originally introduced by Louis de Broglie and further developed by David Bohm. It proposes that there is no duality, rather particles are guided by a pilot wave. In this chapter I adopt the above model and take wave function as the actual motion of a particle along a modified sin wave.

41

Therefore, this model is in line with David Bohms model where particles in space-time have well defined positions and trajectories at every instant . However, here their trajectory in space-time is interrupted and periodically hit the non-local singularity as they travel along the wavelengths. Complex Numbers While looking at the wave function from a mathematical point of view, Roger Penrose indicates: You cannot explain the wave like nature of quantum particles in term of probability waves of alternatives. They are complex waves of alternatives! 5 As it was mentioned before, Complex Numbers are a combination of purely real and purely imaginary numbers. Complex number = (x + iy) Normally, we measure the elements of space-time by real numbers. The concept of the complex number implies that any of these elements should have an imaginary dimension in their nature. Considering the notion of complex numbers, I have concluded that, the real axis value of elements in space-time periodically changes, disappears, and reappears. For example, if the real value in the X- axis denotes the mass of a particle, the mass has to appear and disappear in each period. This is what we see in the electrons around the nucleolus of each atom. The electron appears and disappears in a band like zone around the nucleolus. Erroneously, we call this zone orbit.

in this model, we take the imaginary number (i) as singularity effect on different phenomenon. So any mass as it intermingles (multiplies) with singularity alternates and shifts in between its real value and imaginary value. In other words, the particle intermittently disappears from space and reappears along its wave path. We can generalize this concept and presume, Assumption WP #1; while traveling through the fabric of space, objects alternatively enter the singularity and reappear in space-time. In a complex number diagram, as the Z passes the first quadrant, it enters a new arena where the real value is negative (second quadrant). So, it does not completely disappear but it enters into another domain. How are we going to interpret this negative value?

42

In the modified complex plane shown above, the real value reappears as the complex number rotates one 3/2p and enters the fourth quadrant again. If x denotes the mass of a particle, we may interpret the negative domain in the complex number diagram where the particle loses its mass. Compton Wavelength Webster's dictionary provides conventional definition for wave as: A disturbance or variation that transfers energy progressively from point to point ..... In 1924, Louis-Victor de Broglie postulated that all material objects have an accompanying wave function. He also introduced Compton frequency, which is a kind of oscillation and circulation of the charge around a charged particle. Each object has its specific Compton Frequency. He suggested the equation below to demonstrate the relation between wavelength of a mass and its momentum p:

l = h/p, where h is the Planck constant. Previously, we speculated that the key to understand quantum mechanics is hidden somewhere in Compton wavelength of particles. Wikipedia describes the Compton wavelength as: The Compton wavelength of a particle X is given by X = h / mXc, where h is the Planck constant, mX is the particle's mass and c is the speed of light. A particle generally behaves quantum mechanically when observed at distances shorter than its Compton wavelength. Every object has its own Compton wavelength. Only Compton wavelengths of small objects such as subatomic particles are detectable. The wavelengths of larger objects are so small that cannot be detected. It furthers: In particular, in the uncertainty relation for position and momentum, x p h. When the position uncertainty x is less than the Compton wavelength, the momentum uncertainty p is equal or greater than mXc. Since momentum carries energy, the uncertainty in energy is equal or greater than mXc2, which is enough energy to create another particle of type X. Therefore, the article predicts particle creation along the wavelength. This is in line with the scenario that we will be discussing in this chapter. The article continues further as; The Compton wavelength is therefore generally viewed as the cutoff below which quantum field theory, which can describe particle creation and annihilation, becomes important.

43

Underneath we are going to analyze a model for particles movement during its Compton wavelength. In this model I will suggest creation and annihilation of particles along their wavelength. The Schrdinger equation for motion of particles (traveling wave) along x-axis at the time of t can be written as: y (x,t) = A exp[ i ( kx-wt )] Where A is amplitude of the wave, k is wave number and w is angular velocity. We may expand the above equation as: y (x,t) = A exp[ i ( kx-wt )] = A cos ( kx-wt ) +i Asin( kx-wt ) . This function is a complex number with i Asin( kx-wt ) as its imaginary part. As we can see, on particlewave function dimensions x and t are complexified (demonstrated in complex number version) by the imaginary number i. In order to describe the particle-wave function, physicists are not using the kaluzaklein dimension, or any of the extra dimensions in the string theory, instead they have to choose a virtual dimension out of our space-time to be able to explain the quantum wave function, an imaginary dimension. Yes, we can imagine the complex numbers in our mind. But wave function is happening all over the world in every moment, even if, our mind is not with it. Therefore, there should be another being out there to accept the image, to be able to accommodate the imaginary part of the complex numbers. Wave Function in this Model Mass, Energy-Information Phase Transition We can make the following argument for a ray (composed of electron particles). Einsteins Special Theory of Relativity says that nothing can travel at or above the speed of light in our space-time universe. The reason behind this is that in The Special Theory of Relativity, the relation between mass and its speed can be obtained from: m = m0/ (1-v2/c2) Where m is the relativistic mass (mass in motion), m0is the mass of an object in rest, v is velocity of the particle relative to the observer, and c is the speed of light. Acceleration augments the particles mass. At speed of light v2/c2 equals 1. In this case m0 will be divided by 0. So mass will increase to infinity. m = m0/ (1-v2/c2) m = m0/ (1- 1) m = m0/ 0 = Infinity does not exist in space-time universe, besides we need an infinite amount of energy to move this infinite mass, this goes beyond explained physics. Known physics does not have any explanation for it. Therefore It is concluded that nothing can travel at or faster than light speed. Here again we face the infinity, the notion that most physicists detest. To me this is another road sign indicating that we need to strive for a deeper understanding of reality. We must not ignore these signs that have been avoided for fear of the unknown. John Earman writes: In 1960 Einstein found that, in a condition of static equilibrium, as the radius of the cluster approaches Shwarzchild radius. The particle would eventually have to move faster than light.4

44

Pilot wave model suggests that during the course of its wavelength while traveling along a spatial dimension (x-axis) with linear speed v, the particle oscillates in another direction (zdirection) as well. The above diagram shows a polarized wave-particle, that propagates along X-axis. We take the propagation speed along the X-axis constant . With this assumption, particle accelerates in its wave like motion along Z-axis and its actual velocity increases according to the position of the particle along the curve. In other words, the actual speed will exceed the propagation speed as the particle leaves the peak and travels down the slope. The equations can be written as: Dz/ Dx = tang. a Dz = Dx tang. a Dz/ Dt = tang. a Dx/ Dt If lim Dt = 0, Dt Dz/ Dt = lim Dt = 0 tang. a Dx/ Dt in this situation we may write Dt gets near 0, therefore Vz = tang. a Vx Please note that in the above diagram, the angles a and a' are equal because their sides are perpendicular to each other. Therefore the actual speed of particle in any point can be obtained by, V2 = Vz2 + Vx2 = Vx2+ Vx2 tang.2 a = Vx2 (1+tang.2 a), Then; V = Vx (1+tang.2a) (1)40

Regardless of the propagation speed, as the particle approaches the x-axis there is a moment when its speed equals and exceeds the speed of light. For example at 89o angle the tangent value is 57.2900 and its value for 90o is infinity. So there will be a time for any particle to reach the light speed as it travels towards the X-axis along its wavelength and at a =90oparticle speed is supposed to reach to infinity. V = Vx (1+tang.2a) V = Vx (1+ ) V= Since infinity is not defined in space-time physics, we normally would say the speed equals maximum. But because this model contains the singularity in which infinite energy is allowed I choose to leave infinity in place.

45

Infinite Speed and Non-Local Zone At the time when a = 90o, Vx cannot have any amount other than zero in space-time. So for our original assumption to hold (Vx to remain fixed all along the wavelength) we have to assume that the wave particle leaves the space and enters a zone with no dimension. With infinite speed (the assumed actual speed), the wave particle cannot remain in space-time. It has to leave and enter a non-local entity. We are led to this conclusion by the fact that the only place that an object can have infinite speed is a non-local zone. How are we going to describe this format of wavelength? Where do we find a non-local zone for the particle to enter? Mind you that the space-time in this model is discrete, and therefore the singularity is in the neighborhood and readily available to deportees of space-time. Besides, by our previous assumption singularity is non-local. We have also previously supposed that singularity cannot contain mass. Having the conversion of mass and energy law in mind, we can deduce that mass is being converted into energy while joining the singularity. On the other hand, according to the Standard Model of particles, subatomic particles are mass-less. The general consensus is that , Higgs boson adds the property of mass to them while particles accelerate in space-time (see Mass & Gravity chapter). This is another reason that particles should loose their mass while leaving the space-time. To build a more objective argument let us study particles with a propagation speed of 1/20c. If you are not up for the mathematics, you may rather skip this portion. In equation #1, V = V x (1+tang 2 a). For the particle to reach to speed of light, the magnitude of a, can be calculated as: C = 1/20 c (1+ tang 2 a), and, (1+ tang. 2 a) = c / c/20, therefore, 20 = (1+ tang. 2 a) then 400 = (1 + tang 2 a) Thus tang.2a = 399 Hence tang. a = 19.98, which approximately corresponds to tangent of 87o where the veloity reaches the light speed. Invariance around X-Axis We redraw diagram #1 for this speed as in diagarm 2 (in the left panel. The equation V = V0 x (1+tang2 a) requires that as angle a increases beyond 87o the speed also increases. At a = 90o the speed of the particle-wave reaches to infinity. The calculations below show that beyond c speed, the elements under examination do not change. We formerly assumed that at speed of light mass has to convert to energy. The amount of mass itself calculated from m = c2/E. In addition, the momentum (p) of the waveparticle at this point is obtained from:
46

P = (E/c2) * V As the wave-particle departs from 87o and gets to 90o (hits x-axis), tang.a will be infinity so speed will amount to infinity. If V= infinity, then: P= (E/c2) * V = (E/c2) * infinity = infinity The momentum equals infinity and: E total = (p 2 c 2 +m0 2 c4) = infinity It is apparent then that in our example from the 87o to the 90o zone the amount of energy remains infinite. Mass at 90 0 Let us look at mass at 90o. For mass at 90o angle, we may write, m = m0/ (1-v2 /c2) = m0/ (-1 (v2 /c2 -1)) = m0/i2(v2 /c2 -1) = m0/i2 (infinity2 /c2 -1) = 0. This denies the presence of mass in the 90ozone. Space around X-Axis If momentum is infinite in 90o, then space looses its meaning around the X-axis: l = h / p = h / infinity = 0 And the wave number k turns to k=2 p/l= 2 p/0= infinity. Dk = k- ko, Dk = - ko, Dk = In addition, we can write the Heisenberg uncertainty equation as: Dk *D x h/2p Therefore Dk has an inverse relation with D x Dx 1 /Dk If Dk equals infinity, then Dx can shrink to zero, which means, there is no movement in space. We can interpret and speculate that wave-particle does not encounter space at a = 87oto 90o. As an alternate approach, at the infinite energy point we might express the following: y (E) = (E max) ei (kr^n - w t) = (E max) ei (kr^n - w t) E = infinity = (E max), then, ei (kr^n - w t) =1 Therefore i (kr^n - w t) = 0 Or, k r^n =wt, And since 2 p/l* r^n = 2 p/ T*t, Hence, r^n = t* l/T = 0. We conclude that there is no space in 90o point. Then we can conclude that,

47

Assertion WP #2: space disappears intermittently during the course of the particles journey along its wavelength. Time around X-axis We can also write the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle as: Dt * DE h/2p If D E = infinity then, D t = 0 Again, it shows that time remains put for wave-particle at a=87oor 90o. 40 Assertion WP#3: Time stops intermittently for the objects during the course of their wave motion. Tunneling along the wavelength Quantum tunneling is well established and described. Cassimir effect and the Lamb shift are the manifestations of quantum tunneling (see quantum tunneling in quantum mechanics section). The above description suggests tunneling of the particle while traveling along its wavelength. Second Half of the Wavelength Then, the particle leaves the x-axis and moves towards the trough. Here, the changes in the z-component of the movement decelerates as does the linear speed until the particle surpasses 87oagain and reaches a speed that it can have in space-time (less than c). This is the time for the particle to acquire mass again. The particle reappears when the wave reaches the possible speed in space-time. This can be an explanation for the experiments which show electron jumping in and out of the existence in our universe. Bouncing Ball The assumed function mimics the movement of a bouncing ball in a frictionless gravitational field. Let's look at bouncing ball scenario. At first gravitational force pulls the ball to the ground. When the ball hits the ground, the electromagnetic force of the atoms in the outer layer deflects the ball. As a result the ball bounces back. In this model, for an object to have a wave like motion, the interface between proposed singularity and spacetime must possess an attractive and deflecting force. The uncertainty principle predicts that in small scales the gravitational fields rise and fall. Mind you that, according to the General Relativity, the shape of space follows the changes in the gravity. If the space in ultra short scale is curved the object will follow the curved space in a wave like motion. On the other hand, the energy in singularity has to be unified and invariant. Note1

48

Singularity as the strange attractor In Chaos theory, strange attractors are points where nearby trajectories converge on them and diverge rapidly. The strange attractors and the trajectories ultimately create a kind of order in a chaotic universe. The bouncing ball analogy positions the proposed singularity as the chaos theory's strange attractor. Neutrino masses and neutrino oscillations In the above model, mass of the particle changes while oscillating along the wavelength. Neutrino oscillation is an example of mass change in macro-scale. The first real hint that neutrinos oscillate came from studies of solar neutrinos by Super-Kamiokande detector in Japan and later on it was confirmed by Sudbury Neutrino Observatory in Canada. Ref. 1 As far as we know, there are three flavors of neutrinos in nature_ the electron neutrino, the muon neutrino, and the tau neutrino. It is believed that neutrinos have very small mass (in the order of few eV/C 2. Different neutrinos have different masses. The point is, one flavor of neutrino produced initially (e.g. in the processes that power the Sun) may be detected later as another flavor. The changes are oscillatory in the sense that the probability of a change in flavor occurring reaches a maximum at a certain distance, diminishes to zero at twice that distance, and so on. Where does the tau neutrino obtains the extra mass from? We need to introduce a source for extra mass. Special Theory of Relativity According to the Special Relativity, objects move in a 4-dimensional space-time. A stationary person just moves through time dimension. Thus gets older fast. A person moving with speed of light only travels in space dimension. Therefore stays young forever. There is no passage of time for such a person. Other movers move within a combination of space and time according to their speed. In addition, the combined speed of an object through space and its motion through time is precisely equal to the speed of light. Going back to particles wave function in this model, we can sketch the diagram below to illustrate particles motion through the space and time. Zero Point Energy

From here the stochastic electrodynamics will continues to explain the scenario. The theory is based on assuming that zero point energy (ZPE) is pervasive throughout the space. This energy is supposedly an integral part of the universe. The theory can explain many physical paradoxes just by adding the concept of ZPE to the ordinary classical physics. For example, it can explain numerous phenomena including inertia, gravity and the radiation paradox of the Bohrs atom based on fluctuating electromagnetic field associated with zeropoint energy. According to stochastic Electrodynamics, the ZPE field creates a range of superimposed random waves of all frequencies and phases in all directions, with a power spectrum proportional to the cube of frequency.
49

Haisch, Rueda and Puthoff (HRP, 1994) in the paper Inertia as a zero-point field Lorentz force showed how inertia (the force needed to alter an object's movement) can be explained by interaction of particle with zero point fields. They assumed that: A fundamental particle (such as an electron) could be treated as a two-dimensional Planck oscillator driven by electric components (Ezp) of the ZPF to oscillate in the xy-plane. They then examined the effects of the magnetic components (Bzp) of the ZPF on the Planck oscillator under the condition of constant acceleration in the zdirection. The result was that the Lorentz force due to Bzp fluctuations proved to be proportional to the acceleration of the Planck oscillator, thus suggesting its interpretation as the reaction force due to inertia.54

I refer the reader to California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics web site for further information about Stochastic Electrodynamics. Combining the above explanation with the presented model for wave-particle, one may find a good explanation for equivalence principle (Which implies that mass and gravity are equivalent with each other). Previously, I attributed zero point energy to singularity. Closer to the X-axis, the particles speed equals light speed. Therefore, its movement through time dimension is ceased. Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle defined In classical physics we are able to exactly measure a pair of quantities like position and momentum of an object. On the contrary, according to quantum mechanics, if we pinpoint the exact location of a particle the measurement of its momentum is uncertain by infinity. Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle tells us that we cannot be sure about the exact position and momentum of a particle at the same time. For the uncertainty between momentum (p) and position (x) Heisenberg equation is written as; Dp Dx h/2p Where h is Planck Constant. In 1922 Louis de Broglie postulated that any moving particle or object has an associated wave. The postulate is one of the principles of quantum mechanics. The classical physics deals with the linear motion of the objects and ignores the fact that every object also oscillates along the way. Here we hypothesize that , since quantum mechanics is dealing with the object within its wavelength, it faces the puzzle of uncertainty
50

principle. Newton proved particles deterministic states (location and momentum) based on the assumption that all of the mass of the particle is concentrated in a mathematical point at the center of the particle. Wave particle postulate asserts that object's location follows a probability wave. This model supposes that along their wave motion objects decelerate as they leave the x-axis and reach to their linear velocity at the peak. Then they accelerate in their way back to x-axis where they reach the light speed and disappear. Please note that in this model we are denying mass presence in a portion of particles wavelength. However,during object's presence, the speed variance dictates the magnitude of the probability wave at any particular location. The diagram below shows the location and momentum changes in this model. In this scheme, when a particle moves down the slope from the peak during its wave function, the changes in position along x-axis (Dx) are diminished. However, the changes of its speed and therefore its momentum (Dp) increases. This is the realization of compilmentarity relation between to elements. At the peak of spatial displacement, the particle has the least momentum and changes of momentum per unit of time. If we take the Planck time (10-43s) as smallest unit where time can have any meaning, then there will be a span at the peak where momentum is not defined. As the particle travels down the slope, its momentum increases and the rate of increase multiplies as the object closes to x-axis. Around x-axis, the particles displacement is close to zero, and the changes in the momentum are maximal (because the speed is maximal) We have assumed that in the proximity of the x-axis the particle disappears. At the peak, displacement along the x-axis is maximal and it diminishes as the particle travels down the slope. in the proximity of the x-axis the changes in location is minimal. This is the realization of Heisenberg location/momentum Uncertainty Principle. In Mass & Gravity chapter, the physical description of the Planck Constant (h) in this model is presented. According to our calculations, the Planck Constant can be taken as the energy that is delivered by the particle to space-time during each wavelength. when particle appears in space-time its kinetic energy equals (h). At the peak the potential energy equals (h). This description of Planck Constant confirms the close match between Uncertainty Principle and particle-wave behavior in this model. Energy-Time Uncertainty According to the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, the relation between energy (E) of a particle and time (t) is obtained by: D E D t h/2p D E h / 2p Dt We pin point time zero when the particle-wave crosses the x-axis and initiate its wavelength. Around this point, time changes are minimal. By the same token, according to our previous assumption, its momentum is maximal at entering point. More momentum means more energy. Therefore closer to x-axis, the time changes are minimal and energy changes are maximal.

51

Heisenberg equation indicates that when the changes in time is zero the changes in energy of the particle increases up to maximum. At the peak of the curve Dt is maximal and changes in energy are minimal (see the above diagram). Therefore this particle-wave model is in line with the Heisenberg Uncertainty principle for time and energy as well. This property exists because the particle in this model does not have a dual nature of wave and particle; rather it is a particle that is oscillating along the way (pilot wave). Furthermore it is not traveling in a homogenous motion; rather it is either decelerating or accelerating along its wavelength. Number-phase Uncertainty According to quantum field theory, the number of quanta of a field N and the phase f of the same field (its rhythm of oscillation) obeys the uncertainty principle as well.

D N D f h /2p The above equation suggests that number of quanta in a field is not fixed. that implies that periodically some of the quanta disappear from the field. This is in line with the above model where particles disappear along their wave function. It also suggests that energy of the field fluctuates. This is also in line with the above model where particles deliver fluctuating kinetic energy while traveling along their wavelengths. There are many complimentarity relationships that follow Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. It is interesting that in general, one of the pairs is a space-time element and the other one is a component of the proposed singularity. For example location at the first equation belongs to space-time whereas momentum belongs to informational domain. Similarly in the second equation, time is a space-time element and energy is originated in singularity. In the third equation, quanta are matter and phase attributes to energy/information domain. Here we may assume that the uncertainty principle describes the gray interface between two entities. At the boundary, there is a trade between the components of space-time universe and the singularity. Any increase in ones clarity is at the expense of the other ones haziness. Max Born postulate In 1926 Max Born suggested that: An electron wave must be interpreted from stand point of probability. Places where the magnitude of the wave is large are places where the electron most likely to be found. Places where the magnitude is small, are places where the electron less likely to be found.1 The Borns electron probability wave favors the presence of the electron near the peak of the translation wave. Here we can offer an explanation for the Max Born's suggestion as well. In our wave model, the speed of electron is reduced around the peak of translation wave, therefore it is detectable in space-time. On the other hand, we can assume that as the actual velocity increases to reach to the light speed (299,792,458
52

m/s) the probability to pin point it is reduced. At the speed of light electron as a mass disappears from space-time. Therefore, we cannot follow its trajectory. Wave Function and Complex Numbers System According to Lorentz equation the length of a particle decreases at higher speeds (length contraction). We may write Lorentz transformation equation for linear motion as: L = L0 (1-v2/c2) In velocities greater than the speed of light (v>c) Lorentz transformation equation moves us to the imaginary domain because (1-v2/c2) turns into a negative number. L = -n. 40 Formerly the imaginary domain was related to the proposed singularity; hence I conclude that, any particle which exceeds the speed of light moves to singularity. The above interpretation of wave function offers an explanation for using complex numbers to define wave function in the Schrodinger's equation mentioned above. While real number corresponds to the particle in space-time, imaginary portion relates to the trace of particle in singularity. That is one way to describe wave function by complex numbers. Water Waves The above diagram shows were the objects meet the singularity during their wave function. Water waves can be taken as an analogy for the above concept. As the water molecules rise from the surface we see them as wave. When they fall, they join the sea of water again. And then the cycle repeats itself. What we see are waves at the surface, but in reality, the waves are extension of the sea. They take a specific shape while in action. Please note that the identity of the molecules of water in subsequent wave is not necessarily similar to previous ones. This resembles the identity problem of particles, in particle physics. By definition, we cannot identify different electrons from each other. We just see the wave. The main factors, which are hidden here, are the energy field, which is moving the water molecules and the data, which regulates the movement and shapes of waves motions. The collective action of the field (data and energy), which is not observable, and the water molecules, which are observable, form the visible waves. Just getting preoccupied with the shape of the waves and ignoring and normalize contributory factors from underlying sea is not a sound strategy. We can mention the musculo-skeletal motion as explained in Holonomic Brain Theory as an analogy, as well. In this theory, the movement footprint is in spectral and non-local form. However, when the behavior is materialized it turns to body motions, which are local and observable. Mind you that mind is one of the fundamental element in this model.

53

Dirac's Electron The Dirac equation for electron can be written as: = (a A , b A' ) This represents a pair of 2-spinors. We can interpret its physical reality as follows. An electron actually consists of two separate particles (a A and bA'). These two particles have opposite charges and are continually converting into one another. n Diracs electron wave model, the anti-particle in second portion of the phase, has an opposite charge. The anti-particle of electron is positron. The birth and rebirth of the Diracs electron is in line with this model. However, the instantaneous speed of Dirac particles is always constant and equal to the speed of light. The variation in propagation speed comes from the zigzag motion of two components as they average out. In this model, I have proposed that the speed along the propagation line is constant but the instantaneous speed of the particle changes between the propagation speed and the speed of light in a 2-dimensional wave plane. The disappearance and rebirth of the particle comes by its entering and rising from the proposed singularity. Polarization

According to Luis de Broglie every particle has an accompanying wave. For example a photon has an associated wave. Photon oscillates as it travels through space. The wave frequency of a photon differentiates various rays from each other. Photon wave frequency is dissimilar for different colors in optical band or other electromagnetic waves. Essentially photons can oscillate in any direction. The orientation of oscillation is called polarization. Theoretically, particles can have polarization in all possible directions. Transverse polarization There are radial polarizations that stay inside an envelope of a circle perpendicular to the line of motion. These can always be specified by a particular pair of x , y and z values in a three coordinate system. This is the kind of particle polarization which is recognized and called physical.

54

Longitudinal polarization In principle, there is a third polarization direction as well. It is the one that oscillates along the direction of motion. Sound waves oscillate in this direction. But such oscillations are not recognized for particles. Longitudinal waves are labeled spurious (bogus) and non-physical. Although the theories of forces swing around this so called false polarization direction, current understanding of our physical world tells us that such non-perpendicular polarization should not exist. Therefore, currently the third direction is subject to filtering out and renormalization. However, to explain the symmetries in Einsteins Special Relativity all oscillations have to be considered. It is worth it to dwell on this third kind of polarization to see if it can help to resolve some of the existing paradoxes. Symmetry and Super-Symmetry Theory A system has symmetry if someone can change its components, reflect it in the mirror or rotate it and still we cannot notice any difference in it. For example, if we rotate a circle or a sphere there will be no noticeable difference in them. Therefore we say that they have perfect symmetry. An image in the mirror is symmetric to the original object. Physicists believe that the universe is symmetric in principle. For example the laws of physics are applied symmetrically throughout the universe. It doesn't matter where in the universe you are, the laws are the same. Super symmetry is a kind of hypothetical symmetry where fermions and bosons can transform to each other. It also asserts that for every fremion there is a bosson superpartner and visa versa. Fermions and bosons are different categories of particles in standard Model of particle physics. Fermions such as quarks possess mass and are basic constituents of matter. Bosons on the other hand, do not have mass and are force carriers. Photon is a boson. It does not have mass and carries electromagnetic radiation. The Super-symmetry concept was gradually developed by Russian and European physicists during 1970s. this kind of symmetry is a bet different from a perfect symmetry because transformed products are different from each other. Nevertheless it is considered symmetry. The Super-symmetry concept solves many paradoxes in theoretical physics like Hierarchy problem. As mentioned before, any known massive fermion is supposed to have a super-symmetric bosonic partner. In addition any boson is presumed to have a super symmetric fermionic counterpart. The super-partner of fermions named by an s added to the related fermion. For example, the super partner of electron is selectron. The super-partner of a boson is named by tacking ino at the end of the related boson name. Therefore, the fermion counterpart of photon is called photino. The problem is while all of the particles in the standard model are observed in accelerators, none of the super-partners are found yet. Some physicists came with this idea that may be super-partners are more energetic than the actual partner. Therefore existing accelerators are not powerful enough to detect them. There are high hopes that The Large Hadron Collider that have resumed working can find these superpartners. All sounds fine, except that if LHC, which can find particles up to a few thousand Giga electron volt

55

(much higher than expected energy for super-partners) cannot find them the super-symmetry solution will be ruled out. We rule it out, if we do not find reasonable size super-partners in space-time universe. The above definition for the wave-particle function, which suggests transformation and interchange of a fermionic particle to a non-mass trace, is in line with super-symmetry theory. Except that the non-mass trace resides in singularity where we cannot detect it. It is presumed that transformation in supersymmetry takes place in super-space. Interestingly, extra super-space dimensions in super-symmetry are zero size which mimics the proposed singularity. Moreover, unlike fermions that have to follow PPauli Exclusion Principle, several non-mass bosons can occupy the same Quantum stateuand spot. Similarly, the non-mass super-partner of fermions in this model can reside in singularity where exclusivity is not honored. Flavor problem is another difficulty with super-symmetry. Recall that in the Standard Model each category of particles is called a flavor. For example, electron, muon and tau are one flavor of particles. Up, charm and top quarks form another flavor. Normally members of each flavor do not directly transform to each other. For example during decaying of muon to electron a muon neutrino and electron antineutrino are also produced that preserves the particle number. This is not true for super-partners. The bosonic superpartners get all mixed up. In super-symmetric theory, if for instance electron were paired with smoun, an interaction would be generated that are not seen in nature. Unseen super-partners in the colliders and merge of bosonic super-partner open the arena for new speculations. Maybe we are looking in a wrong place for a wrong object. Physicists traditionally work and look within the objective and tangible arena. That is why they look for tangible bodies like super-partners to find the answers. They even assume that force fields are made of virtual particles. May be objective arena is not enough to explain the universe. May be we have to look for non-tangible domain and elements to build new theories. It seems that the mainstream interpretation of Quantum Physics is pointing to such a domain. Tachyon This model also incorporates and explains the notion of tachyons. A tachyon is a hypothetical particle that travels at superluminal velocity. By definition, tachyon's mass squared is negative. That means to define it we have to use imaginary number (-n). Alternatively, we may say its rest mass is imaginary. We may also re-word the previous sentence by saying; tachyons rest mass belongs to informational domain. Previously, I considered the singularity as information domain. I have also speculated that faster than light speed objects loose their real mass and enter the singularity.

56

Nature of Photons

Same speculation can be extended to photon itself. By definition, photon does not posses any mass. The speed of photon as light particle is constant and amounts to approximately 300.00km/s. As such, it has to reside in the boundaries of space-time. As mentioned in boundaries chapter at the vicinity of border-line matter gets pale and disappears. Therefore, since photon stays in the boundaries it does not possess mass. Maybe that is why Pauli Exclusion Principle which indicates that two similar particles cannot occupy the same location in space, does not apply to photons. Since Photon stays at the boundaries but does not enter space-time, there is no competition for obtaining territory. There is no territory at all to fight for. M Theory The M Theory (the new and united version of string theories) explains the process of the appearing and disappearing particles by postulating that particles are absorbed and emitted by the p-brane. The p-brane is a hypothetical space-time, which can have different dimensions. The advantage of the p-brain assumption is that it keeps us in our comfort zone of space while providing solutions for our paradoxes. In the model presented in this chapter, the transformation is happening in an entity outside of the space-time. Defiance of Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle My description of particle wave function is also in accord with recent experiments conducted by Shariar S. Afshar from Rowan University in New Jersey. Afshar defies the notion that nature never permits us to observe both the particle and wave aspects at the same time. The uncertainty principle conveys that a particle can be either a wave or a particle and never simultaneously both. In the above model, I have described the particle as a real entity which is moving in a wave like motion, capable of being detected in both versions simultaneously, at some occasions. Singularity: An Active Entity In order to uncover solutions for the paradoxes, singularity cannot be considered merely an inactive pool of energy and information. The particle wave is continuous. Below zero is not nothingness. There exists a vast computational territory, territory of negative numbers. Interestingly, these numbers interact with positive numbers and affect them drastically. Contextuality in the Bell-Kochen-Specker theorem can be viewed as evidence for such activities. The theorem simply states that in quantum mechanics, the value of different non-compatible observables is also correlated with each other, even though they are not complimentary pairs (complimentarity characteristics like location/momentum and energy/time. See Quantum Mechanic chapter). For the values to be interrelated we need an active media which not only accommodates the values, but also intermingles them.

57

In wave motion, the particle reappears and carries the information back to space-time. Quantum tunneling (when a particle passes through a barrier and only reappears in space-time when the barrier is out of the way) can be explained by assuming the remaining of a particle in singularity if space-time condition is not favorable. If we have in depth and precise knowledge about the true nature of things, we will come to the conclusion that God does not play dice with the universe. We will come back to a deterministic world again. Us as waves The above model can be applied to electromagnetic waves, such as alpha and beta rays or atoms and even objects that are much more massive. According to Louis de Broglie, any object has a wave. However, massive objects have much smaller wavelengths. In 1916 Walter Nernst also proposed that a complex body can only form and emerge from its component atoms if they become able to tune together their fluctuations. In another words, they have to produce a common phase of oscillations to create a complex body. The produced complex wave can be regarded as the identity of the complex object75. Cohesion of a system requires that each component resonate at the same phase. In other words, the whole assembly should have correlated wave function. Similarly, quantum biologists believe that ingredients of living things have strong electric dipole moments that are highly systemized and synchronized. This is similar to synchronized movement of a group of flying birds. The collective moments provide an electric dipole field that represents the individual organisms. In this view, the atomic components of a living organisms are just building blocks. The blue print is the field that organizes the atoms in specific shape and function. In 1979 Davydov showed the presence of wave propagation along the cyto-skeleton protein chains of living cells. These waves mimic electromagnetic waves because they dont loose energy due to thermalization. They are called Davydov soliton. We can therefore speculate that we as humans also follow a synchronized wave function. The resulting field is the origin of self. This can explain how emotions are so overwhelming and spread all over the body2. If we are a wave, can we further assume that we are also traveling to singularity back and forth many times per second? If that is the case, then we enter a realm where we all unite. This can be the origin of oneness with other living and non-living things that we sense. This can be the source of passionate feelings that we have for humanity and other beings. Our livelihood is because of our fidgety We are waves, resting is our absence Rahi Moayeri, Iranian Poet The 16th century philosopher Mulla Sadra proposed a similar idea under the name of al-haraka aljawhariyya.

58

Substantial Motion Mulla Sadra (1571-1640) The Iranian philosopher, and perhaps the single most important and influential philosopher in the Muslim world maintained in his substantial motion (al-haraka al-jawhariyya) that: Substance only changes suddenly, from one instant to another, in generation and corruption.62 This is in line with the complex number assumption C#1, which postulates that matter appears and disappears periodically. It is also in line with Assumption WP#2 in this chapter, where it suggests that mass joins singularity and appears again in space-time in each Compton wavelength. If the world is made of fractals3 and if the structure of atom is a fractal that creates the bigger objects and among others the solar systems, then the constituents of such a system (planets) has appear and disappear just like the electron and other sub-atomic particles.Except that because the wavelength is much lower than certain limits, we cannot detect them. Notes 1) Here, I am referring to Poynting vector of the zero-point fluctuations. Interested readers can look at the following website for further information: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poynting_vector 2) The concept is well developed by Emilio Del Giudice from National Institute o Nuclear physics, Milan, Italy. The article appeared at the book Brain and Being75 . 3) A fractal is a fragment that can be split into parts, each of which is (at least approximately) a reducedsize copy of the whole. Fractals are the building blocks of the Chaos theory. The term fractal was coined by Benot Mandelbrot in 1975

59

Boundaries and Evidences The Big Bang Theory implies that the space-time is not stretched indefinitely. The universe has boundaries. It has a periphery that is marked by the outer boundary of the expanding universe. In the present model, we picture the universe as a sponge. Therefore, universe also has internal boundaries or interfaces with the medium entity. Hereafter, I will call the inside boundaries the Planck pores. Furthermore I have assumed that consciousness is beyond the boundaries of space-time. Many physicists like James Hartle and Stephen hawking believe that the paradoxes in theoretical physics can only be solved by specifying the boundary conditions of the universe. Here we explore the boundaries and try to look for evidences according to the current knowledge. Before the brightness of day or the darkness of night we get the grays of dawn and dusk. Likewise, I will show how the structure of the space-time pales whenever we get close to the interface between space-time and the proposed singularity namely the sub-atomic arena, mind and The Big Bang moment. In this chapter, I will show how the elements of space-time get pale as we approach the grays of dawn and set of our universe. That is when we get close to the boundaries. Complex Numbers and my interpretation of them are explained in the first and the eight chapters (Complex Numbers and Wave Function chapters). The diagram above shows how elements of space-time fade away as we approach the boundaries of universe and approximate the purely imaginary domain. This process is explored further in the lines below.

Matter By definition matter is an entity, which can occupy a definite location in space. If there is no space, matter looses its definition. Mass is also defined as being equal to inertia which is resistance to change in velocity. If there is no space, there is no velocity an therefore inertia looses its meaning. Underneath, we review matter in different arena to show how it gradually disappears when we get close to the boundaries of space.

A) Microcosm As we get down to particle physics the concept of matter gets more subtle and pale. The photon is massless and even its existence is under question. In 1969, Lamb and Scully showed that one could account for the photoelectric effect without using the concept of photon as a minimum packet of light energy. They were able to introduce an entirely different theory of the photo-electric effect, one that did not invoke the concept of lights particle nature. They concluded that, photo-electric effect does not prove that photon exists. In addition, George Greenstein writes;

60

[In 1956] The Hansbury-Brown and Twiss experiment failed to demonstrate the existence of photons and the indivisibility of weak light. It actually showed that light seemed to travel through space bunched up. One can divide the bunch in half, and the two half bunches arrive at the different photo detectors at the same time. These result startled the physics community and launched an entirely a new discipline, the explicit study of quantum nature of light. 11 Later on, the same experiment was repeated by laser, which still did not support the particle nature of light. In 1986, in the Grangier, Roger, and Aspect experiment, the non-divisibility of a light unit was shown as evidence of the presence of photons. They used a well-collimated stream of calcium atoms. In their next experiment, they allowed the photon to pass through Mach-Zehnder interferometer. They obtained an interference pattern as a path length traveled by light in one arm of the interferometer was increased relative to the other. So, light divided and passed thorough both ways. Again, the result pales the concept of the photon. Greenstein and Zajong conclude: It is ironic that Albert Einstein, arguably the greatest physicist since Newton, received the Nobel Prize for work that subsequently turned out to be flawed. And it is doubly ironic that this work, which was instrumental in placing before us the concept of wave particle duality, turned out to be correct even though flawedThe central lesson of the story we have recountedIs that the concept of the photon is far more subtle that has been previously thought. 11 Wave particle duality also extends to the atom itself. Many experiments are performed passing one atom at a time through a double slit apparatus. Even one atom created an interference pattern. One expects to have two particles to create interference. How can just one atom demonstrate the performance expected from two atoms? Here again, the solidity of individual atoms goes under question. Erwin Schrodinger goes even further to claim: One can think of particles as more or less temporary entities within the wave field whose form and general behavior are nevertheless so clearly and sharply determined by the laws of waves that many processes take place as if these temporary entities were substantial permanent beings. 12 So we can conclude that in micro-scale the solidity of matter gets pale. To solve the mysteries of nature, we must raise odd questions and move toward bold ideas. Here is another speculation: Standard Model of Particle Physics The standard model of particle physics, which deals with and categorizes the subatomic particles, divides the known particles to two different groups. Fermions (spin1/2) and gauge bosons (spin-1). All sixteen particles in the mentioned categories are already discovered and observed in high-energy colliders. Interestingly, all of these particles are mass-less. This is obviously in contradiction with nature because the particles and their products (atoms) have clearly possess mass. Therefore, we had to hypothesize and introduce another particle,
61

the Higgs boson. This particle is supposedly responsible for the Higgs mechanism by which all other particles acquire mass. However, the Higgs boson has yet to be discovered. We try to relate this particle or some other physical phenomena to the process of naturalization (giving mass to the sub-atomic particles). Is there a chance that at the gray area of smaller scale and beyond, mass does not exists? Is there a chance that mass is the kinetic energy of particles as they travel along their waves? Is there a chance that gravity is the byproduct of this wave motion of objects? We will discuss this issue in Mass and Gravity chapter. Do we have to hypothesize quanta for gravity? Can this questioning open the road to explain the paradoxes between quantum mechanics and general relativity? This is just a speculation. But we mustn'tt leave any road unexplored. It is general understanding that the principles of matter entity in macrocosm are gradually being violated as we approach the particle physics. In that level particles demonstrate their dual character of waveparticle. Even the identity and sameness of specific particles undergoes questioning. In micro scale we cannot identify different particles from each other. For example, electrons are the same and we cannot differentiate them from one another. B) Matter, Big Bang and Space-Time Singularities According to the popular Big Bang Theory, matter gradually formed and appeared at the end of the initial rapid expansion. The beginning of time is stated at 10-43 sec. having a temperature of 1019Gev. After the cosmic inflation, vacuum energy transforms itself into an equal number of particles and anti-particles of matter. Prior to the electro-weak era, small excess of quarks and electrons appeared over anti-quarks and anti-electrons. At 10-10sec, force and matter fields differentiated. At 10 -4sec. Quarks, joined and formed proton and neutron. At 100 sec. the nuclei of light elements began to form. It took 10,000 years before transition occurred from the domination of the radiation to that of matter.13 The followings are the fundamental forces of nature and their relative magnitudes: Strong nuclear force Electromagnetic force Weak nuclear force Gravity Strong_Nuclear_Force ---------------1040 Electromagnetic Force -------------- 1038 Weak Nuclear Force-------------1015 Gravity-------------------------- 100

What is more, when the universe was 10-39second old, strong, weak and electromagnetic forces were united. With the same token, while the above forces in larger scales differ greatly in magnitude (see the table above), if we examine them in distances about 10-29 centimeter (ten thousand times larger than Planck distance) the three non-gravitational forces appear to become equal. It seems that in smaller scales the structural elements of space-time get simpler and melt away. We dont have any trace of mass at the beginning; Matter only appeared as the universe developed.

62

C) Matter and Mind We have considered the mind function as an analogy for the nature and function of the proposed singularity. Let us now use the same analogy to develop the concept further. In the mind chapter, while talking about dreaming, we had seen that the dream house was an intangible mass-less image created within our consciousness domain. The actual matter is absent in the realm of mind. What did happen when we stopped dreaming and made the decision to go out and by the lottery ticket? An intention originated in our mind-domain initiated a series of incidences in space-time. We had departed from our dream world and tried to materialize our dream. So with the postulation of mind as a being out of space-time universe, we see that matter fades away or flourish in interactions between mind and spacetime universe. Space Black Hole By definition space and time get distorted and twist as it passes the event horizon of a black hole. They will be swallowed and disappear at the proximity of the singularity located at the center of each black hole. The image below shows how space comes to an end inside a black hole. Here we witness the dusk of space as we leave the space-time. Andrew Hamilton from University of Colorado describes how space and time is swallowed by a black hole: Free-fall coordinates reveal that the Schwarzschild geometry looks like ordinary flat space, with the distinctive feature that space itself is flowing radially inwards at the Newtonian escape velocity, V = (2 G M / r)1/2. The infall velocity V passes the speed of light c at the event horizon. Picture space as flowing like a river into the black hole. Imagine light rays, photons, as canoes paddling fiercely in the current. Outside the horizon, photon-canoes paddling upstream can make way against the flow. But inside the horizon, the space river is flowing inward so fast that it beats all canoes, carrying them inevitably towards their ultimate fate, the central singularity. Does the notion that space inside the horizon of a black hole falls faster than the speed of light violate Einstein's law that nothing can move faster than light? No. Einstein's law applies to the velocity of objects moving in space-time as measured with respect to locally inertial frames. Here it is space itself that is moving.16 Space Phase Transition The speculations on phase transition and melting of space as it approaches infinite energy of proposed singularity are in line with Chapline presentation in Texas Conference on Relativistic Astrophysics; Stanford, California, 12/12-17/04. George Chapline from Lawrence Livermore, National Laboratory in California In his article (Nature, March 2005) Black holes 'do not exist' mentioned that collapse of big stars creates a zone which differs from ordinary space-time and contains much larger vacuum energy. He calls this zone dark energy star that is different from condensed mass zero-point singularity of a black hole. According to him, the surface of such a dark energy star: Corresponds to a quantum critical surface for space-time. The behavior of matter approaching such a quantum critical surface can be surmised from the behavior in the laboratory of real materials near to a

63

quantum critical point. One prediction is that nucleons will decay upon hitting the surface of massive compact objects.38 This strange behavior, he says, is the signature of a 'quantum phase transition' of space-time. If Chapline is right and there is no black hole, still in quantum critical point, space enters a phase transition. Periphery of the Universe We do not have much evidence coming from outer peripheries of the universe, for we do not have access to it. But if we believe that our universe is an expanding system, then one expects to see the signs of the outside entity at the outer boundaries of the premature space (the outside layer of the space that is under construction). Space and Microcosm Space gets pale in smaller scales. The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle also suggests that the uncertainty of the particles location in ultra small distances is fundamental and does not happen because we do not have sensitive enough instruments or because of errors in measurement, but because in subatomic scale particles do not possess locality. In these ultra small scales, location and mass pales. Tonomura's Double Slit experiment (which is described in Quantum Mechanics Chapter) tells us that in ultra small scale, particles do not even have a specific trajectory. The experiment puts the presence of space and location in smaller scales under question. In addition, inside the smallest spatial distance (Planck distance) space cease to exist. Time Microcosm Time-energy uncertainty is an extension of the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. The uncertainty principle governs at smaller scale, therefore, DE (energy) * DT(time) h(Planck Constant)/ 2p The above principle is also fundamental. The problem is not because our measurement apparatus is not sensitive enough. It happens because in smaller scales the notion of time becomes scrambled and it is interchangeable with energy. In smaller scales even long before we come to Planck Time, the notion of time gets blurry and vague. Compton Scattering Compton Scattering refers to the way that a photon strikes and scatters from an electron. The diagrams above shows two of many different Feynman Diagrams representing possible scenarios for meeting a photon and an electron. According to Richard Feynman all of these scenarios are simultaneously happening in the event. In the second diagram, we will see the distortion of time at the infinitesimal instant of the collision. In this diagram, time reverses; this means that the particles scatter from each other before they even collide. The diagrams show how the sequence of events in a microcosm gets mixed up.

64

What is the time scale for Compton Scattering? If the energy of the incoming photon were 100 keV, then the intermediate state lasts for 6.6X 10-21s.11 This is still many times longer than the Planck time of 10-43s. In comparison to Planck time, it is a very long dusk, like a fall sunset in the North Pole. In fact, Feynman Diagrams of Compton scattering suggests infinite expressions representing infinite ways that an electron and a photon can interact. All of these possible ways are happening in a very short time. These different possibilities cannot simultaneously happen in our space-time. Different reasons such as the Conservation of Energy Law inside space-time, will not allow this to happen. We need a domain with an infinite amount of energy, which at the same time is not time bounded for these infinite possibilities to take place. In addition, within the smallest fraction of time (Planck Time) time ceases to exist. Time and Macrocosm In the large scale, we are looking at the light cone, which initiates at the Big Bang and extends to this moment. So we may claim that the outer boundary of time is now, approximately 14 billion years away from the Big Bang moment. Beyond this instant, time has not reached yet. What we can foresee beyond this moment are potentialities. The possibilities are purely determined by the existing data and available energy, the two elements that we have assumed for the singularity. Can we conclude that in the outer limit of time we face singularity in the large scale? In addition, according to Einsteins Special Theory of Relativity, as an object accelerate from lower speeds to relativistic speeds (speeds approaching the speed of light) time slows down. Once in proximity of this speed, time will dilate and eventually disappear. Brian Greene writes: The maximum speed through space occurs if all of an object's motion through time is diverted to motion through space...but having used up all of its motion through time, this is the fastest speed through space that one object - any object - can possibly achieve.1 Therefore, if we are traveling with full speed (speed of light) in space, we are not traveling in the time dimension at all. So, we may conclude that in outer space boundaries (borderline with singularity) there is no time. Energy According to our original assumption, energy increases as we approach the boundaries of the universe.

65

Energy and Big Bang Donald Goldsmith writes: Particle physics proposes that during inflationary era, the universe acquired an enormous cosmological constant, which faded to zero as the universe became 10-30 second old.29 This is the De sitter model which claims that a tremendous amount of energy set off the initial inflation of the universe. Therefore, in De sitter model, prior to the appearance of other elements in space-time, there was just energy. The familiar particles start to appear after that big moment. Energy and Microcosm In small scale, we can write the Heisenberg Uncertainty relation again as:

DE * DT = h(Planck Constant)/2p DE = h/2pDT As the changes of time gets smaller changes in energy and therefore the energy itself increases. When DT approaches 0 then DE approaches infinity. 40 So at smaller time intervals, as we get closer to boundaries of space-time and Planck sea the energy can increase up to infinity. As mentioned before zero point energy is believed to be a huge source of energy, which is supposedly extractable. A) Energy and Quantum Mechanics c2 = E/m In the Einstein' equation as mass decreases, energy increases. The amounts of energy for molecules are 10 to 10-3ev. The energy of electrons bonds in atoms is 10ev. Inside the nuclei the energy goes up to 108ev. When particles are at rest the energy level is up to 1011ev. And at the exit (Planck scale) the energy increases to an enormous amount of 1028ev.13 B) Energy and Space-Time Singularities When we pass the event horizon of black holes, as space and time shrink again, gravity crushes all in-falling masses. Later on supposedly, matter will be decayed and will liberate energy, which will dissipate as radiation back to space-time. By definition, this is the way black holes disappear. The above concept is in line with the wave-particle model that will be described in the next chapter. In this model, matter converts to energy upon exiting space-time and inside the black holes.

66

What if black holes are the big gates for energy exchange? Small gates being, Planck pores which are much smaller but infinitely more frequent. C) Energy and compton scattering Feynman diagrams sketch the different ways two electrons can scatter from each other. at the diagrams shown above. although the incoming and outgoing electrons have definite energy and momentum, the particles in the ultra short time of scattering (inside the closed loops) can have up to maximum energy and momentum. Information Information also has to increase as we get close to boundaries. The second law of thermo-dynamics indicates that in a closed system entropy increases while organization decreases with the passage of time. In an organized system, information is limited to the structural data of the system. On the contrary, in a structure less and chaotic system, information is invariant and maximal. As a matter of fact, information and organization have a complementarity relationship with each other. Pure information is found in the quantum vacuum ( the proposed singularity in this model) and as we pass through the border and enter the space-time we enter the era of more specification and structural organization and the amount of information decreases. Information and Big Bang If we bring the above principle to the time of the big bang when structure in the early universe was minimal, the information potentials should have been maximal. As the universe becomes more structured the information is reduced and gets limited to the data of the existing structure of the space-time. Please note that , energy is not the only factor needed to form the universe. Laws of physics were also essential. Information should have been abundant at the initial moments. Inside of the differentiated universe information is reduced. Information and Microcosm The information at the proximity of internal borders of space-time increases rapidly. This can be observed in the ultra small (quantum mechanical) scale. In Compton Scattering, as Feynman's diagrams indicates, the probability of different modes of scattering are endless. It means that there are infinite data available for infinite possible variation of events. Microcosm with it's superposition of states, contains tremendous amount of information. To conclude it could be said that, as we move farther from the Planck arena and draw into space-time, the information diminishes. Conversely, with the state reduction inside the space-time the information is turning vastly limited. Therefore, at the proximity of the inner boundaries of the universe we should face with abundant information.
67

Summary In this chapter, I have demonstrated how gray zones appear at the inner and outer boundaries of the universe and how upon approaching these boundaries, the three elements of space-time go pale and information and energy gradually prevail. More evidences can be derived and presented to show how the intermingling of elements between the proposed singularity and space-time appears gradually around the boundaries. The Big Bang Theory The Big Bang Theory is the prime theory to describe the beginning of the universe. George Gamov first suggested the concept in 1948. The theory explains how the universe emerged from a tremendously dense and hot point about 13.7 billion years ago. This point is called singularity. Precise prediction of background radiation temperature, even before its actual discovery, and recent findings, which suggest that our universe was much hotter in the younger ages, supports the Big Bang Theory. However, physicists have mainly avoided the conundrums of an infinitely compressed zero-sized starting point for Big Bang. The problem arises when we go to ultra small scales. We cannot find any meaningful size smaller than Planck length (10--33cm) in objective universe. The Planck length is the building block of space. The only way that we can pass beyond this size is, if we exit the objective world and imagine singularity. Our objectivity based scientific laws do not govern in this arena. Any attempt to carry over these laws is doom to assumptions, uncertainty and confusion. Ordinal Numbers The question is how the zero point singularity can create the objective space-time universe. Ordinal numbers can be suggested as a mathematical formalization for The Big Bang theory. Ordinal Numbers are the simplest set of all and is sometimes called empty set or null set. The empty set is normally shown as, = { }, Where the empty brackets delineate a set. Since there is nothing inside the brackets it is an empty set. Let us associate with the number 0. Then we can go further and define a set that its only member is , = { }, We use our logic to come to the deduction that { } is not the same as . The set { } has one member on it, whereas itself has none at all. Here we can associate { } with number one. For number two we collect the two previous entities to come to, = { , { }}, Then we associate 3 with the collection of all the above sets as, = { , { },{ , { },}}}, The number 4 is associated with the sets containing the members that we have encountered before to come to, = { , { },{ , { }}, { , { },}}},{ , { },{ , { },}}}}, And so on. 56
68

The concept of ordinal numbers shows how natural numbers can be derived from nothing. On the other hand natural numbers delineate different objective elements in space-time such as units of matter, space and time. This concept can be used as formalism for the evolving objective universe from a zero-size, nonmaterial singularity at the beginning of time. Reaching to natural numbers from null sets has other physical manifestations as well. In the Standard Model, subatomic particles such as electron are zero size and mass-less objects. However, they are computable and we use natural numbers to denote them in calculations. In quantum theory waves are reduced to objects which are computable. In my assumption mentioned in the Quantum Mechanics chapter, Super position is in informational domain. The act of state reduction (changing multiple states to one state) is objectification demonstrated by conscious observer. Here again objective reality comes to existence out of a non-material domain. Mind you that singularity in this model is non-material and encompasses the informational domain. Origin of Matter Although there are strong evidences to support the main body of the theory, there are different opinions about how the Big Bang event actually happened and progressed. In Gasperini and Veneziano's pre-Big Bang scenario, the universe started out as cold and essentially infinite in spatial extent. In addition, they are suggesting that Big Bang is not the initial event in creation of our universe; rather, it is a few steps further. Guth Inflationary Theory The inflationary theory is the most popular and accepted version of the Big Bang. In the inflationary model, the initial stage contained a very rapid and huge expansion of the space. This just took a fraction of a second. Then the expansion slowed down for about seven billion years. This period is called deceleration stage where the rate of expansion had been slowed down by the gravity of the matter inside the universe. Then as space got bigger and less dense, the gravity got weaker. As a result, the expansion of the universe has been accelerating for the past seven billion years since. Cosmologists consider the cosmological constant the factor behind the accelerating force. This constant is supposed to exert repulsive force to the space-time. It is believed that dark energy with its negative pressure is the source for the cosmological constant. For the expansion to accelerate, we need constant production of dark energy. Where does this energy come from? Continuity Equation Principle Continuity Equation Principle (Note 1) requires that the density of matter in a region of space stays the same. In addition, the density of the universe is currently close to the critical density. Which means the gravitational force from the matter/energy density inside the universe can counteract the expansion force and keep the universe almost flat (please see the Flatness Problem chapter). Chances are that the universe density has always been close to critical density. Recent findings suggest an expanding universe with an accelerating pace. The dark energy contributes to the density of the region. In fact, seventy percent of the density in the universe is attributed to dark energy. However, since the universe is constantly expanding, we would need
69

constant matter creation for the continuity equation to hold. Where does the matter come from? What is the origin of the additional matter or dark energy being continuously created? One is led to look at other possible scenarios for matter creation besides the initial Big Bang. We need another source readily accessible by any inch of space to supply the matter needed. Steven Hawking presents the lead. The uncertainty principle of quantum theory means that fields are always fluctuating up and down even in apparently empty space, and have an energy density that is infinite. 6 Please note that infinite energy cannot belong to a finite world. He further continues: The universe may contain what is called Vacuum energy that is present even in apparently empty spaceVacuum energy causes the expansion (of the universe) to accelerate 6 Besides, infinite energy defies the conservation of matter and energy law (first law of thermodynamics). Many quantum mechanical and astrophysical observations put the conservation law under question. Positive cosmological constant may indicate that matter and or energy constantly penetrate inside the space-time. If we assume that dark energy can leak in from Planck's pores throughout our universe, the result would create the exponentially expanding universe. On the other hand, expansion of the universe requires either the space to stretch or being built from inside. If we believe that space is a continuum, then it has to stretch to provide expansion. However if we take space as a discrete entity, then the building blocks have to be built from within. In this model, space is discrete. Therefore, we have to look for mechanisms that can create space blocks. Steady State Theory Steady-State Theory of Bondi and Gold suggests that, as the universe expands; new particles of matter are continuously created to fill up the gap so that the average density of the matter in the universe remains unchanged. Hoyle suggested creation field for creating matter from energy. He proposed presence of negative energy in his creation field to compensate for breaking the conservation of energy law. Dark energy can be the source for space unit creation. Then again, this challenges the conservation law. If we are so keen to conservation law and would like to keep it anyway, then we have to expand it to contain a source of energy beyond the space-time (singularity in this model). But then if singularity has infinite amount of energy the law looses its meaning. Alternatively, we can leave conservation law for domestic economy and take space-time and singularity as trade partners. Conservation law works very nicely in macrocosm. We can leave the boundaries energy transaction to microcosm and quantum mechanical arena. This is the arena where we encounter violation of the law the most. Roger Penrose in The Large, The Small and Human Mindwrites: ...All of the other schemes for quantum state reduction, which attempt to solve quantum measurement problem by introducing some new physical phenomena, run into problem with conservation of energy. You find that the normal rules of energy conservation tend to be violated. Maybe this is indeed the case. 5 Dark Energy Interpreting the conservation law in this manner will free our imagination, and we can create theories to explain some unexplained findings in astrophysics. The big challenge today is finding a source for dark energy. The presented model offers a solution for the origin of dark energy.
70

The general acceptance of The Big Bang Theory by cosmologists, does not exclude the possibility of steady mater creation as a contributing factor in formation and expansion of the universe.Of course, E= mc2gives the formula for this energy to create matter. Isn't it true that continuity equationNote 1 should hold everywhere in space? Expanding universe without matter creation is against the above equation. If we try to uphold the conservation of energy law, then we have to assume the presence of negative energy in vacuum to compensate for permeation of energy and accelerating expansion of universe. With the above definition, the law is not broken. But if we extend the law to an arena beyond the space-time or question its universality, then we do not have to be worried about hypothesized negative energy. Then we can explore the possibility that zero point energy fluctuation in intergalactic space, can flourish and enter and provide the dark energy for the positive cosmological constant and acceleration of expansion. Shape of the Universe(Note 3) Steady matter creation also suggests a solution for Flatness Problem.Note 2 What does flatness problem mean? If the density of our universe is greater than the critical density, in another word, If the gravitational force created by density of matter in the universe is greater than the expansion force, our universe is closed, It means our universe will eventually stop expanding and start contracting. If the density of the universe is equal to the critical density, then we live in a 'flat' universe. Lastly, if the density of the mater in the universe is less than the critical density, then the universe is 'open.' In an open universe, the expansion continues forever. Currently, the best-known value for the critical density is about 1*10-29 grams per cubic centimeter. Recent measurements indicate that the actual density of our universe is very close to the critical density. Although, matter density of the universe is so close to unstable critical value between perpetual expansion and re-collapse into a big crunch, most recent researches suggest that the rate of expansion is increasing (1998 Perlmutter et al). Steady Matter Creation The proposed steady matter creation is needed to compensate for the ever-increasing expansion of the universe. It is needed to keep the actual density of the matter in the universe close to critical density. To accept the steady matter creation we do not have to deny Big Bang model. Matter creation in the Big Bang moment and matter creation in vacuum can follow the same principle. Except that they are working in two different scales, big and small. New stars are formed through the nebula activity in different parts of the Universe. Old star's dust is the building blocks for new star formation. Is there a chance that newly formed matter is also contributing to star formation or dark matter lenses? Note 3 Notes 1) In electromagnetic theory, the continuity equation is derived from two of Maxwell's equations. It states that the divergence of the current density is equal to the negative rate of change of the charge density. 2) Check the Flatness Problem chapter.

71

3) Visible matter is a small portion of the matter present in the universe. In our Galaxy, the Milky Way, just about 10 percent of the matter is visible. It is suggested that the remaining 90 percent are dark matter which do not radiate so they are not visible. Visible and dark matter creates only 30 percent of the critical density. The other seventy percent is believed to be in the form of dark energy. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your idea. Mass and Gravity Gravity is the central dilemma of the theory of everything, and it so happens that it is the central chapter of this model as well. In addition, I will offer an explanation for the unexplained Planck Constant in the paragraphs to come. An explanation is also proposed for the nature of the mass of subatomic particles. The explanations are verified by experimental findings in nuclear physics and the standard model of sub-atomic particles. Mass By definition mass is the resistance of an object to acceleration. This property is also called inertia. The true nature of mass is not completely understood. The standard model of particles postulates that sub-atomic particles by themselves do not possess mass. Mass is defined only by inertia. The Newton equation for inertia is F = ma, where m is mass of an object, F is the force needed to accelerate it with the magnitude a. Gravity Newtons law of universal gravitation denotes that objects attract each other. The force of attraction is directly related to the objects' gravitational mass. The Einstein's general theory of relativity however postulates that objects curve the space-time. He showed that gravity and acceleration are equivalent. What we interpret as gravity is in fact the movement of the objects with constant speed which are influenced by the altered geometry of space-time. The change of geometry of space is proportionate to the mass of the objects involved. It is astonishing that these seemingly different properties of objects, namely inertial mass and gravitational mass, are equal. This phenomenon is called the Equivalence Principle. At this point, let us look at the main existing theories, which try to explain inertia and mass.

72

Higgs Mechanism The most popular belief for a description of the origin for mass is the Higgs Mechanism. As mentioned before, the standard model of particles postulates that particles by themselves do not possess mass. The equation for mass acquisition through Higgs mechanism is given by: mi = 2c/2c2 Where is Abraham Lorentz damping constant. is Dirac's constant and c is cutoff frequency (the frequency at which a mass respond to and starts oscillating). Please note that, everything else being fixed, in Higgs mechanism, the mass is directly related to the cutoff frequency of the wave-particle. The Higgs postulate assumes a universal field called Higgs field that is carried by the Higgs Boson. Higgs Boson is a hypothetical particle that supposedly introduces mass to other particles through Higgs mechanism. The Higgs idea comes directly from the Physics of Solids. A solid contains a lattice of positively charged crystal atoms. When an electron moves through the lattice, the atoms are attracted to it, (therefore slowing it down) causing the electron's effective mass to be as much as 40 times bigger than the mass of a free electron.64 This concept has been extended to define the nature of mass acquisition by particles. The Higgs particles supposedly create crowding and traffic in a particles way. Although they are not affecting the homogenous motion of particles they some how resist against particles acceleration. This is proposed as the reason behind resistance of the particle to change of trajectory and acceleration. So far, hard work in the Cern and Fermi lab and other accelerators and colliders throughout the world failed to find Higgs boson. In fact, the Dec 2001 issue of the New Scientist published an article titled No sign of the Higgs boson with a strong suggestion that the Higgs boson does not exist. Even if we find such a boson, we still have to find an explanation for the way that it actually creates inertia. David Miller from Dept. Physics and Astronomy, University College London writes: A crystal lattice can carry waves of clustering without needing an electron to move and attract the atoms. They are called phonons He continues, there could be a Higgs mechanism, and a Higgs field throughout our Universe, without there being a Higgs boson.64 The amount of energy added by Higgs field is: E= M2h2 + Ah4 Where A is a positive but unknown constant, h is the size of Higgs field, and M is the mass of Higgs particle.

73

Dirac's Electron and Higgs Mechanism The Dirac equation for electron is obtained by:

= (a A , b A' ) It represents a pair of 2-spinors. We can interpret its physical reality as follows. An electron actually consists of two separate particles (a A and b A'). By definition b A' is an antiparticle. These two particles have opposite charges and continually convert to each other. In case of electron, the anti particle is called positron. Positron has been actually detected. Roger Penrose, Road to Reality56 The conversion coupling constant is 2-1/2 M. The quantity M = / m0 , where is Diracs constant and m0 is the rest mass. In Higgs view 2-1/2M is a field where particles drop and acquire mass again. There are controversies about Higgs Mechanism. Even Martinus Veltman, a Higgs architects himself, call it a rug under which we sweep our ignorance. Sheldon Glashow is less kind, calling it a toilet in which we flush away the inconsistencies of our present theories.70 The researchers at California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics question Higgs postulate of mass acquisition as: Why does the energy "soaked up" from the Higgs field resist acceleration? Perhaps that is not a legitimate question. Perhaps mass and energy intrinsically possess the property of inertia and that is the end of the story. 65 Stochastic Electrodynamics Semi-classic stochastic electrodynamics has been well developed since 1960. It postulates that at a microscopic level, the field is filled with numerous plane waves that extend in every direction. It hypothesizes that the waves come from the Zero Point Field (ZPF). Stochastic electrodynamics postulates that the ZPF is as real as any other radiation field. In such a view the existence of a real ZPF is as fundamental as the existence of the universe itself. The only difference between stochastic electrodynamics and ordinary classical physics is the single assumption of the presence of this all-pervasive, real ZPF, which happens to be an intrinsic part of the universe. 65 Knowledge about zero point energy is needed to comprehend the mass explanation in The Stochastic electrodynamics view. Thus, I will elaborate more about ZPE in following paragraphs.

74

Zero Point Energy As mentioned before, quantum mechanics predicts the existence of Zero Point Energy. The Casimir effect and Lamb shift phenomena are evidence for ZPE. Additionally, the one- dimensional harmonic oscillator also argues in favor of its presence. The theory of electromagnetic radiation is quantized by treating each mode as an equivalent harmonic oscillator. From this analogy, every mode of the field must have hf/2 as its average minimum energy. 65 The phenomenon has been described in Singularity chapter. P.S. Wesson from the University of Waterloo among other physicists infers: Search into zero-point physics is justified and should be supported 66 At least on paper the use of ZPF to extract energy is possible. In fact Haisch and Rueda have presented a paper to NASA conference on space craft propulsion in 1997, suggesting the use of ZPF for future space drives.67 The followings are the beliefs of the researchers in California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics about ZPF and stochastic electrodynamics: "In fact, two distinct views about it exist today. One justification for making such an assumption is that by adding the ZPF to classical physics many quantum phenomena can be derived without invoking the usual laws or logic of quantum mechanics. It is premature to claim that all quantum phenomena could be explained by stochastic electrodynamics (that is, classical physics plus the ZPF), but that claim may one day turn out to be the case. In that event, one would have to make a choice. One could accept the laws of classical physics as only partly true, with a wholly different set of quantum laws required to complete the laws of physics; that is essentially what is done in physics now. Or one could accept the laws of classical physics as the only necessary laws, provided they are supplemented by the presence of the ZPF 66 According to Equivalence Principle, if the ZPF gives rise to the phenomenon of inertia, it must also generate the effect of gravity in some way. There are outstanding issues regarding ZPE; for instance, if there is such a field in space-time, the gravitational effect must be enormous. If we take ZPE as an internal element to space-time, its gravitational effect would be enormous. Paul Wesson writes: It is also claimed that if the ZPF really exists, it would be such an enormous source of gravitational force that the radius of curvature of the universe would be several orders of magnitude smaller than the nucleus of an atom. Of course, such a conclusion directly conflicts with everyday experience. The fallacy in the argument is that in the Sakharov-Puthoff model the ZPF as a whole would not itself gravitate. The gravitational force results from perturbations of the ZPF in the presence of matter. In the Sakharov-Puthoff model, then, the uniform ZPF is not a gravitational source and hence would not contribute to curving the universe. 66
75

In addition, this field must affect the electromagnetic radiation wavebands. This effects have not been observed. For more detailed information about ZPF please checkhttp://www.calphysics.org/. Quantum Vacuum Inertia Hypothesis Quantum Vacuum Inertia Hypothesis mainly developed by California Institute for Physics and Astrophysics (CIPA). CIPA takes (ZPF) as virtual because if real it has to have certain cosmological effect that is not consistent with observations. The hypothesis speculates that the electromagnetic quantum vacuum (ZPF) contributes to the inertial mass of a matter. The nature of this effect is explained under the name Rindler Flux (Please check http://www.calphysics.org/rindler.html). In Rindler frame model the resulting force is proportionate to acceleration. Rest Mass in Quantum Vacuum Inertia Hypothesis (QVIH) Since a particle continuously interacts with the ZPE fluctuations, it exhibits Brownian-like motion. In the CIPA interpretation, this is the origin for quantum foam. A tiny bit of the quantum vacuum energy is diverted into the kinetic energy. This gives the Compton frequency and therefore the rest mass to the particle. In the CIPA view, one could think of a particle as a localized concentration of zero-point energy which gravitates and resists acceleration 65 Inertia in QVIH From Newtons second law of motion we know that a stationary mass (m) subject to a force (f), will accelerated (a) in the direction of the force. This acceleration is proportional to exerted force. F =ma. The inertial mass in CIPA model is described as the effect of ZPE on accelerating objects. The accelerating objects interact with electromagnetic random waves of ZPE described above. The movement generates a drag force that is proportionate to acceleration. In CIPA view, this drag force is the origin of inertia and it is called acceleration-dependent drag force. Therefore, In CIPA model, when force is applied to an object, it prevents it from following its own trajectory. This is called inertia and is the origin of the notion of mass. Particles Frequency In (CIPA) model, the particle is actually traveling along the wave that is a geodetic trajectory in space-time. The frequency of particles depends on the energy of wave that carries it. So a force is needed to prevent the object from following its trajectory. The waves are fact ripples in space-time. These waves do carry energy, and each wave has a specific direction, frequency and polarization state. This is called a "propagating mode of the electromagnetic field. 65 In this model the waves are present and a particle by getting involved in any specific wave obtain the specific energy and frequency. The frequency identifies the nature of the particle. This is the way that particle get their identification. Authors Bernard Haisch, Alfonso Rueda, L. J. Nickisch, Jules Mollere postulate:

76

Zero-point fluctuations give rise to space-time micro-curvature effects yielding a complementary perspective on the origin of inertia. Numerical simulations of this effect demonstrate the manner in which a mass-less fundamental particle, e.g. an electron, acquires inertial properties. 70 One may ask why there are just three main stable fermions (up quark, down quark, and electron) and a handful of unstable particles. Why the mass of proton and neutron are not proportionate to their constituents whereas, bigger objects mass is incremental? CIPA researchers believe, The quantum vacuum inertia hypothesis strongly suggests that the interaction between the quantum vacuum and charged fundamental particles (quarks and electrons) takes place at specific frequencies or resonance. 65 Gravity in Quantum Vacuum Inertia Hypothesis (QVIH) We feel and observe the effect of gravity constantly. However, the nature and dynamics of gravity is not well understood. The mainstream physics classifies gravity as one of the four main forces of nature (along with electromagnetic, strong and weak nuclear forces). Uphill efforts to unify the gravity with three other forces (grand unify theory) has not been fruitful so far. Dr. H. E. Puthoff one of the researchers of CIPA describes the nature of gravity from the QVIH standpoint: Taking a completely different track the well-known Russian physicist Andrei Sakharov put forward the somewhat radical hypothesis that gravitation might not be a fundamental interaction at all, but rather a secondary or residual effect associated with other (non- gravitational) fields. Specifically, Sakharov suggested that gravity might be an induced effect brought about by changes in the zero-point energy of the vacuum, due to the presence of matter. If correct, gravity would then be understood as a variation on the Casimir theme, in which background zero-point-energy pressures were again responsible. Although Sakharov did not develop the concept much further, he did outline certain criteria such a theory would have to meet such as predicting the value of the gravitational constant G in terms of zero-point-energy parameters. 22 Dr. Puthoff and CIPA researchers followed the above lead and developed it further. Their efforts provided the following positive results. The gravitational interaction is shown to begin with the fact that a particle situated in the sea of electromagnetic zero-point fluctuations develops a "jitter" motion, or ZITTERBEWEGUNG as it is called. When there are two or more particles, they are each influenced not only by the fluctuating background field, but also by the fields generated by the other particles, all similarly undergoing ZITTERBEWEGUNG motion, and the inter-particle coupling due to these fields results in the attractive gravitational force. Gravity can thus be understood as a kind of long-range Casimir force. Because of its electromagnetic underpinning, gravitational theory in this form constitutes what is known in the literature as an "alreadyunified" theory. The major benefit of the new approach is that it provides a basis for understanding various characteristics of the gravitational interaction hitherto unexplained. These include the relative weakness of the gravitational force under ordinary circumstances (shown to be due to the fact that the coupling constant G depends inversely on the large value of the high-frequency cutoff of the zero-point-fluctuation spectrum); the existence of positive but not negative mass (traceable to a positive-only kinetic-energy basis
77

for the mass parameter); and the fact that gravity cannot be shielded (a consequence of the fact that quantum zero-point-fluctuation "noise" in general cannot be shielded, a factor which in other contexts sets a lower limit on the detectability of electromagnetic signals). 22 The CIPA conjecture for the nature of gravity force between two objects is: The secondary electromagnetic fields turn out to have a remarkable property. Between any two particles they give rise to an attractive force. The force is much weaker than the ordinary attractive or repulsive forces between two stationary electric charges, and it is always attractive, whether the charges are positive or negative. The result is that the secondary fields give rise to an attractive force we propose may be identified with gravity. 65 The CIPA researchers believe that inertial and gravitational mass are the identical thing. Inertia is felt as an object accelerates through the electromagnetic quantum vacuum. The gravitation is actually acceleration of the electromagnetic quantum vacuum past a fixed object. The latter case occurs when an object is held fixed in a gravitational field and the quantum vacuum radiation associated with the freely-falling frame instantaneously co-moving with the object follows curved geodesics as prescribed by general relativity. 70 For detailed and updated description of Quantum Vacuum Inertia Hypothesis Please check reference # 65. ZPE in our Model There are similarities between what I am going to present here and the CIPA model, because in both models ZPE is the origin for mass and gravity. In our model though, the origin of the ZPE is esoteric (external) but the resulting fields are intrinsic of the universe. So there will be some fundamental differences. If we take ZPE as being out of space time and accept it as a property of proposed singularity. Then it can provide answers to questions like why the it does not affect the wave bands such as isotropy of microwave back ground, infra-red, optical and ultraviolet rays. The particles carry a minute portion of the external ZPE inside the space-time. Rest Mass in this Model Einsteins Special Relativity implies that a particles mass in motion increases proportionate to its speed. Lorentz equation for transforming mass in motion is: m = m0/ (1-v2 /c 2) Where m is mass in motion, m0 is the rest mass. V is the speed of object and c is the speed of light. Because the speed is the main variable here, is it fair to conclude that the nature of mass has something to do with kinetic energy of the object? Underneath I quote from Professor Wesson of university of Waterloo and take the lead from following statement: Haisch and Rueda (1999a) returned to the issue of non-linearities, arguing that the observed masses of particles (e.g., the electron mass at 512 keV) are due to resonances in the electromagnetic ZPF. They also
78

suggested that the scattering of the ZPF by a charged particle takes place at the Compton wavelength and that this leads to the de Broglie relation characterizing the wave description of the particle in terms of deB = h=p (where p is the momentum and h is Planck constant.). This extension of their previous work is interesting; but in terms of making contact with the testable aspects of wave-mechanics, needs to be extended to a full discussion of the wave66 In 1920, De Broglie proposed that every object has a wave like motion. In accordance with De Broglies postulate, larger objects follow shorter wavelength and have higher frequencies. Quantum mechanics on the other hand tells us that the smaller the scale the more turbulence is observed in fabric of space. In previous chapters, we postulated that in sine wave motion a real particle actually moves along a wave. In this scenario, if we take the speed along the x-axis, fixed at all times the actual velocity of the particle increases with the raise of the tangent of the angle a. V = Vx tang. a Thus as particle gets close to x-axis, somewhere along the line, it reaches the light speed (c = 300.000 km/s) and has to disappear from space-time (because according to Einsteins postulate, universe cannot accommodate speeds more that c). We have speculated that the particle has to exit space-time and enter singularity. In addition, somewhere below x-axis the particle will reappear because its speed decreases to c again and then reduces further to its ordinary propagation speed. A plane wave equation can be written as: (xa)=e-ipaxa/h Where p is momentum. Adding 2p to the paxa will not change its quantity. The equation has a time-like period of 2p /p0 and a space-like period of 2p /p1. So we may conclude that at each period there are times that momentum is zero. On the other hand p = mv. So, at zero momentum moments either m or v has to be zero. 2p /p1 tells us that along x direction, momentum is also periodic. This means momentum appears and disappears during each period as well.

79

In addition, wave function is a complex function and has an imaginary (out of space-time component in it). In the same chapter, we also have speculated that the mechanics of particles in this movement mimics a bouncing ball. The two forces, which are acting on a bouncing ball, are attractive force of gravity and repulsive force of electromagnetic from molecules (electrons) at the surface of the earth. If the wave particle movement mimics the bouncing ball, in our model singularity has to have a repulsive force, which ejects the particles, and throw it to space-time. For bouncing ball model to operate an opposite force is also needed. One can speculate that in wave particle scenario, the elasticity of displaced fabric of space provides the opposite force. When the particle immerges into the space-time, it pushes the fabric of space and creates a bulge. As the energy of particle is used up, its speed decreases and particle reaches the peak of the wave. At this point, the elasticity of space-time pushes the particle down and back to singularity again. Frequency in this Model Please note that the frequency of each wave is proportionate to its magnitude square: f ~A2 Where f is frequency and A is magnitude. This only sounds right. The more energy a particle has the higher it can jump and the bigger would be the distortion of space-time. In this scenario we do not have to assume pre-existing wave in fabric of space, rather we may hypothesize that if the amount of energy is harmonic with oscillation of space-time it creates the waves observed in micro scale. Any other energy level which is not harmonious with fabric of space either can not create wave or it will create short-life waves which belongs to unstable particles of standard model. Therefore, unlike CIPA model, I am suggesting that energy belongs to object. The magnitude of object emergence inside space-time dictates its Compton Frequency (f ~A2) and therefore its identification. Traveling back to singularity replenishes the energy of the particle and another cycle will start. This scenario is similar to water waves. Suppose a stone is thrown into a pond. The impact energy obtained by water molecules raises the wave but at the peak the gravity drags the molecules down back to the pond. There are no preexisting waves before the stone is dropped into the pond. There are similarities between Sakharov-Puthoff model and the above scenario. In Sakharov-Puthoff model, the perturbation of particles in ZPE presence creates the mass and curvature of space. In the model in hand, the presence of matter (and its travel to singularity) is needed for transferring ZP energy to space-time. In CIPA model, because the numbers of wave modes are enormous, and increases as the square of the frequency. The sum of tiny energy per mode times the huge spatial density of modes yields a very high energy density, which is not experienced. In our model, we confine the ZPE delivery just to individual particle-waves and not plane (waves that carry particles) and not all possible waves in microcosm. Therefore, this problem does not arise. This can only happen if ZPE exists outside and its energy being carried by particles into the space-time.

80

Preexisting Waves Alternatively, we may postulate that plane waves introduced in Higgs Mechanism and QVIH may actually exist. The attractive and deflective force of zero point fluctuation may create randomly phased plane waves (shapes) in space-time. Roger Penrose indicates that Einstein field equations: Predict a spectrum of quantum fluctuations in space-time. It also has a precise Planck-scale description, which makes use of very elegant mathematics connected to the invariants of graphs and knots. 5 Flatness Problem Geometry of the Universe The shape of our universe has been matter of debate for a long-time. The main possibilities were the universe being spherical, flat or saddle like. 31 Cosmological Constant In 1917, Einstein introduced the cosmological constant in order to explain how our universe is not falling into itself because of gravity and stays static. The force presented by cosmological constant supposedly counteracts the gravity forces of the bodies inside the universe. Therefore, it prevents the collapse and stabilizes the universe. According to its value, the constant would allow for an expanding, contracting or static universe. Since at the beginning of twentieth century universe was considered stationary, he chose a particular value for it, which would permit a static universe. The nature of this constant was not known or explained completely at the time. When in 1929 Hubble's observation showed that universe is expanding and is not static, Einstein himself regarded the cosmological constant unnecessary. It was considered a non- contributory factor and everybody accepted a zero value for it. Big Bang Theory and Expansion The introduction of Big Bang Theory introduced the force, which is supposed to be responsible for expansion of universe despite the presence of the gravity. This would be the residual force that is left from the Big Bang explosion. It was anticipated though, that gravity would slow down and ultimately stop the expansion sometime in the future. That would be when the density of matter in the universe exceeds the critical density. Critical density is that density of overall matter and energy in the universe that if we exceed it, the gravity has the strength to contract the universe. At critical density, the shape of universe will be flat. Above critical density, the shape of it will be convex and spherical. If the density falls bellow critical density, the shape of the universe will be concave and it will expand forever. All of this happens if we take the cosmological constant as zero. Which means if there is no other factor at work to expand the universe? In January 1998, Alex Pilippenko in Astrophysist Conference in Southern California announced that cosmological constant could no longer be taken as zero. Different cosmologists reached to this point after long-term observation of supernovae IA in longer red shifts (far distances more than 3 billion light years away).
81

The Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP) the newest probe launched by NASA in 2002 has determined, within the limits of instrument error, that the universe is almost flat. This is an explanation for the cosmologic constant effect released by NASA. The results of the WMAP mission and observations of distant supernova have suggested that the expansion of the universe is actually accelerating which implies the existence of a form of matter with a strong negative pressure, such as the cosmological constant. This strange form of matter is also sometimes referred to as the "dark energy". If dark energy in fact plays a significant role in the evolution of the universe, then in all likelihood the universe will continue to expand forever. 31 Density of the Universe Since the cosmological constant is slightly positive, we conclude that space is nearly concave. That means that Omega M (world density/critical density) has to be less than 1. M <1 To have a concave universe the sum of M plus the effect of cosmological constant in the expanding universe ( Lambda) has to be smaller than one. M + Lambda <1 Here we need to assume a factor at work, which provides the positive cosmological constant. Dark Energy By definition, dark energy is a hypothetical force which exerts negative pressure and is acting against the gravity at large scales. This energy is not only acts against gravity and prevents Big Crunch. Supposedly, it is also responsible for accelerated expansion of the universe. We can further speculate that this entity is the source for dark matter, as well. In addition, in a discrete space-time model, this energy can also be responsible for creation of space-time blocks. Dark Energy in this Model Previously, I have claimed that the source of dark energy is inherent in this model. In Singularity chapter, I have postulated that Zero Point Energy is out of our space-time and is an element of proposed singularity. An out of space ZPF can open our eye to new possibilities and scenarios. This scenario gives us the good news that big crunch will never happen, because the universe is going to expand forever. Then there comes this feeling of emptiness and the chilling sensation that our descendants will stay lonely in an infinitely vast and cold universe. One may say that, our own galaxy or branch of galaxies, which remain together, has many new places to explore. Why do we have to be so ambitious and greedy to dream about intergalactic traveling? Is there an end to human race greed? Is there an end to evolution's ambition? Are we a dead end branch of evolution? Is there an alternative for cold and disperse universe scenario in the future? Zero Point Energy Ever expanding universe also implies that in a universe with a discrete fabric, space-time units constantly have o be created. In addition, to keep the matter density near critical value, matter has to constantly appear in the newly formed space. For the above to happen, ZPE has to constantly penetrate inside the
82

universe, create space-time blocks, and matter particles. Energy permeation from every miniscule of space forces universe to exponentially expand. Can there be any other explanation for the acceleration? According to Donald Goldsmith, no: Unless we are prepared to reject the tenets of general relativity theory, the only additional term that may appear to produce an acceleration consists ofa cosmological constant of unknown size, but one with the properties we have described namely, a transparent energy, untappable and untouchable, so far as we can tell, except by its tendency to make the universe expand more rapidly.29 In 1990, Hideo Kodama of Kyoto University demonstrated the positive energy density equations. It was based on assumption that cosmological constant is positive. In this case, it: predicts a spectrum of quantum fluctuations in space-time. It also has a precise Planck-scale description, which makes use of very elegant mathematics connected to the invariants of graphs and knots. 48 Alfonso Rueda from department of Electrical Engineering California State University suggests that: Both mass and the wave nature of matter can be traced back to specific interactions with the electromagnetic zero-point field and possibly the other bosonic vacuum fields. Given this possible reinterpretation of fundamental properties, we suggest that it is premature to take a firm stand against the reality of the zero-point radiation field and its associated energy on the basis of cosmological arguments, especially given the possible relation between quantum vacuum, or zero-point, radiation and dark energy.55 The Conservation Energy Law Nonzero cosmological constant require infinite source of energy readily available in every miniscule of space. Where does this energy come from? Whatever happened to conservation of energy law? The first law of thermodynamics (the conservation of energy) states that the total inflow of energy and matter into a closed system must equal the total outflow of energy and matter from the system. It predicts that energy can be converted from one form to another, but it cannot be created or destroyed. If we take the space-time universe as a closed system, we are faced with a big puzzle. How are we going to offer a solution for expanding force, if there is no possibility for creation of energy inside the universe? Some physicist try to disprove the presence of dark energy by suggesting models like modified gravity as proposed by Damien Easson or even dark geometry as speculated by by Gu-Je-An presented in Cosmo 4 in Toronto, in 2004. Others try to demystify its source and nature. In the proposed model, the so called dark energy is inherently built in into the scenario and because we took the universe as an open system, its source is explained. Moreover in line with E = mc2 this energy upon changing to matter, has also the potential to positively contributes to curvature of space (dark matter). As mentioned above, the nature of dark matter is not known. No body knows if it is similar to ordinary matter or it is antimatter or made of super symmetric particles. If dark matter is ordinary matter it can contribute to star formation. Steady State Theory The Steady State theory is a model developed in 1984 by Fred Hoyle, Thomas Gold, Hermann Bondi. In the Steady State model, new matter is continuously created as the universe expands. Therefore, universe can
83

remain in steady and stable condition. After discovery of microwave bBackground radiationn, astrophysicists gradually distanced themselves from the theory in favor of the Big Bang model for creation of universe. The Hubble Deep Field photograph taken in 1996 by the Hubble Space Telescope shows the most distant view known so far. It was expected to show the birth of galaxies, but instead shows galaxies looking remarkably like the present ones. This is in favor of steady state theory. The theory claims that universe has been steady during its history. Although the concept has been discredited by numerous evidences, perhaps a modification of that model can still be useful. Narlikar, Hoyle, Barbidge and some other astrophysicist introduced the Quasi Steady state theory to offer solutions for energy and matter creation through many small Big Bang events, which has been happening throughout the age of universe. Narlikar, Hoyle and Barbidge claim; Creation of matter is governed by a conservation law which operates to prevent spacetime singularities, which otherwise occur in general relativityUnless creation of matter is included in physical laws, the laws lack universality.34 The amount required to preserve the steady state is undetectably smallabout a few atoms for every cubic mile each year or roughly a few hundred atoms of hydrogen in the Milky Way Galaxy each year. The required dark energy to maintain the present expansion of universe also is very small. Trying to deny the acceleration of universe expansion by steady state theorists proves to be a very difficult task. Acceleration has been shown by different methods and recently by WMAP observations. May be the theory have to be modified to accommodate the new observations. This may mean radical and fundamental change. Maybe we need a combination of modified steady state and the Big Bang scenario? Nancy Kerrigan Problem So far, supernovae observation revealed that: M + Lambda = approximate to one Lambda M = approximately 0.4 The above figures are obtained by different methods like Supernova Observation, Cosmic Background Radiation studies, Gravitational Lensing and so on. Although the above numbers are not firm yet and still under investigation, they are the cosmologist's best guess. According to the Big Bang Theory, at the beginning, the matter density was much higher and cosmological constant was much smaller. Gradually matter got less dense and cosmological constant increased. We are at the point where Omega M and Omega Lambda are almost equal. This creates a puzzling issue. Out of all the possible combinations, why should we live in such a period which is favorable to life? This is what Robert Kirshner called Nancy Kerrigan problem referring to famous figure skater after the attack instigated by skating rival, Why me? Why now? Roger Penrose in his resent book The Road to Reality a writes: The seeming coincidence that lambda and M are of the same general order of size seems like a puzzling coincidence.56 We can either hang on to philosophical answers like weak or strong Anthropic principles, which claim human only can live in this period. In any other periods, the conditions were not suitable for a human to be alive and ask these questions. Or explore the possibility that a stable relation between matter density and
84

cosmological constant effect has existed from the beginning to date and will continue in the future. This can happen if energy has been steadily penetrating inside empty space. If we take the size of space after initial expansion, as variable and matter density as constant then the energy penetration through more space pores in expanding space will offer an explanation for lambda and M to be at the same general order. So one can speculate that may be after initial expansion the matter density remained the same by dark energy penetration which compensated the space expansion. Summary Here we adopted the zero point fields as the source of dark energy. As mentioned before, the objection against the notion of zero point field is rooted to the fact that such a field is expected to have interaction with electromagnetic radiation inside. This effect is not observed. In this model zero point energy is out of space-time so it bypasses the above problem. Previously, the question raised that; is there an alternative for cold and disperse universe scenario in the future? If we have constant energy penetration and matter formation in the universe, the future of world may not be as disappointing after all. Dark Matter Dark Matter and Dark Energy Dark matter is an assumed kind of matter which unlike ordinary matter does not emit or reflect enough light, X-rays or other electromagnetic radiation. Therefore, it is not directly detectable by our instruments. However many astrophysical evidences points to the presence of such matter. In fact dark matter supposedly is much more abundant than ordinary matter. The amount of observable matter in our Milky Way galaxy is only about twenty percent of the mass that is needed to keep the system stable and holds on to the stars in the outer orbits of the galaxy. Therefore, it is conjectured that %80 percent of the matter in the Milky Way galaxy is dark matter. NASA speculates the origin and nature of dark matter as: Dark matter has been a nagging problem for astronomy for more than 30 years. Stars within galaxies and galaxies within clusters move in a way that indicates there is more matter there than we can see. This unseen matter seems to be in a spherical halo that extends probably 10 times farther than the visible stellar halo around galaxies. Early proposals that the invisible matter is comprised of burnt-out stars or heavy neutrinos have not panned out, and the current favorite candidates are exotic particles variously called neutrilinos, axions or other hypothetical super symmetric particles. Because these exotic particles interact with ordinary matter through gravity only, not via electromagnetic waves, they emit no light.38 The concept of dark matter has been presented because the observable mass of galaxies has failed to equal the needed gravity to keep them stable. Gravity has to counteract the centrifugal force of stars in outer orbits in order to keep them stable in their place. So we assumed a kind of unobservable mass, which provides the needed extra space-wrapping. It is difficult to figure out how concentrated localized globes of dark matter can be distributed across a galaxy and be able to establish the harmonic orbits of billions of stars contained in it. Such a matter has to be diffused in every point of galaxy to exhibit such an effect. It is the current belief that 90% of dark matter is in the shape of particles and shows at spherical halo around the galaxies.

85

To find the particles creating dark matter, Physicists are looking from Machos to Neutrinos. Here is another speculation based on proposed model. Can the gravity attributed to dark matter originate from the Planck arena activities? Zero point energy effect can create pair of short life particles. Nevertheless, they will have enough life-time to exert the necessary gravity effect. Accumulative gravitational effect of countless short lived particles may count for dark matter effect. Maybe we do not need to look for origin of neutrinos at the beginning of time. Maybe particles do not need to be made only at the Big Bang era. Maybe every single pore in space-time universe (Planck space) has the potential to produce mass at any time. Please note the further we go from the center of galaxy the more disperse the stars are. This of course means less gravity from visible mass at the center of galaxy and more angular velocity and centrifugal force for the stars in periphery. At the same time more empty space to exhibit the above assumed counter-effect. In his recent (March 2005) article Black holes do not exist George Chapline from Lawrence Livermore, National Laboratory in California published in Nature38 mentioned that collapse of big stars creates a zone which differs from ordinary space-time and contains much larger vacuum energy. He calls this zone dark energy star which is different from condensed mass zero-point singularity of a black hole. Such dark energy star: Surface corresponds to a quantum critical surface for space-time. The behavior of matter approaching such a quantum critical surface can be surmised from the behavior in the laboratory of real materials near to a quantum critical point. One prediction is that nucleons will decay upon hitting the surface of massive compact objects.38 This strange behavior, he says, is the signature of a 'quantum phase transition' of space-time. Chapline argues that a star doesn't simply collapse to form a black hole. He considers these dark energy stars the origin for expansion of the universe. Our speculations about phase transition of particles and its transformation to energy (no-mass singularity) is in line with the Chapline presentation in Texas Conference on Relativistic Astrophysics, Stanford, California, December 12-17, 2004. Dark Energy The amount of the visible matter and proposed dark matter is not enough to create nearly flat universe that we live in. the above would just account for about one third of the measured gravity. Besides the studies with high red shift supernovae indicates that universe is expanding and the expansion is accelerating. Dark energy is introduced to compensate for the deficit of matter and also as a factor to exert the needed expansion force (repulsive effect) for accelerating expansion of the universe. The nature and source of this mysterious energy is unknown. The Committee of the Physics of the Universe of National research Council, in its 2001 publication mentions: We have few clues about the physics of dark energy. It could be as simple as the energy associated with natures quantum vacuum. Or, it is possible that our current description of a universe with dark matter and dark energy may just be a clumsy construction of epicycles that we are patching together to save what could be an obsolete theoretical framework(1)

86

Where does quantum vacuum energy come from? What is the zero point energy (ZPE) source? It seems that space-time is our sacred kept limits. Even if we think beyond the boundaries of familiar space-time, we still construct theories with space and time as their building blocks (branes and extra-dimensions in string theory). We are so much bound to the familiar classical perception that we even assume mysterious virtual particles to represent the discovered vacuum energy. However the value of dark energy calculated by quantum mechanical effect is 120 order of magnitude bigger than the actual value, obtained through the supernova observations.(92) Please note that in a discrete space-time, for the expansion to materialize, the space units have to be built from within. On the other hand, if space is a continuum then it has to be stretched. That pushes us back to the puzzles about the nature of space and time and their origin. The Committee further speculates: It is possible that what we call dark matter and dark energy are the signatures of some unknown aspects of gravity or space-time itself.(1) The dark energy by its nature is extremely diffuse. In this model there is an external symmetric energy field that is capable to exert repulsing or attracting force to hold the universe together. It is further assumed that the energy penetrates through Planck holes which satisfies the diffusion of dark energy throughout the fabric of space-time. The speculation factor in the above statement is not any greater than what string theory suggests where gravitational interaction with assumed branes out of our four dimensional spacetime is suggested as the origin of dark matter. Quantum Mechanics Quantum Mechanics is the science that originated by studying physics in micro-scale and sub-atomic particles. It deals with the behavior of objects within their wave function scheme. While studying quantum mechanics, there are five points to keep in mind. First, more than eighty years of experiments proved that the principles of quantum mechanics are sound and valid. Mathematics of quantum theory precisely predicts and reproduces the results of physical experiments. We are applying these principles in making delicate instruments and building precise computers. In fact , Quantum Mechanics is the most accurate scientific discipline that we have in hand. Second, Quantum mechanics is weird. In QM, certainty of classic physics is replaced by the uncertainty. Definite state observed in macro-world turns to chaotic world of super-position of states. Casualty (cause and effect) may reverse so that cause appears before effect (second Feynman diagram for Compton Scattering). Direction of time can reverse also and future arrives before the past. Entanglement between distant particles exists without apparent link. The law of conservation of energy gets pale in many instances. And so forth and so on. Third, apparently we cannot utilize the logic of classical physics to interpret the weirdness of quantum mechanical phenomena. We have to develop a new logic to accommodate a reality that is beyond our today's consensus reality.

87

Fourth, quantum physics is not an abstract science that belongs to laboratories and scientists, it is the science which describes the building blocks of our body and our macro-world and it is the infra-structure where laws of classical physics is derived from. And fifth, There are convictions that quantum mechanics principles can be applied equally to micro and macro-scale. Good news is quantum mechanics are set to explain the unexplained. Therefore the mysteries can be explained by scientists through scientific methodology not mystics approach with the usual misconceptions and delusions. Mind you that this is a walk at the knife's edge. Hypothesis Quantum physics realm is the twilight zone between classical understanding of space-time universe and The proposed non-local energy-information zone and mind-like singularity. One of the main tasks of this model is to propose explanations for unexplained findings in quantum theory. We cannot explain the Schrodinger's cat (explained in coming pages) being alive and dead at the same time, with our conventional logic. Surprisingly though, we can imagine such a superposition in our mind. Not only our imagination can accommodate such a dual and antagonistic state but our mind activity is frequently utilizes superposition in its different functions. Niels Bohr is one of the founders of quantum mechanics. His approach to the strange quantum realm was just to observe the experiments results and to avoid looking for finding a logical description of them. According to him we shouldn't try to explain QM. To him, we simply cannot explain it with our current understanding and logic. Albert Einstein on the other hand believed that universe is made of observable objects which comply with classical physics and are traceable with our classical logic. He believed that Quantum Mechanics theory is deficient and cannot reveal the hidden variables that cause the bizarre findings in sub-atomic arena. He strongly believed that these variables do exist. According to Einstein a deeper theory would find these variables, which we are not aware of them at this time. Most physicists have not favored hidden variable theories. The well accepted Bells theorem contradict these theories. Here I am introducing a non-local media, which is connecting different points of space together. Let's see if this model can offer reasonable explanations for different quantum mechanical paradoxes. This model may prove to be the Einstein's deeper theory by explaining the quantum mechanical experiments with a sort of comprehensible logic. Furthermore, because this model accepts quantum mechanics at its face value, it is in line with interpretations and views of Neils Bohr as well. Quantum Mechanics Domain Louis de Broglie showed that all objects exhibit both particle-like and wave-like properties. An object generally behaves quantum mechanically when studied within its wave function scheme. One may conclude that wavelength is a cut off between quantum mechanics behavior and classical physics behavior of any object. Please note that we are not choosing below certain distance as a cutoff for quantum mechanical effect.

88

What is the mystery with wave character of objects? It seems something unfamiliar to classic physics is happening inside the wavelength of any particle. This maybe responsible for weird phenomena that we are observing in quantum mechanics. I have explained my conjectures in the wave-particle function and other previous chapters. Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle In classical physics, momentum is defined as the product of mass (m) and velocity (v) of an object. P = mv Simply speaking, momentum is the impact felt by a boxer receiving the opponents tossed feast. The relation between the momentums of an object in regards to its spatial position (x) are obtained by: Pa = a / axa Where a is a constant. If our object is a subatomic particle then we need to add imaginary number (i) and Dirac constant () to the equation, Pa = i a / axa The Dirac constant is a reduced Planck Constant (h/2p). The presence of i indicates that the momentum of a subatomic particle is governed by a complex function. Therefore, the momentum of subatomic particles is periodic (see the complex number chapter). The AssertionC2 in complex number chapter assumes that the value of the momentum has to hit zero at each period. The presence of also points out that momentum is directly related to Planck constant. In wave-function chapter, we have assumed that the particle itself disappears and reappears in space-time within each wavelength. We can relate the intermittent blinking of momentum to the intermittent appearing and disappearing of the particle into the space-time. Moreover, in the Mass & Gravity chapter we have assumed that the Planck Constant is the amount of kinetic energy carried by the particle upon its arrival into the space-time. In following paragraphs, we will review the quantum mechanical phenomena while keeping the above conjectures in mind. According to Werner K. Heisenberg, the famous German physicist, we cannot simultaneously determine the precise position and momentum of a particle. This kind of correlation between two properties is called a complimentarity relation. The equation is written as, D X D P h/ 2p Where D stands for uncertainty. When the position uncertainty (Position's potential_D X) is lessthan the Compton wavelength, the momentum uncertainty (Momentum's potential_D P) is greater than h/ 2p. Since momentum carries energy, the uncertainty in energy is greater than, h/ 2p. This implies that if we pin point a particles location, its momentum can vary widely.Heisenberg Microscope thought experiment and Pfleegor Mandel Experiment are proves of the uncertainty principle.

89

Therefore, quantum theory tells us that we cannot track a subatomic particle by any method whatsoever. Can we assume that, we cannot detect particles because they loose their mass and leave the space-time? Maybe we have to change the sentence as "we cannot track a subatomic particle by any method whatsoever in objective world. The problem arises when we are expecting to see the whole picture in just one arena, (the rational number arena). Irrational numbers occupy a much bigger arena. these numbers prevent us from being optimally exact. As an analogy, please note that we cannot follow and understand a three dimensional motion in its entirely in a two dimensional world. Evan Walker says: Heisenberg used matrices (whole array of numbers) to represent the positions and motions of an atomic particle.8 In his calculation to create the matrix he used the symbol i which stands for square root of 1, the so called, imaginary number. He had to choose a number, which is out of the domain of our real number system. We cannot ignore the quantity i and call it imaginary. We have to accept that it stands for a kind of reality. Therefore, we have to expand the science domain to include territories other than familiar space-time. If mathematics so precisely is predicting the mysterious world of quantum physics, we have to value its elements. We have to trust that its unexplained or intangible measures have an actual meaning. Let us revisit the location /momentum uncertainty. Please note that one of the elements is spatial and the other is energy related. We can interpret the principle as; when locality gets blurred the energy is more defined. This was further documented in the Boundaries Chapter. We also can extend the above notion to the time and energy uncertainty in a system. DE Dt h/ 2p Spectral/Spatial Complemetarity We can also extend the uncertainty principle to information carried in a beam of light after it passes a lens. Depending on the location of a screen behind the lens, we can either have a sharp image of the object in experiment, or we may come up with a fuzzy image or no image at all. On a proper location every portion of image data has a defined spatial location. Whereas in no image locations the information is carried by light rays are at spectral version and they do not exist in spatial location. Interestingly, in spectral form the data are non local. Which means every small portion of space carries all of the information about our object in hand. Here we have a complementarity relation between spectral and spatial features. As we come close to focal point we depart from spectral phase and come to locality. With the same token when we leave focal point we enter spectral phase again and the non-locality prevails. Isn't this a good analogy for understanding the relation between a spatial local world and non-spatial non-local energy-informatics domain? In our model this paradigm is the proposed singularity. The local-spectral complementarity of image can offer a good description for double slit experiment described below.

90

Information Organization complementarity Information and organization also have a complementarity relationship with each other. Pure and invariant information is found in the quantum vacuum (the proposed singularity in this model) and as we enter the classical mechanics level more specification and structural organization prevails and information gets more limited. Schrodinger's Cat: Super Position of States Objects in classical physics are in a well defined state, whereas in quantum mechanics the objects do not possess a definite state. For example, in classic physics an object spins either clockwise or counterclockwise and around a definite axis. In quantum physics, a particle is spinning simultaneously in both directions and around any possible axis there is. In other words, a particle concurrently spins around any probable axis that is possible. Erwin Schrdinger one of the founders of quantum physics, offered an analogy where a cat being dead and alive at the same time after an event that could poison the cat. The analogy is famous and is named after him. In classical physics terms either the poison is released and cat dies or the poison is contained and cat would be alive. But in quantum mechanics, the both outcomes exist simultaneously. This simultaneous existence in different states is called super-position of states. According to quantum theory, the superposition remains till we open the box. As soon as we open the door we just see one outcome (either a dead or a live cat). This implies to any other object and to the objective reality in its totality. Before we observe it, the reality out there is in super-position of states and it has all possible histories. Yes, quantum mechanics is weird but precise. Every attempt to disprove it failed and all of its predictions hold so far. The Schrdingers cat is simultaneously dead and alive. Such a sentence does not relay any meaningful concept to us. Or does it? In the observable world a cat is either dead or alive. The series of events lead to just one of the possibilities. How are we going to explain this quantum mechanical effect? Multi universe theories claim that there are different universes that accommodate different possible outcomes of each action. This is hard to accept. There are countless actions in each miniscule of time in the universe and far more possibilities as well. Possibilities are endless. It means we have to have endless numbers of universes and the number is growing every second at a rate that transcends all concepts of infinitudes. It is also grossly against conservation of energy law if we choose to hold it. This concept is not economical either. The so-called model dependant realism asserts that our brain interprets the input from our sensory organs by making a model of the world that is successful in explaining the events. However this model does not necessarily reflect the reality out there in its totality. M theory, the new model which gathers all possible string theories under one roof, asserts that each string theory is good to describe phenomena with a certain range. But none of the theories in M theory network can describe every aspect of the universe. Hawking and Mlodinow therefore suggested that since no single string theory can describe, all of the properties of particles and forces and the shape of space and time containing them, therefore the reality out there should be multi-form 92. This to me is taking our theories fundamental and trying to adjust reality to our model.

91

Alternatively, we may take our frame of reference under question. Maybe we have to radically alter our scope and question if the space-time is the only possible benchmark. Although string theory is working within a modified space-time model, it's bench mark is still space-time like. On the other hand, Schrodinger's wave equation which represent the super-position of states, contains the imaginary factor i. Thus quantum state will always turn out to contain terms that are imaginary. E.H. Walker claims that, "The complex character of the wave function in Schrodinger's wave equation means that what is there in a sense is hidden from us. 8 One can claim further that, somehow in quantum arena we are exposed to a realm different from objective realm. If this realm is not space-time like, then Multi-universe conjectures or M theory is not needed. The traditional conviction was that quantum mechanical principles apply only to subatomic particles. Apparently this is not true. With advancement in technology the experiment can be done with bigger objects as well. Anton Zeilinger an Austrian physicist used a molecule with sixty carbon in double slit experiment with similar quantum mechanical result. He is planning to repeat the experiment with mid size proteins. In a recent conference he was asked Where is the quantum mechanical cutoff?. His answer was the budget. A recent American Institute of Physics article is titled 3600 atoms in two places82 Therefore we may conclude that, super position and other quantum mechanical principles are applicable to bigger objects as well. Renormalization in Schrdingers Equation The Schrdingers probability equation for the position of a particle during its wave function can be written as: * = Probability If we believe that the particle is somewhere in space but we cannot exactly pin point it, we can normalize the formula and write: * cr = 1 Which means that we have altered the formula in a way that would show the probability of the particle being somewhere in space is %100. We do this because we believe that everything is confined inside the space-time. So, it is natural to assume that the particle is in space somewhere. Therefore, we write a formula to reflect a normal situation by our space-time logic. If we are revisiting the existing concepts then we are allowed to question normalization as well. Normalization is a major parts of quantum mechanical calculations. If we take normalization out of quantum calculations, we tremble the pillars of its existing mathematics. Questioning the normalization is similar to questioning the attempts to understand the reality on the basis of space-time properties alone. This is a courageous action. But haven't we been very bold so far? As a matter of fact, solving these great mysteries need enormous amount of daring. At the same time revisiting the calculations can confirm or reject the validity of the singularity concept presented above. It seems that if we redefine the particle wave function to include singularity (a mind like informational domain), we will
92

come to a logical explanation for the phenomena that we are facing. I do not see why we shouldn't let our imagination explore that possibility. Aren't we defining the location of each particle with a complex number, which contains imaginary part as its inseparable feature? De coherence De coherence the blossom of just one state in macrocosm out of infinite quantum superposition states in micro scale. We see the world in one definite state. A universe in superposition of states would be an in-deterministic and chaotic world that nobody could stand it. Nothing would remain to rely on or build into it. Even we ourselves would be a total mess. As mixed up as the deeper level of our consciousness. The world at quantum level is coherent and symmetric. The decoherence process is responsible for not observing superposition of state in our everyday experience. One of the decoherence postulates points to the fact that each particle normally exist in an environment. This environment is always bombarded with other particles and photons. The interaction of particles with each other takes them out of super position of states and leaves them in a definite state. That is how the world comes out of confusion and we see one definite state around us. A logical world where we can live and able to rely on. The above is just one solution that is proposed for the problem. This solution is not very convincing. Every particle supposedly is in superposition itself. Interactions just furthers the chaos. We will explore the other possibilities in the Consciousness Reign and Brain Laterlization Theory chapters. Singularity, Super Position Domain If we cannot normally observe the superposition, then where is the most probable place to comprehend it? Where can we find such a cat, which is in superposition of life and death? We assumed singularity to contain information of an object but lacking matter itself. In such a domain, information about any possibility can exist simultaneously. In particle-wave model, I have postulated that objects travel and alternate in between singularity and space-time domain. One solution is to leave superposition of states to object's presence in singularity and the definite state to space-time. This is one way to avoid the super position conflict with the conservation law. According to the concept presented, the physical world connects and intermingles with singularity in every miniscule of space. In addition, we have assumed quantum arena (the realm within the wavelength) being the interface between our physical world and singularity. Mind a place to accomodate superposition of states Are we accustomed to superposition of states or is it completely strange to us? Paavo Pylkkanen75 postulates that thoughts are parts of our being. If thought process reflect, in an indirect way, some of the quantum-mechanical aspects of the matter of which we are composed, we might , in principle have or be able to obtain be-ers knowledge on the principles of quantum physics. It is clear that our mind can accommodate superposition of different states very well. In different mind activities such as predicting upcoming events, we imagine different states of proceedings in order to compare and evaluate. When we are planning to make a decision, we picture different modes of possibilities. When we make our decision we turn the outcome to just one state.

93

As a matter of fact, the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics as first introduced by Neils Bohr implies that superposition of states is a mathematical formalism and exists in the mind of observer. Physical world may be the reduced state of the superposition existed in our mind. So we reduce the super position to one possibility and somehow project it into physical world. See how all of these fall together as different pieces of the same puzzle. Please refer to the three circles of reality presented at the Introduction Chapter. Singularity as an informational domain can contain a superposition of states similar to our consciousness, which can hold superposition. When we project the particle into the objective space-time, it is reduced to one state and becomes observable. Defying the Conservation Law As mentioned before, if we take superposition as actual objective phenomena, it turns out to be against the dearly loved conservation of energy/matter law. Many discussions and arguments are brought forward by trying to expand super position of states to objective world. One of the main arguments is the many world of Everett presented at 1957. It essentially says that for any possible state of any quantum system a new universe will start which accommodates that particular state. Although this interpretation is revoltingly against conservation law and grossly non-economical and beyond belief, it has gained popularity. In the Consistent History approach to quantum mechanics by Griffith, Omness and Gell-mann/Hartle the superposition state of quantum level is considered a coarse grained state while a projector reduces and refines it to just one state and project it to macroscopic level. According to them this is why we do not observe superposition in macro world. In 1995 Fay Dawker and Adrian Kent elaborated on the concept further. At least here reduction to one state is recognized while in many worlds of Everett reduction does not occur. In multiverse every possible state starts a new history. More on the super position domain The other dilemma is when and where and in what level this transformation to reduced state is happening. Please note that mathematics of superposition is continuous where as reduction represents a discontinuity and change in the state vector.56 So the coarse grain (superposition) has to be in a continuous media where as the projected reduced state has to be in a discrete background. In proposed model space-time is discrete and elements in proposed singularity have a continuous nature. So again in my interpretation, the course grain state (superposition) happens in singularity and exists at informational level. The refined and reduced state is projected and materialized to our space-time. So boundaries of space time are where transformation actually happens. This is in line with the Copenhagen Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics as originally suggested by Neils Bohr. He believed superposition takes place at the mind of observer in informational state. Reduction occurs when we refine the information. Do we need to extend the superposition to macroscopic world and then fall into the doldrums of infinite number universes, which are growing enormously by instant? Even thinking about it makes one insane. My humble suggestion is to consider the super position presence somehow out of our objective universe. Let us then take the state reduction as an event inside our physical world. This way we are left only with one universe. This is in line with common sense as well.

94

Here are the main questions: Can we take every moment experience with mind behavior as a main portion of reality and accepting it as model to clarify the obscure portions of physical world? Or do we keep trying to include implausible fantasies, like many universes, multiple histories (the idea that every event that could happen in the past actually happened) or M theory as reality? What I am suggesting in here is to find a solution by simply opening out the scope and include a mind like entity as a contributing domain. Just like mathematicians who when they could not solve problems in existing domain, opened out their scope and added negative numbers or imaginary number domains and opened the gridlock. Observer and Quantum State Reduction Experiments show that the act of measurement by the experimenter will reduce the super position of state to one definite state. If we open the door of Schrdinger box we find the cat either dead or alive and never both. Is it the act of measuring or the measurer who changes the overlapped different states to one single one? Evan Walker believes, the system undergoes state vector collapse because of our mind. This effort to obtain an entirely practical interpretation of quantum mechanics lead us to the incredible conclusion that mind, or consciousness, affects matter.8 State reduction is not the only place where the measurer and the act of measuring influence the quantum mechanics. The observer also affects quantum entanglement. In entanglement two or more subatomic particles are connected to each other even if they are worlds apart. If the observer reduces the spin of one of them to a definite state, the spin of the other particles changes accordingly and immediately. Considering the history of particles in the world logically each particle should have countless entanglements with countless particles which it encountered in its past history. Surprisingly, when a physicist begins the entanglement experiment between a pair of particles any preexisting entanglement is eliminated and just the entanglement between two particles under experiment is observed. So we as experimenters are changing the world even at the quantum level. Understanding how human can affect quantum mechanics is not easy. the problem is under different investigation and raise many controversies. One wonders, if the principle can be applied in everyday life. Can we change the world at our will? Many new school of thoughts are advocating the idea. One of them believes that the history and the state of the world depend on our question. We see the answers, which are in line with what we are looking for. Others like Lee Smolin believe there is one universe seen by many observers, rather than many universes, seen by one mythical observer outside the universe.27 Bohr interpretation of state reduction Neils Bohr, one of the founders of quantum mechanics expresses his opinion about state reduction as, We customarily think of the outside world as separate from ourselves, and the boundary between the two is the surface of our skin. However, think of a blind person who gets around with the assistance of a cane. In time that person will probably treat the cane as part of his or her body, and will think of the outside world as beginning just at the tip of the cane. Now imagine the blind man's sense of touch extending out of the tip of the cane and into the roadway itself. Imagine it extending further, down the block, into the countryside,
95

to the whole world. There is no point where the blind man ends and the world begins. Similarly, we can not say which is the system and which is us observing it. Therefore, he believed that our body is physically extended throughout the universe and we actually are the universe. According to him there is no boundary and we are the whole system. That is why we can affect the world and induce state reduction. However, we do feel this isolation of the systems (like our body) inside space-time. Actually, the physical laws inside space-time are all evidences that systems are individually interacting with each other. The whole body interpretation ignores the physics of space-time. it doesn't clarify the role of consciousness in the equation either. Singularity and State Reduction At the beginning of this essay I have assumed the presence of an entity with zero dimension where the image of all of the points in our world can drop in it and stay superimposed. Some place where different events can happen simultaneously because in this entity the notion of time is not present. I have assumed that space-time universe and this entity are like two sides of the same coin.The coin being the existence. Singularity can be the side of the coin where Bohr senses the wholeness. That is where we can not differentiate the system from the observer. Maybe we don't have to speculate in remote and strange thought domains. Multiple universes and multiple histories do not sound very logical. Rather we can assume an intimate proximity and relationship between objective world and singularity. With this assumption, multiple states stay in one realm (singularity), which has the capability to accommodate them. This way we do not mix it up with actual activities, which are allowable in space-time. Otherwise, it leads to confusion and we will be dragged into an in-deterministic physics that nobody knows how to deal with it. Von Neumann rejects the measurement error interpretation by reasoning that our measuring device is only another sub-atomic particle, which according to Schrdingers equation entangles with the particles under observation. This should add to complexity of superposition, not state reduction. At the beginning we explored the similarities between mind and proposed singularity. The necessity to utilize complex numbers in order to explain quantum behavior suggests that elements in imaginary world participate in determining quantum physics. Previously, I took the imaginary portion, to represent the effect of the proposed singularity. My conjecture is that the physical world is made of separate and discrete parts and bodies. But the dual nature of the existence connects and interact each part through the universal consciousness. The universal consciousness is extended through our bodies as well and this is how we are connected and mingled with the whole. Tonomura Double Slit Experiment: Feynman's Sum over Paths Approach In Thomas Youngs double-slit experiment a beam of light is directed towards a barrier with two slits that permits the light to go through. A screen is installed behind the barrier that shows light and dark rows or

96

the so-called interference pattern. This is the basic experiment, which demonstrates the wave property of light. On the other hand, in 1920, Albert Einstein received the Nobel Prize for introducing the photon as a particle (packet of light energy). Currently, light has been considered to have double character. It is assumed to have a particle and a wave property. Photon is the particle trait of light. Tonomura Double slit experiment is almost similar to Young experiment but with a twist. In this experiment, instead of photons, electrons are fired one by one in time intervals of ten seconds. Interestingly, the interference pattern appears in the screen similar to the one when a bunch of electrons is fired towards both slits simultaneously. The experiment has been repeated by many researchers. How can one electron creates interference with itself. Brian Greene explains how the strange results were first observed: In 1920 Davisson and Germer ... were studying how a beam of electron bounces off a chunk of nickel. The nickel crystals in such an experiment act very much like the two slits in the double slits experiment of Thomas Young... Their experiment therefore showed that electrons exhibit interference phenomena... even if the beam of fired electrons was thinned so that, for instance, only one electron was emitted every ten second, the individual electron still built up the bright and dark bands. 1 In order to explain the electron two-slit paradox the late physicist Richard Feynman proclaimed: Each electron that makes it through to the phosphorescent screen actually goes through both slits. Feynman argued in traveling from the source to a given point on the phosphorescent screen each individual electron actually traverse every possible trajectory simultaneouslyIt goes in a nice orderly way through the left slit. It simultaneously also goes in a nice orderly way through the right slit. It heads toward the left slit, but suddenly changes courses and heads through the right. It meanders back and forth, finally passing through the left slit. It goes on a long journey to Andromeda galaxy before turning back and passing through the left slit on its way to the screen. And on it goes- the electron, according to Feynman, simultaneously sniffs out every possible path connecting its starting location with its final destination.1 Of course, this is not his personal opinion. Many physicists share the above conviction. Feynman s explanation is obviously against the special relativity that limits the velocity to light speed. If the electron is going back and forth to remote distances along the way, it should have infinite fold time speed of light, which is contradicting the known space-time physics. Infinite speed is only possible in a nonlocal arena. Information/ Interference Complementarity George Greenstein and Arthur Zajong mention another very interesting complementarity relation in their book The Quantum Challenge. They explained the complementarity between information and interference pattern in double slit experiment (see the explanation under the same subtitle in this chapter). Referring to moveable slit modification of the experiment, they wrote:

97

Wootters and Zorek have returned to Einstein's modification of the classic double-slit interference experiment, and analyzed it from the stand point of partial informationThe slits are free to move. After particle has past through, we measure the slit's momentum if the slits are moving downward, the particle must have past through slit 2 Wootters and Zorek noted that the above conclusion is not in fact entirely certain. The same motion of the slits would also be observed had the particle passed the wrong slit --if the initial slit momentum had been large and downward They evaluated the probability of the initial slit momentum being large enough to yield such an erroneous conclusion, and so obtained an expression of the probability that we had obtained path information. Using the same wave function, they also calculated the resulting pattern of arrival at the final screen. It turned out to be a partially smeared-out interference pattern11 Their experiment showed that if they had certain knowledge about the slit that particle passed through, there were no interference on screen. There will be a single band that reflects particle nature. But as the uncertainty about the passage of particle through one of the slits, increased a better interference were developed. This reflects wave nature of it. Why does our knowledge about the apparatus operation change the interference pattern on the screen to a band? What does our attention have to do with the shape formed on the screen? The experiment suggests that consciousness has a fundamental role in shaping the physical reality. It is interesting that in any complementary pairs, one is either spatial or mass type, and the other is either energy or informational type. The two characteristic that we hypothesized for proposed singularity. On the other hand complementarity displays itself at ultra-micro scale. We may assume that this demonstrates duality and merge at the boundary of space-time and singularity? The fuzzy states of fundamental elements in boundaries of space-time were discussed in Boundaries Chapter. Singularity and Tonomura Double Slit Experiment Richard Feynman tried to explain the paradox by claiming that each electron will follow all possible trajectories before it hits the screen. With Feynman interpretation electron has to have infinite speed. Infinite speed, is only possible in a non-local arena. Alternatively, we may assume that electron is flowing in a field with no time dimension. Only in these situations, speed conflict is resolved. Either non-locality or being not time-bound can explain the results more logically than assuming that electron traveled along all possible trajectories before hitting the screen. This way the electron can come from everywhere and nowhere. Using the verbcome applies to travel in space. Maybe it is better to use appear and accept that in this experiment electron pops in and out of space-time universe. To analyze the above experiment and explain the non-locality two different speculations can be followed. The first one is that space and time are not real. Alternatively we can take space and time as real and assume a nonlocal sub-structure media to accommodate the result and represent the non-locality aspect. Roger Penrose offers the mathematic equation for two-slit experiment by using complex numbers . He writes; They ( mathematical equations of double split experiment) can be represented on a two-dimensional plot with the purely real numbers running along the x-axis, and the purely imaginary numbers running up the yaxis, the imaginary axis. 5
98

To introduce the mathematics Roger Penrose has to use imaginary dimension along real dimension. He could not find any real dimension in our space-time universe, which can help him to mathematically explain the phenomenon. One can assume that if complex numbers represent particle functions, then particles themselves have to have an imaginary (out of space-time) phase. Maybe we can postulate that here, electron immerses in a non-local arena or proposed singularity. Again, we can imagine complex numbers (potentiality) in our mind. But quantum two-slit behavior is happening all over the world in every moment, even if, our mind is not with it. There should be another being out there to accept the image, to be able to accommodate the imaginary dimension of complex numbers. Can we suppose that singularity is the all pervasive entity that accommodates the imaginary portion of the transaction. Abstract World of Mathematics Roger Penrose uses the Argand Diagram (presented in the Complex Number chapter) to discuss quantum mechanics behavior. The fact that these numbers are built into the foundation of quantum theory often makes people feel that theory is a rather abstract and unknowable kind of thing, but once you get used to complex numbers, particularly after playing around with them on the Argand diagram, they become very concrete objects and you do not worry so much about them. 5 Therefore, Professor Penrose is suggesting staying in the abstract world of mathematics and viewing imaginary portion of quantum physics as a component of Argand diagram which is ploted in a piece of paper. If we try to understand the meaning of complex numbers with our space-time knowledge, we will face a concrete wall. Therefore, professor Penrose chose to take refuge in mathematical domain. We tend to take imaginary number as an abstract mathematical entity and give ourselves comfort. From school times we have learned how to use numbers as abstract entities. We are used to perform mathematical calculations and ignore their relation with physical reality. We cannot stay in this refuge for long. Our father Adam didn't. We cannot do it either. We have to explore, find and assign a tangible and deterministic reality to notions of imaginary and of complex numbers. On the other hand because mathematics are so precise in calculating the Newtonian physics, electromagnetism, GTR and quantum mechanics, if in some parts it does not match our perception of reality, one could suspect that our perception might be wrong or incomplete. In our model, because, there is no dimension in singularity an electron can move radially -- in and out of space-time universe, but yet cover the whole angular range, because singularity is everywhere and nowhere. An electron being at the same time in singularity, can defy 'steel ball' or Classical interpretations of stationary orbital as perpetual motion in our space-time universe. In this explanation an electron does not need to follow the laws of classical physics. Information field theory offers another explanation for strange results of double slit experiment. In mathematics any element added to the field changes the whole calculations and drastically alters the outcome. In the informational field theory we do not deal with individual components. New conditions creates a totally different system. If we take the experiments environment as a whole field then tampering with slits (altering the data) changes the whole system and therefore a drastic outcome is expected75. But then this interpretation requires a pervasive informational field. I have assumed singularity as such a field.

99

Quantum Entanglement Different experiments have proved that pair of particles, which traveling back to back in opposite direction , are entangled even if they are worlds apart. If we reduce the superposition of one of them to one state, the other one that may be miles away will change accordingly. It is interesting that the change occurs instantly. This is one of the discrepancies between the Special Theory of Relativity and Quantum Mechanics. According to Special Relativity, nothing can travel faster than light. Instant connection between two spatially separate objects observed in quantum mechanics, is in contrast with the principles of the special relativity. Roger Penrose describes the entanglement as: Modern preoccupation with action-at-a-distance (to which Einstein objected) revolves around a purely quantum phenomenon. This is the celebrated thought experiment in which an 'entangled' system of two objects is created. The wave function of object # 1 is correlated with the wave function of object # 2. By the axioms of quantum mechanics a measurement of the properties of object #1 forces its wave function to collapse, instantly implies a correlated collapse in object #2 though it be arbitrarily far away.5 Brent Nelson, M.A. Physics, Ph.D. Student, UC Berkeley writes: Non-local effects...occur in quantum mechanics and they cannot be understood in terms of one thing being separate from another - some sort of global activity is taking place. Scientists have been puzzled by this strange phenomenon. Spooky action at the distance without any apparent link also exists in electromagnetic or gravity fields. In case of quantum entanglement, no logical explanation, which can be agreeable by all, has been offered so far. Aspects Experiment Alain Aspect and colleagues in 1982 experimentally proved the reality of quantum entanglement, and the non-local actions. The diagram below sketches the experiment for more detail, please refer to http://roxanne.roxanne.org/epr/index.html or other related academic books and resources. Alain Aspect designed and performed the above experiment to examine the concept of quantum entanglement. A similar experiment has been repeated in different parts of the world since then. They all proved the entanglement exists between pair of particles that are far apart in space. Albert Einstein struggling to stick to a deterministic world suggested that there are contributing variables at work that produces this effect and are hidden from us. He believed that somehow the first particle sends a message to the other one at the distance to act accordingly. He believed these variables are hidden from us because of our limited knowledge. However, the hidden variable explanation for the entanglement has been proved wrong by Bells theorem and different experiments. Entanglement exists without any space-time link. Quantum physics tells us that two particles are not separate. Rather, the two particles are entangled together and express a seamless unity. Here, the notion of identity and locality no longer applies.

100

Telepathy Telepathy is a common experience. People who are spatially apart from each other show different signs of connectedness without an apparent space-time link. This connection is also common between humans and their pets. 71 Quantum entanglement provides the scientific basis for this phenomenon. The unexplained is getting explanations through science and specifically through quantum mechanics. No more need for witches, psychics or priests. Their insights are limited and normally mixed with misconceptions and delusions. Science is revealing the secrets. Bohrs interpretation of Entanglement Neils Bohr, the founder of quantum mechanics offers the whole body interpretation to elucidate the entanglement. I echo his words again, We customarily think of the outside world as separate from ourselves, and the boundary between the two is the surface of our skin. However, think of a blind person who gets around with the assistance of a cane. In time that person will probably treat the cane as part of his or her body, and will think of the outside world as beginning just at the tip of the cane. Now imagine the blind man's sense of touch extending out of the tip of the cane and into the roadway itself. Imagine it extending further, down the block, into the countryside, to the whole world. There is no point where the blind man ends and the world begins. However, classic experiments clearly show that communications inside this body (the space-time universe) have to obey the light speed limitation. Therefore, quantum entanglement can not have instantaneous space-time link. This kind of belief ultimately pushes us back to hidden variable interpretation. Singularity: The Media for Quantum Entanglement Bernard d Espagnat 72 gives us three possible solutions for entanglement problem. 1/ Casting doubts on existence of an objective world as we know it. 2/ Questioning space and locality as the fundamental and inseparable element of the universe. 3/ Rejecting our ability to understand the reality. The third option questions our ability to comprehend the nature of entanglement. This will question our recognition ability in general. Therefore no theory can be made or trusted. The second option questions the locality and space. This is against our everyday observation. The first option put the objective world under scrutiny and rejects our common understanding of objectivity. How are we going to come up with a solution? What I am suggesting here is to leave the non local portion of the quantum mechanics to the proposed singularity. As the other side of the coin, singularity can provide the wholeness and the arena for instant communication. It also will accommodate the non-objective part of the experiments like superposition. We still can preserve our experience with locality and the objective world. Although we open our eyes to the other side of the coin, that is the very important non local and subjective component of the reality. George Greenstein and Arthur G. Zajong write:

101

Hidden behind the discrete and independent objects of the sense world is an entangled realm.11 We are looking for a realm where entanglement and unity of distant objects can take place. If by our assumption, singularity collects remote distances of our universe in one spot (singularity itself) action at a distance can be simply described. Look at an analogy of a landscape image in a two-dimensional mirror. The images of the objects, which are far apart in three-dimensional world, but are in a line perpendicular to surface of the mirror, are superimposed and in contact with each other in two-dimentiality of a mirror. As previously mentioned in no-dimension, all points will fall on top of each other. One may argue that the images fall on each other not real objects. The above statement is true, but image is carrying the information. Information is not separate from object itself. In one view, the object is information in its totality. Please note that, originally we have assumed that the world can be categorized to two complimentary portion, an objective nature and a subjective imaginary nature. We have assumed that these two aspects of the reality intermingle and create the world as we know it. Therefore, in this view the image is just another expression of the object. In the Wave-function Chapter, I have assumed that objects enter informational domain (singularity) during each wavelength. The particles can exchange information instantly in this realm. Remember, there is no time element in the proposed singularity. Ervin Lszl, the famous Hungarian philosopher of science, postulated a similar scenario. He assumed quantum vacuum as a universal field that interact with matter. He asserts that the field: acts as a holographic medium, registering and conserving the scalar wave-transform of the 3dimensional configuration spaces assumed by matter in space. This universal fifth field is not inferred from space-time interactions like gravitational, electromagnetic, the strong and weak nuclear forces. In this new type of field, space and time become implicate, enfolded, as described mathematically by Bohm. The fifth field is spectrally (holographically) organized, and is made of the energy present in the interference patterns of the waveforms. The transformations from space-time order to this spectrum dimension are described by holographic mathematical formulations.20 The idea of space-time being embedded in a sea of something is nothing new. Paul Dirac also speculated that space-time is embedded in a sea of photons. He later on postulated that universe is embedded in a sea of negative electrons. However, such a sea has to have zero dimensions to be able to incorporate quantum entanglement. Singularity/Space-time duality with proposed description for wave particle function presented in this book provides such a zero size media where quantum entanglement can materialize. The description of entanglement in this model is compatible with the special relativity because it infers that although a pair of particles may be far apart in
102

space-time, in singularity domain they are related. Therefore, information does not actually travel beyond speed of light in space-time to reach the other particle. This is another indication that the presented concept deserves attention. The explanation for action-at-adistance is embedded in this model. As far as I know, there is not many theories out there that offers an explanation for quantum entanglement phenomenon. Quantum Tunneling During its wave function, if a particle encounters a barrier where it cannot pass through because insufficient energy (kinetic energy) it tunnels and appears on the other side of the barrier anyway (it bypasses classical mechanics or space-time limitations). This phenomenon is called quantum tunneling. An explanation can be offered for the phenomenon that is similar the one that I offered for wave particle function. In quantum tunneling if condition does not allow, the trace of particle will not resurface and stays in singularity and shows up again when the obstacle in space-time is bypassed. Super-Luminal Speed Quantum entanglement and quantum teleportation are examples of the ability of saving information and playing it back as needed. In recent research by Dr. Mohammad Mojtahedi, of the University of New Mexico Physics Dept., pulses have been measured which travel faster than speed of light in a vacuum. He measured pulses up to 2.38 times the speed of light. Although different interpretations and conclusions can be derived from this experiment, he attributes results to quantum tunneling effect. We have supposed that, in tunneling the trace of particle does not appear in space in time and takes a leap to farther location. Therefore, quantum leap can be the reason that light's speed limit is violated in this experiment. One may assume, in quantum leap, when the particle resurfaces the collective speed is more than light speed in space-time. Telekinesis Telekinesis claims that mind can move the objects in macroscopic world. The phenomenon is not scientifically confirmed yet. But its advocates claim that none of the four physical forces has been detected as a force behind the movement. Para-psychological activities are claimed and demonstrated, but we cannot explain them. Quantum behavior is repeatedly shown and recorded in numerous experiments and we are applying it to our advantage but we cannot explain it either. Consciousness is in us. It is the basis of our awareness, but still we cannot explain it. Certain basic mathematical functions and facts exist (like complex numbers) but they cannot be related to physical world in its generality. To understand the unexplained we have to be ready to look for new dimensions and domains. We have to be ready to travel to domains which goes beyond matter or other known physical properties, if needed. Pascual Jordan, one of the major early contributors to quantum theory says: We compel [the electron] to assume a definite position.8 Who are we? Where do we stand in the equation? Can we come to the conclusion that our consciousness is the extension of singularity? Can we claim that somehow our will is creating the state vector collapse according to our desire?

103

Quantum Teleportation We have watched the fantasy of the teleportation in the Star Trek series. The actual quantum teleportation is the transferring of tiny units of information, called quantum bits or qubits, about a particle. By transporting the information to another location, we can create a replica of the particle in new location. In quantum teleportation actual matter or energy are not transported. This procedure was done inside laboratory in short distances. Samuel Braunstein, a professor of informatics at the University of Wales in Bangor, England was part of a team that teleported photons from one end of a table to the next in 1998. Nicolas Gisin, a physicist at the University of Geneva and his team teleported qubits carried by photons of 0.05 inch (1.3mm) wavelength in one laboratory onto photons of 0.06 inch (1.55mm) wavelength in another laboratory 180 feet (55 meters) away along 1.2 miles (2 kilometers) of fiber optic wire in January 2003. And most recently, Austrian researchers have teleported photons across the Danube River in Vienna. They reported their achievement in April 2004. Because of measurement problems created by uncertainty principle, teleportation in above experiments had to be performed by using entanglement principle of quantum theory. Below I am including one of the reports regarding this phenomenon provided by Daniel F. James from University of Innsbruck in Austria, in collaboration with a scientist at Los Alamos National Laboratory. In the experiment described in the scientific journal Nature, the group achieved teleportation using singlyionized calcium atoms that were confined and cooled to ultra-low temperatures (around 15 millionths of a degree above absolute zero). Using lasers, the internal configurations of the atoms -- their quantum states - were controlled very precisely, allowing entanglement between two of the atoms to be created. One of these entangled atoms was then further entangled with a third atom -- the input of the teleporter. By performing a simple measurement on this pair, and another series of interactions dependent on the outcome of the measurement, the original input state was then re-created on the remaining (output) atom. The quantum state teleportation experiments were carried out at the University of Innsbruck's Institute for Experimental Physics. Singularity and Teleportation Please note that teleportation was performed by just transferring the information, not the actual particle. In other words for entanglement and teleportation, we need an information media. In this model, the proposed singularity acts as such media. Furthermore, the above experiments defies string theory interpretation of entanglement. Because in the above experiment a particle (being string or any other shape) is not responsible for entanglement and teleportation, rather phase transitions from particle to qubits and back to particle is shown to be the actual phenomena behind the process. This is in line with the wave-particle function model proposed in WaveParticle chapter. Concept Review Quantum Fluctuation, Conservation Law and Mind Let us discuss some of the conclusions derived from quantum theory; In the vacuum there is a "sea of quarks", which continually pop into and out of existence in our Space-time universe due to quantum fluctuations.

104

This violates the conservation of energy principle that we so dearly adhered to. Rapid creation and annihilation of virtual particles are offered to bypass the above problem. Alternatively, we can look beyond the space-time and open our vision to series of related events out of our universe. Above I suggested that energy can penetrate from Planck holes into the space-time and create the fields. Also matter can transform to energy and leave our space-time through the holes. Therefore, in this view the two-way transformation of energy and matter is suggested for quantum foam phenomena. In addition, quantum fluctuation is comparable to mind activities during awakeness. During normal mind activities our consciousness is intermittently in and out of objective world. Our consciousness' constantly fluctuates between two different arenas. We are constantly alternating between sensation and imagination domains. In other words, our mind is constantly popping into and out of the physical world? We can also compare sleep dreaming and awakeness as an analogy. While we are awake we are time bonded and local. We also are dealing with objective reality most of the time. During sleep we depart from objective world and our awareness becomes non-local and floats out of time limits. Please refer to Quantum Mind by Arnold Mindell on the related topics.14Dr. Mindell very clearly shows the many resemblances between mind activity and quantum behavior. There is no way that I can do any better. Orbiting Electron In the current understanding of the atom, an orbital is not something like the orbit of a planet around the sun. Orbiting electron is present at the same time in a whole region of space and has a whole range of velocities. It is a probability distribution in space. And, the electron cannot be said to be really 'moving'. Current belief indicates that, electron does not follow a specific trajectory in its orbit to reach to a new position. This violates the locality rule in space. Experiments reveal that the electron only ever moves radially -- in and out.... But yet it covers the whole angular range. So this way, it defies steel ball rotation movement in classical physics. Alternatively, we can claim that, an electron around its orbit is everywhere and nowhere. If we cannot follow electrons trajectory, we have to come to conclusion that at times it is absent, and does not occupy a spatial location. If it does not follow the space-time rule of locality, may I suggest that electron or its trace travels to singularity and comes back to our space-time in different location according to the scenario explained in wave function chapter? This interpretation makes quantum mechanical experiments more comprehensible. Conclusion If we take our universe as a closed system, in many quantum mechanical phenomena objectivity, locality and the first law of thermodynamics (conservation of energy) goes under question. Introducing virtual particles as quantum of energy fields does not satisfy the common sense. Either we have to drop universality of conservation of energy and matter or accept another entity which interacts with our universe. In this view quantum arena is the twilight zone between the space-time universe and the proposed singularity. In other words, quantum domain is where space-time and singularity intermingle. This is why it demonstrates an objective reality mixed with subjective and imaginary realm. The complementarity between two observables of a particle like momentum and location is the same feature which manifests itself as either a singularity element (momentum-energy) or locality (space-time
105

feature). Applying classical physics laws alone to explain quantum mechanics is doomed to failure. We need to mix classical logic with mind-like realm laws to be able to explain the unsolved mysteries of quantum mechanics. Above I have explained different quantum mechanical paradoxes based on the above concept. Summary While quantum mechanics is very precise to predict and reproduces the results of experiments, it does not offer any classical explanation for the strange results obtained in the lab. Adding the proposed singularity as a non-local energyinformation media offers explanations for the strange results by exposing us to a new paradigm. This paradigm delivers its own logic which can explain many of the current paradoxes. Explanations for Tonomuras two slit interference, quantum entanglement and other quantum mechanical phenomena has been proposed based on this model. Quantum Mechanical Mind "The consciousness poses the most baffling problems in the science of mind. There is nothing that we know more intimately than conscious experience, but there is noting that is harder to explain." David Chalmers Within classical nero physiology scheme we can study neurons and electrical transfer of sensory or motor pulses. But we cannot describe the origin of perception of sensory pulses or the act of decision making that is the origin for motor responses. The higher brain functions cannot be studied at cellular or even molecular level. It seems that conscious awareness is arising not from classical level of brain function but from anther paradigm. That is why classical nero-anatomy and nero-physiology that are dwelling at cellular or molecular levels, cannot offer an acceptable explanation for consciousness realm and they are facing a dead end in this regard. Many aspects of our conscious awareness is also obscure and remain as mysteries. On the other hand, quantum mechanics is not comprehensible with our classical knowledge and experience either. There have been claims that these two domains have many similarities. Attempts are being directed to explain mind within quantum mechanical context and vice versa. Quantum arena may be very strange and not comprehensible, but we have access to deeper level of our consciousness. We have or should be able to obtain be-er knowledge of this domain75. Only a bat knows what it is like to be a bat. Studying quantum physics within mind framework can be very productive. If we can comprehend quantum mechanics principles using consciousness tenets then we do not need to call quantum domain unknowable. Underneath I will summarize some of the similarities between quantum domain and mind realm. Uncertainty Principle(1) Werner Heisenberg showed that one cannot precisely measure both location and momentum of a particle at the sametime.The more we pinpoint the location the more we are uncertain about its momentum. This was the first step of departure from Newtonian and classical physics and entering quantum paradigm. David Bohm suggests a similar kind of uncertainty in thought process. He writes: If a person tries to observe what he is thinking ... he introduces unpredictable and uncontrollable changes in the way his thoughts proceed thereafter .... If we compare the instanceous state of a thought with the
106

position of a particle and the general direction of change of that thought with the particles momentum, we have a strong analogy.76 We can use another analogy for uncertainty principle in min domain. If we focus on external events (like watching an attractive show) our train of thought almost stalls while we focus in watching. On the contrary, when we daydream our focus in external observations is minimal while dwelling deep in our thoughts. Therefore there is a complementarity relation between observation and train of thoughts (internal / external focus). Similar complementary relationship exists between focusing on internal sensations and external data sensed by our five senses. Presence of opposite emotions such as love and hate is other example of uncertainty relationship in the consciousness domain. We find many other complementarity relationships with our conscious awareness. Quantum entanglement is one of the main principles of quantum physics. A pair of particles, that are traveling back to back in opposite directions, are entangled even if they are worlds apart. If we reduce the superposition of one of them to one state, the other one that may be miles apart will be reduced in accordance, immediately. So far no physical connection has been found between the two particles. Particle entanglement is instant with no trace. Similarly, in our consciousness domain we can connect to remote locations instantly. We do not need to travel along any road to reach there. We do not have to follow any trace. There is no time passage either, just sudden envisage of remote places. We can envision the day before yesterday instantly, as well. We do not have to pass through yesterday to reach it. Likewise, we can predict the events in the day after tomorrow without passing through tomorrow. Entanglement in our conscious domain is instant with no trace as well. Besides, experiments have shown that there are instant correlations between activities of neurons even if they are located far from each other (Braitenberg 1965; Riccardi 1967) 75 hypnosis is a transpersonal experience, where two people are connected though their psyche. Often it is thought that just the hypnotists influence its subject. experiments are done where feeding sweet to subject increased the salivation of the hypnotist. So the connection is two-way with no apparent physical link. Telepathy is also a common experience. Many distinguished psychologists believe in Transpersonal psychology. It seems entanglement without apparent physical link is a feature of psyche as well. Bose-Einstein Condensate Hot atoms are very mobile and move apart from each other. As they cool down they move slower and get closer. If we can cool them down close to absolute zero temperature they fall on top of each other and create a macroscopic lump that can even be visible under microscope. This state of atom is called ground state. In ground state atoms loose their identity and the lump exhibits just one coherent quantum state. The lump demonstrates oneness. Oneness sensation beyond one's ego is a common experience. Many times a group of people who are somehow connected (Family members, Fellow country men, sport team's fans, religious groups, etc.), in high emotional state experience the oneness as well. When we see or hear people are suffering on the other part of the world we get disturbed and feel their pain. Feeling oneness even extends to non-human living things and nonliving things just the same.

107

On the other hand, it seems that long term memories condensate and being stored in a sort of ground state as well. Apparently, condensed memories are in a non-localized, correlated and homogenous state before recalling. However, simultaneous memory recall is not possible rather memories come into consciousness one by one. These behaviors are similar to quantum state in Bose-Einstein condensate and support the conviction that similar system has to be in effect at long term memory preservation. Wholeness Many characteristics of elements in subatomic scales are in indivisible coherent quantum states (like simultaneous wave-particle nature of matter). Similarly, it is assumed that all elementary particles are made of an entity called thing. Different wave frequency of thing creates different quarks. Electrons can not be distinguished from each other either. So they can not be analyzed as distinct particles. Quantum field theory also advocates a kind of wholeness and indistinguishability of the elements in the fields. So we may conclude that in quantum scale we come close to identity melt down into a whole entity. Similarly, if we think about any element in our thoughts deep enough we reach to a point of its indivisibility and indistinguishability with other elements of our awareness. Our awareness at deeper level demonstrate a coherent state as well. We may call this coherent state, self. Teleportation The process of sending bits of information about a particle or atom to a spatially remote place via quantum entanglement in order to rebuild the original copy is called Quantum teleportation. Interestingly, the original copy is destroyed during the process. Similarly, the image of an object in our brain is cut to bits and pieces of information and stored as memory. Upon recall of the object the bits of information is gathered again to recreate the image in our mind. The process of recalling associates the image to present elements so that the original memorized image is changed forever. These two processes are very similar. Quantum tunneling When a wave-particle faces a barrier, it disappears and reappears on the other side of the barrier. Quantum tunneling is another examples of similarities between quantum mechanics and consciousness course of action. If our train of thoughts is interrupted when it faces a barrier such as external stimuli (anything that attracts our attention) at our will,it can reappear and continue after the interruption is ceased. Parallel Processing Brain can work in many paths simultaneously. The amount of information presence and data processing in each instant is simply amazing. Brain has a massive parallel processing ability. Efforts are being made to make new computers that have the same ability. To build such computers the elements are being positioned simultaneously in superposition of many states. It is more logical and economical to assume that brain is using the same mechanism (superposition) rather than attribute the parallel processing to many multi-paths neuronal connections and activities.

108

Time symmetry, second Feynman's diagram In classical limits, time has just one-way trajectory that extends from past to the future. However in quantum level, time is symmetric and traveling from future to past is also a feature. In the second Feynman's diagram of Compton scattering (photon and electron collision process), the particles scatter from each other even before they collide. In the Schrodingers cat analogy, when we open the box and collapse the superposition (facing a dead or an alive cat), a history is instantly created. This is another example of backward movement in time. Within our train of thoughts we are not limited to classical one way trajectory of time either. In our imaginations, we can travel to past or future at our will. Time is symmetric within our consciousness. Wave particle duality Objects In quantum mechanics are described to have dual character. They may appear as wave or particle. Within the wave aspect, different values of an object like its position is described with state vector. It simply means that particle is widely spread out and its position can be best described as wave with different amplitudes at different locations in space. This cannot be appreciated within the classical terms where an object logically is positioned in one location. On the other hand, the particle nature of the object is classically comprehensible. In classical mechanics, the object is tangible and sensibly located in a certain point in space. Likewise, the contents of our conscious awareness is widely spread and to certain degree chaotic. If I talk the whole contents of my mind you will doubt my sanity. When we make a statement about any topic, we logically organize our thoughts and express it in a sensible way. Out of a vast realm of unorganized and chaotic data we extract just the ones that seems logical and express it. This is similar to wave collapse and rising a classical and logical level out of un- deterministic quantum level wave function. Superposition of states Contrary to classical level of reality, in the quantum domain particles are not in a definite state. Rather they exist in superposition of every possible state. Just imagine how chaotic world is at the quantum level. The state of sum of all probable states of all particles involved is called coherent state. As mentioned above, deep in our thought domain we are facing with every possible and imaginable states as well. Nothing is impossible in our dreams. Our awareness also include data from unconscious plus data inherited from our ancestors back to the first protozoa and much more. Our brain processes 400,000,000,000 bits of information every second. We are just aware of about 2000 bits of it. In fact there is a chaos deep in our consciousness as well. There we find the domain of all potentialities and possibilities. This view of consciousness opens a door to find intelligible interpretations for quantum mechanical paradoxes. Quantum physics is not comprehensible within classical physics principles that we are dealing with in macrocosm; however it is explicable inside our awareness realm. We have first hand and be-er knowledge about this realm. If we pass the logical/classical limits of classical physics and logical thoughts, we enter quantum physics and quantum mind. Then quantum processes is not unknowable anymore.

109

Above, I have pointed to passage through the gate of logical/classical level. What does it actually mean? Underneath, I am going to elaborate more about the process. State Reduction A solid and objective physical reality has been the basis for classical science during centuries. We see the outside world as a solid and dependable entity. The materialistic approach to science has only solidified this kind of beliefs. However, the special relativity asserts that the fundamentals of our objective world which are space, time and matter are not rigid. They are malleable and change according to each persons frame of reference. Time for somebody who lives around equator passes slower than a person in higher altitudes. Mass of fast passing object grows bigger in comparison to the same object if it stays in our frame of reference. In conclusion, objective reality is not solid rather it is different for different individuals. Furthermore, quantum mechanics draws a much more bizarre picture of reality. According to quantum physics, the objects actually exist as potentialities and not certain forms. In other words, they are in superposition of different states. They exist in all possible states concurrently. Somehow on the eye of the observer they turn into one solid state. We call this one state objective reality. In Tonomura double-slit experiment, Electrons are sent one by one towards a barrier with two slits, and a interference pattern appears. It suggests that electrons are waves. However if we put a detector next to any of the slits to identify the slit that electron actually passes through, electron acts like a particle and passes only through one slit. As a result we see just two bands indicating that electrons as particles past through two slots and hit the screen in two corresponding bands. The experiment has been performed with bigger object up to sodium atom with the same result. Watch Double slit experiment for an animation of the experiment. Here, we conclude that electrons are in superposition of two states (wave and particle) while traveling along the path between electron source and the screen. However, the act of detection reduces the double character of the electron to just one observable character (particle). Therefore, we conclude that what we have assumed to be a solid objective reality during centuries is in fact a fuzzy state of different probabilities which superimpose on top of each other. The reality as we see is an artificial singular state chosen from a multiple and coherent states. Somehow just one state of all the possible states is singled out and projected in our consciousness. This is what we call objective reality. As you can see this is a very shaky reality indeed. One interpretation suggests that we get an appropriate answer based on our question. In double slit experiment, when via our detection we ask which slit the electron as particle went through, we see the answer suitable to our question. The two bands on screen reveal the particle state of electron randomly passing through each slit. The sum of the results of many passages of electron as particle creates the two bands. If we do not ask this question the screen shows the interference pattern. This interpretation closely simulates the problem solving in consciousness realm. When we attend to a question or problem, appropriate search in mind domain reveals a suitable answer to the question in hand and not any other question. If we look for an answer to another question, the answer to that specific question comes to our attention.

110

The other interpretation suggests that electron is in both particle and wave states simultaneously. By the act of detection we reduce the simultaneous states to just one state (particle). How are we to interpret this state reduction? How does the double character of electron turn just to one character (particle state) if we look for it? How and where does the so-called state reduction happen? We can categorize the possible answers as follows. External Reduction These are the answers that contribute the reduction to elements outside of our consciousness. It refers to state reduction possibilities occurring before the signals are received by us. a. First possibility is that the electron is alive and can notice our presence and plays trick on us. As soon as it notices our detector, it reduces itself to just a particle. Then we have to define life and see if an elementary particle can have such a sophisticated mind. Biology dictates that sophisticated mind requires a complex neurological system. Even if we assume an elementary particle has a kind of consciousness, it cannot demonstrate the functionality of a sophisticated mind. b. may be the detector itself is affecting the wave-particle duality of the electron and reduces it to just particle. However, this is against Schrodingers principle. According to Schrodinger, the detector itself has to be in superposition and has to demonstrate all possible states that it can have. The multiple character of the detector coupled with dual character of electron only adds to confusion. It cannot reduce the electron to one state. c. Many believe that encounter with other particles and rays in the vicinity dissolves the superposition of states at quantum level and changes the super-position to only one objective state observed in the macroworld. This is how it is supposed to work. The objects are not isolated systems. They are in an environment and in constant interaction with other particles and photons. For example, cosmic rays can interact with the particles in an object and reduce their states to one of the possible state. According to this school, this is why we do not see an object in a chaotic and superposition condition. However, again other photons and particles are in superposition state themselves. They cannot bring us out of the chaos. Internal Reduction Alternatively, we may assume that information that is received by the experimenter/observer contains all the probable states (the whole information of the superposition). However, somewhere in our consciousness domain it is altered to just one logical state. Our sensory organs are in fact lenses and act just like the lens of a camera. We know about the eye lens. It takes the light waves and turns it to a spatial image which is projected into the retina. From there the image is transferred to our brain through nerve impulse (action potential). Our ear is doing the same thing. It turns the sound waves to nerve impulse and sends it to brain where it is interpreted as different sounds. What our skin actually senses is the vibration as well. If we keep a vibrating tuning fork close to our skin, it feels that the fork is in contact with our skin, although in reality there is no actual contact. The other two senses act as lenses as well. Therefore, we may conclude that the outside world is just in spectral form and made of waves. We may further conclude that our brains receive the impulses and interpret them as a solid (massive) outside world.

111

Here again the incoming waves are supposed to be in superposition and deliver contradicting messages. Thus, collapse of information to one observed state cannot happen at this level. Unless we believe that we are reducing the the outside world's superposition inside our brain and create an objective world according to our conscious and unconscious will. There are school of thoughts that are advocating the above . The movie Matrix is filmed based on this idea. I will further about this idea in the next chapter "Quantum Brain" Mixed Reduction Individuals acquire different perspectives from the same physical reality. The Gestalt picture is a representation of this fact. Obviously, a portion of state reduction is happening inside the brain of each individual. That is where we obtain our individual perspectives. However, there are many common elements between different individuals perspectives from the same physical phenomenon. So the main portion of state reduction has to occur outside ones consciousness. To find a solution we can look at the act of logical derivation and cognition. Our consciousness is filled with a jungle of data and memories that many times contradict themselves. The data that are embedded in the subconscious and beyond also exacerbate the disorder even further. We may conclude that during the act of logical thinking our consciousness selects and permits only the suitable data to appear in our awareness. That is how we draw a meaningful conclusion out of a chaotic situation. Our consciousness is responsible in creating an orderly concept or perspective out of countless disarrayed data . However, our individual perspectives though minutely different from others , basically evolve around a state of reality that is more or less shared by other conscious beings as well. So, there must be a reality out there beyond our consciousness. What created this decent reality. The question is how we arrive from an uncertain and disorder quantum frenzy, in micro-world to a definite and deterministic reality in macroworld. If we are allowed to relate the act of logical thinking mechanism as an analogy for external state reduction as well, then we may envisage answers for the state reduction paradox. If consciousness is needed to create a logical conclusion out of information frenzy in mind, maybe we need similar mechanism to create a logical world out of the quantum frenzy. This leads us to the assumption that there is an awareness out there which tends to put everything in order in macrocosm. We can call this awareness universal consciousness. This is an alternative answer to de-coherence phenomenon explained above. Global Consciousness Project The global consciousness project was explained in the consciousness chapter. In this project that have started since 1998, Random number generators (RNG) were used that can randomly generate zero or one. It is shown that individual's intention can generate more of the desired number and change the randomness of RNG. This is another evidence that conscious intention can influence the physical elements.

112

In the next stage of the project, random number generators were placed in 65 host sites around the world to study the effect of collective attention of people around the globe in upcoming events. These generators are connected to software that reads the output of random number generators and records a 200-bit trial sum once every second, continuously over months and years. The details of the project can also be reviewed by clicking on the link above. The result clearly shows that collective attention of the people around the world can change the outcome of the random number generators and shift the result to one number. Underneath please review the inclination of the number generators during the recent United States election and Senator Obamas victory. The above diagram indicates how the collective attention and focus of people throughout the world inclines the result of the random number generator to one side. The above project not only demonstrates the effect of consciousness in physical events but also points to the presence of a collective consciousness amongst humans. On the other hand, physical events are happening all over the universe. Universe have been physically active long before human race appear. Then we may assume that there is a universal consciousness which is responsible for state reduction. If we accept the presence of a universal consciousness out there, Then where is the boundary between individual consciousness and universal consciousness. Does our body skin delineate this boundary? The answer is not easy to reach. Many evidences like double slit experience and hypnotism suggests that our awareness field extends beyond our body limits. On the other hand, phenomena like intuition and telepathy suggests that the universal consciousness field can penetrate our own consciousness. Therefore, we may conclude that there is an overlap between the boundaries of two domains. It seems an undetermined gray area exists between these two fields. We may even go further and assume that our consciousness is a portion of this universal awareness. It seems that mixed state reduction is more logical and agreeable. Quantum Link If consciousness arises from quantum level, then where do we find quantum point of effect? Keep in mind that any biochemical reaction eventually is rooted in subatomic level where quantum effect is best demonstrated. There are different hypothesis about where awareness is linked to quantum domain. Here I will mention few of the possible sites.

113

First, let us look at the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system at macroscopic level. A sensory impulse travels along peripheral nerves and reaches the brain. Inside the brain, peripheral nerves attach to many different neurons via its many fingers called dendrite. The contact points are called synapse. There are about 23.5 million synapses in the human brain. Dendrites of different neurons are not actually attached to each other. In higher magnification, there is a gap between the dendrites of different neurons that is about two hundred angstrom (2*10-8 m) wide. These gaps are called synaptic cleft. There is a debate about the mechanism that signal passes through synaptic cleft. Many believe that synapses are where all the communications and consciousness mechanisms reside. Because the body of neuron ends at the synapse, the normal mechanism (sodium pump action) cannot transfer the signal anymore. There is a minute gap between the dendrites. Electron is known to transfer the signal throughout the cleft and to the next neuron. However the released electron does not have enough energy to pass the gap. Its energy is enough for about seven angstroms trip. Evan Harris Walker 72 an American physicist believes that electron has to perform quantum tunneling to reach the next neuron. Quantum tunneling happens when a particle that does not have enough kinetic energy to pass through a barrier appears to be successful in passing it anyway. If quantum mechanics comes to the picture in the brain function, then we have to use quantum physical laws to evaluate brain processes. Maybe synapses are where state reduction or as it is called state vector collapse happens. Evan Walker like many other theorists believes in the presence of a universal consciousness that we all are somehow connected to and interact with it. He believes that consciousness is not tied directly to any of the usual construct of the physical world, like space, time, mass or fundamental forces. However it is tied to informational domain. He suggests that consciousness being considered as some quantum mechanical process going on in the brain. If consciousness is an informational field then synaptic clefts can be one of the locations to look for it. Pores in neuronal membranes can be another location for quantum mechanical effect. In an in vitro experiment Martin Fleischmann (1980) showed that passage of ions through pores of thin membrane (cell membrane simulation) have to be described within quantum electrodynamics scheme. The pores have to be considered as a single quantum field to allow the passage of ions. A classical description cannot explain the passage of ions through cell embrane. Therefore the cell membrane can be considered another site for quantum effect where quantum mechanics principles can influence the function of consciousness. On the other hand, in bigger magnification we can see that the living matter is made of huge and dense network of protein filaments surrounded by water molecules. Mari Jibu and Kunio Yasue from Okayama Institute of quantum physics, call the protein filament water combination the fundamental structure of living matter.

114

In 1979 Davydov found a solitary wave propagation along the chain of protein filaments. The wave is called Davydov soliton and its energy is kept free from thermalization. Jibu & Yasue call protein filament waves the first degree of freedom of the fundamental system of living matter 75. My conviction about such a non-vanishing wave is outlined in wave-particle chapter. To me a non-vanishing wave travels to a non-local realm during each oscillation here it refurbishes its energy. This non-local information-rich realm provides the quantum freedom. Mari Jibu and Kunio Yasue also believe the spatial geometric configuration of water molecules provide the second quantum mechanical degree of freedom of living matters. Water is made of one oxygen atom and two hydrogen atoms. As such a water molecule manifests a non-vanishing electric dipole moment. Water is abundant in the body. So it can deliver quantum effect all over the body of living things. If at deeper level the anatomy of nervous system is linked to quantum fields then the product of it (the consciousness) has to be studied within the quantum field theory contest. Consciousness cannot be studies at cellular or molecular level, we simply do not reach to any convincing result at these levels. Universal Consciousness

Many authors believe in the presence of a universal consciousness where information exists in a coherent state. If our brain is connected to such an informational field then many transpersonal experiences such as hypnosis or telepathy can find logical explanations. Previously, I have assumed the proposed singularity as being the ultimate source of information. On the other hand, Louis de Broglie proposed that all matter exhibit both wave like and particle like properties. Furthermore, in previous chapters I have speculated that during wave motion or quantum tunneling particles join the proposed singularity while being absent from space-time. Therefore we can assume that us also being wave are in constant periodical contact with this ultimate source of information. This is one assumed way where our consciousness connects to a universal informational field. Spirituality Spirituality is an internal realization. We connect to it within our consciousness realm. My personal conviction is that the universal consciousness is fundamentally different from the god that is advocated by traditional religions. The god of main religions is human-like. He is a separate entity and lives somewhere in a space-time setting (heavens).The universal consciousness on the other hand, is where everything connects and cohere. It encompasses everything and in a sense it is everything. Spirituality then may mean sensing this universal consciousness and feeling the quittance with it. It may mean the easing sensation of oneness with the universe. The ultimate joy is the realization and connection with this realm. This is what meditation provides. Obviously, this universal awareness is completely different from conventional religions creator. It doesn't need our worship, neither has it appoint representatives. It certainly doesn't need our donations neither will it order us to kill each other.
115

We need a new explanation for spirituality within a scientific framework. While all of us feel an internal acquaintance with spirituality, what traditional faiths advocate doesn't seem to be very convincing. It seems that Religions have hi- jacked the spirituality and derailed it. Unfortunately science left spirituality as an orphan. This is because classical science could hardly pass the objective realm. In the absence of a scientific explanation people are clinging to old definitions and beliefs. These outdated beliefs are constantly creating disasters at family, regional, and global levels. The scientists hesitation to touch the subject only leaves the ambitious public to succumb to the ignorance promoted by old fashioned establishments. This means even more chaos and disasters for human race in coming years. Quantum mechanics and quantum field theory seems to be the right vehicle for exploring consciousness and spirituality. It seems that new insight and theories based on modern science is urgently needed to bring the human race out of the current chaos. Conclusion David Chalmers calls for introduction of a fundamental theory of consciousness. It seems that this theory can originate from the fundamentals of quantum mechanics. Many similarities between quantum mechanics and conscious awareness call for studying consciousness at quantum level. Likewise these resemblances suggest that quantum mechanical paradoxes can find solutions within a consciousness like domain. Classical way of thinking and solutions by introducing extra dimensions or multi-universes could not offer a satisfactory solution. To me, they are the product of reductionist physicists who are trying to explain everything using mostly classical physics concepts. Mind you that Physical reality is sensed by the consciousness. Our conscious awareness is our tool to explore physical world. We need to check our tool and obtain deep understanding about this device. In the coming chapter Quantum Brain I will explore the nature of consciousness even further. I am delving into the universal consciousness in the contest of singularity/space-time dual nature hypothesis. All along I have been trying to show that the encounter with singularity did not finish at the time of Big Bang. I have been claiming that singularity is an informational domain and ever present as a fundamental element of the world and us. More and more paradoxes arise that cannot be explained in the contest of objective reality alone. A universal informational domain can provide decent solutions for the paradoxes. On the other hand, twenty first century calls for new insights and beliefs based on todays knowledge. Carrying over faiths and perceptions of our ancestors with their limited knowledge can only create catastrophe at personal, family, regional and global levels. New understanding and theories of spirituality is very needed to substitute the outdated and destructive faiths of the past.

116

Quantum Mechanical Brain Introduction The quantum mechanical universe is fundamentally different from our classical perception of the world. To reconcile the two, we must either question quantum mechanics or review the act of perception itself. Century-old experiments have proven the validity of quantum theory. In fact, quantum mechanics is by far the most precise and reliable science that humans have ever grasped. Therefore, in order to resolve the incompatibility, it is reasonable to turn to an assessment of perception itself. The brain is our main tool for examining physical reality, so in order to determine the validity of our perceptions, it makes sense to begin with a study of our brains physiology, and in particular how the brain receives sensory stimuli. The Senses We perceive the world with our senses. The five common senses are vision, hearing, touch, smell, and taste. Our sense organs are mostly stimulated by waves. Our eyes are sensitive to a certain band of electromagnetic waves called visible light. Our ears sense another wave band, called sound frequency. Our skin also receives stimuli as waves. For example, if we vibrate a tuning fork in close proximity to the skin but without touching it, we perceive a tactile sensation. The vibration theory, suggested by Luca Turin, posits that odor receptors also detect the frequency of vibrations of odor molecules.1 Taste buds are mainly working with a different mechanism. The holonomic brain theory by Karl Pribram suggests that memories are preserved in spectral form. According to Pribram the visual cortex also functions as a hologram. Many complex brain functions such as huge capacity to store data, association, photographic memory and face recognition can be explained, if the received data is not converted and remains in spectral form inside the brain. If our sensory receptors receive mainly waves from the outside world, how do we perceive these waves as objects? How do we sketch our so-called objective reality out of these waves? Wave-Particle Duality To further the discussion, let us explore the nature of matter. Objects are known to have a dualistic waveparticle nature. In 1704 Newton described matter as solid, massy, hard and impenetrable. In the late 1800s, James Clerk Maxwell claimed that light is the propagation of electromagnetic waves. His claims were experimentally verified by Heinrich Hertz in 1887. As a result, the idea of waves as the sole component of light rays became widely accepted at the time. However, wave theory couldn't explain the photoelectric effect, a phenomenon in which electrons are emitted from a metal after it is exposed to light with sufficient energy. To solve the problem, in 1905, Albert Einstein proposed the particle nature of light. He postulated the existence of quanta (or units) of light energy, called photons, that have particulate qualities. This light quanta is solitary and localized. He was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1921 for his photo-electric theory. However, wave character of light could not be denied, particularly in light of Thomas Young's double slit experiment, which provided solid evidence for the wave nature of light.2 Therefore, it was decided that light must have a simultaneous dual nature of wave and particle. In 1924, Louis-Victor de Broglie postulated that not just light but all matter has a wave-like nature as well. De Broglie was awarded the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1929 for his hypothesis. Since then, the common belief among physicists has been that matter has a dualistic natureit concurrently has the characteristics of waves and particles.
117

Wave characteristics are more apparent in electromagnetic radiation when it is measured over relatively large distances and time spans. On the other hand, particle characteristics are more evident when measuring small time scales and positions. But how can matter exist in this bizarre dualistic state? According to our classical perception, matter has a specific mass and volume. Matter is also perceived as local and tangible. Waves, on the other hand, are spread out. Waves and their associated fields (e.g., electromagnetic fields) unfold without any boundaries. They do not have a specific mass or a specific shape. They imply a sense of fluidity. However, in the majority of everyday experiences, we perceive only the solid characteristics of matter. We see a ball as a solid, localized, and tangible object that is subject to external forces. Why do we not sense a ball as a wave? The fading wave characteristic of matter is known as wave function collapse. In this phenomenon, the spread out and multi-state wave is reduced to a local and distinct particle. In 1932, John von Neumann suggested that the collapse of wave function occurs in the consciousness of human beings. In other words, he believed that objectification (the act of interpreting incoming data as an object) is an invention of the human mind. Below, I explore whether the modern understanding of brain anatomy and physiology can shed light on this puzzle. This chapter is inspired by Dr. Jill Bolte Taylors recent book, My Stroke of Insight. Dr Taylor is a Harvard-trained neurobiologist who had a stroke in 1996 while she was only thirty-seven years old. Following the hemorrhage in her left hemisphere, her left brain gradually lost its performance, while her right hemisphere remained intact and continued to function normally. Being a neurobiologist, she could sense and interpret the gradual changes that her mind went through at the time of stroke and during her recovery, which took about eight years. In her recently published book, she explains her experience with her massive stroke moment by moment. As her ordeal is relevant to the main topic of this article, I will relate her descriptions of the event to show how the different hemispheres of the brain function. I will also add my own take on her experiences to substantiate the main concept in this commentary. Sensation versus Perception3 Before we examine our minds ability to perceive, it is important to understand how we acquire perception in the first place. Sensation starts during the embryonic era, as our sense organs develop. While they help us to cope and coordinate with physical reality, the accuracy of their intakes is a matter of debate. It has been shown that tactile sense begins about seven weeks after gestation and gradually develops until the fourth month of fetus life. Babies start to receive sound stimulus by fourteen weeks of embryonic life. Our sense of sight develops before birth as well (for example, babies in the womb react to a flash of light to mother's abdomen). By the time of birth, vision is well advanced, although not yet perfect. The fetuss taste buds are formed at fourteen weeks, demonstrated by studies that show the fetus has a definite preference for sweetness in amniotic fluid. A fetus has a virgin brain. At the beginning there is just reception, meaning the stimuli sense organs merely notice and observe; they do not distinguish or interpret. Stimuli cannot be interpreted yet because of a lack of previous experiences to form a contextual framework. Recognition comes by repetition of the same stimulus. Gradually, the baby can differentiate various sensations as favorable or deterrent. Newborns do not fully understand space, and it is common for them to grasp for objects that are out of reach. Complete perception of space develops later. Objects are unfamiliar to the virgin brain as well.

118

During the embryonic stage and continuing to beyond the first year of life, a baby slowly develops an impression about the nature of material objects. If we define time as the product of accumulated memories, then at the beginning, time does not have any meaning for an embryo either. As the baby experiments with the outside world, it gradually builds a perception from its environment. This early conceptualization is the ground for building a preliminary logic, which the baby then uses to analyze its surroundings. It uses dreaming as a tool to relate the data it receives and to build perceptions. These perceptions help build the framework for cognition in the future. Storytelling and dreaming are the act of organizing and refining these early perceptions from the environment. This is how we form our logic. Language and mathematics (and numbers in general), two very important tools to build our perception of reality, are learned gradually during the first two years and refined in the years after. Immanuel Kant, Karl Weierstrass, and later on Albert Einstein believed that mathematics is pure creation of the human mind. Friedrich Nietzsche believed that all of logic and the whole of mathematics are manmade fictions.4 Finally, a sense of self gradually develops, whereby the child begins to distinguish himself from his mother, something newborns do not do. The above concepts are gradually built inside the brain as a result of the data that the organs receive and the brain integration processes.However, our interpretation of this data may not exactly represent the actual data, and it is subject to error. This casts doubt on our perceptual systems ability to conceptualize data and produce an objective reality. Motion pictures make a good analogy. Individual objects in discrete pictures are perceived as moving objects. In addition to limited abilities of our visual organs to distinguish the fast exchanging pictures, brain's integration process and perception creation out of partial clues is also a major factor. Please note that in quantum mechanics view, the universe is made of discrete elements (such as quanta of matter, space or time), whereas our classical perception of the world sketches a continuous and homologous surroundings in front of our eyes. Brain Hemispheres, Brain Lateralization5 The forebrain is made of two cerebral hemispheres, left and right. The hemispheres are almost identical in shape, yet they function differently. The inputs from our right sensory organs are usually transferred to the left hemisphere, and vice versa. It seems that for the majority of people who are right handed, the left hemisphere is specialized to perform common tasks. For a long time, it was believed that the left hemisphere was doing the actual work, while the right hemisphere remained mostly dormant for ordinary people. The right hemisphere has been called the subordinate or minor hemisphere, and some have even referred to it as illiterate and mentally retarded. However recently it is understood that each of the hemispheres has its own functions. Each uses its own percepts, mental images, and associations. Each brain half, in other words, appears to have its own distinct cognitive domain with its own private perceptual, learning, and memory experiences, all of which are seemingly unaware of corresponding events in the other hemisphere. As such, they resemble the two aspects of physical realityclassical and quantum mechanical. The classical and quantum levels of reality are seemingly alien to each other as well, in that they sketch different pictures from the same objective reality. One might say that classical physics and quantum physics

119

portray two different perceptions of the same realm. In 1981, Roger W. Sperry, in his Nobel lecture declared: Left and right hemispheres are characterized by inbuilt, qualitatively different and mutually antagonistic modes of cognitive processing, the left being basically analytic and sequential, the right spatial and synthetic. A rationale was added for the evolution of cerebral asymmetry based on the functional advantages of having the two cognitive modes develop in separate hemispheres in order to minimize mutual interference.6 Despite their exclusive cognitive roles, the functions of the two hemispheres are somehow mutual and complement each other. In isolated experiments, the same individual can be observed to employ one of two distinct mental strategies, much as if we are dealing with two different people, depending on whether the left or right hemisphere is in use. However, in the normal state, the two hemispheres appear to work closely together as a unit; one does not remain switched on while the other idles. 6 We usually distinguish the hemispheres by the traits they are linked tothe head versus the heart, thoughts versus feelings, mind versus instinct, sensing versus intuition, and so on. Below, I will elaborate on these two different mental approaches. Lateralization of brain functions is not clear cut, and the borderlines overlap. Many times right brain, or its different locations, perform or participate in functions that are normally attributed to the left hemisphere. Please note that I apply idealization and simplistic views while describing hemispheric functions. In reality brain tasks are complex undertakings and are carried out by a collaboration of the two hemispheres. However, in the following lines, I take direct reflection of received data as the perception of the right brain whereas decoding and manipulation of information to create appropriate perception as product of the left brain. This simplistic view should not invalidate the main argument in this article. Left Hemisphere: Objective, Analytical, Logical, Classical For the majority of individuals, the left hemisphere is trained to be analytical, to look for components and strive for details. The data received from the different sense organs are gathered and assembled to arrive at a general idea and then analyzed to draw a comprehensible, detailed picture consisting of the different components. For example, the information received from a flower is divided and analyzed by the left hemisphere as petal, stem, stamen, and pollen. The left hemisphere is almost always dominant in both speech and handedness as well. Time is a tool of the left hemisphere. The left side of the brain gathers the information and arranges it in timely succession. That is how we sense the past, present, and future. Since the successive accumulation of memories creates the notion of time for us, time has a trajectory that extends from the past to the future, and not the other way around. As such, it mimics time as understood in classical physics. In contrast, time in quantum mechanics can be symmetric and flows in both directions. The left brain is responsible for finding meaning in the data it receives. The left brain extracts the details and draws a comprehensible picture out of a wide array of incoming information. Therefore, it has to be judgmental to be able to draw a definite scheme. The analytic left hemisphere critically investigates the information and arranges it in a meaningful, logical, and rational fashion that we can live with, filtering out any unrelated data throughout the process. This is how our left brain hemisphere defines, categorizes, and

120

draws a comprehensible, definite classical portrait out of the big picture. It pulls out a tree out of the jungle and displays it in front of our eyes. Individual pieces of information are methodologically arranged and filed. The sensibly arranged data is the basis of our logic and the origin of our reasoning. Using logic, we can conclude that if A is bigger than B and B is bigger than C, then for sure A has to be bigger than C. Through logic, the left brain sketches a solid and dependable objective reality in front of our eyes. Logic is the domain of classical mechanics. .Therefore, we can conclude that the left brain helps us to sketch the classical level of reality. Classical mechanics is all about definite situations and certainties. Please note that left hemisphere tries to make sense of events even with partial cues. However, the elaborate rationalization effort of the left brain makes it prone to erroneous perceptions. The left brain is also the origin of the sensing self. The left hemisphere creates the sensation that we are isolated as individuals. It defines the boundaries of our bodywhere we begin and where we are located in space. It perceives the self as an independent character. People with left brain damage do not distinguish themselves from the rest of the world. In addition, the left hemisphere is responsible for learning motor skills and controlling higher voluntary movements. During bodily movements, we have to identify an isolated body (our own) and its relationship to the environment. It is well known that damage to the left side creates disorders of learned voluntary movements. The asymmetry of motor control in the right and left hemispheres is well demonstrated by the fact that more people are adept at using their right hand that is fed by left brain, than their left. Language ability mainly originates in the left hemisphere as well. Damage to the angular gyrus in the left hemisphere may selectively destroy a person's ability to read and speak. Such a patient may see a printed page with the right hemisphere, but the words will have lost their meaning. Damage to the Wernicke's area, near the base of the left temporal lobe, eliminates the capacity to understand spoken language. Speech continues to be heard, but the meaning is lost. Speaking involves isolating sounds and forming specific words. This is in line with the classical level of reality, where components are isolated and separated. At the quantum level, everything is entangled and can be treated as one. In order to describe the information it receives, the left hemisphere dissects the incoming data into words and probes their meanings individually and within the context of a sentence. This is part of analytic function of the left brain. In the depth of our awareness, we find a vast array of chaotic data playing in the background. The left hemisphere helps us to filter, reduce, and arrange only the related data so that our speech communicates a comprehensible, logical, and classical state of mind. In another words, it helps us to make meaningful statements that communicate a logical situation acceptable to our common sense. If one verbalized whatever passed through his or her background thoughts, we would call that person insane. Autistics and schizophrenics show such left hemisphere disorder and therefore lack the above ability. Making sense means that a huge amount of data is eliminated during the process of speaking. Similarly, data is rigorously reduced as we come from the infinite information at quantum level, which is related to quantum uncertainties and superposition of states(simultaneous existence of all possible states of realityexplained later in the article) , to a focused and just one certain and logical state observed in classical level of reality. Jill Taylor talks about brain chatter as another phenomenon attributed to the left brain. We are all familiar with it. Its the voice in our mind that is always talking. It tells us what everything is. It tells us what
121

is right and what is wrong, what are we allowed to do and what we should avoid. It repeats over and over again the details of our life so we can remember them. It is the creator of self. The left hemisphere strives for individuality and independence. Without it, we lose track of our life and our identity. In its absence, we are like electrons in a Bose-Einstein condensate, in which we lose our identity.7 What is left is a feeling of oneness, an immersing into the whole of existence. Another function of the left hemisphere is platform formation. By this process, the brain creates a library of past experiences, so that when we are faced with a similar situation we draw on scenes that we have filed away, evaluating and responding to the new situation with minimal attention and assessment. One might say that the left hemisphere has already set the stage for new events to arrive. It has pre-created a familiar scene based on our previous experiences and its understanding and interpretations of those experiences. Our left brain is filled with these ingrained patterns, which we use to predict, plan, and carry out everyday activities. When we talk about a winter day, a cold and snowy condition automatically comes to mind. However, sometimes a day in winter can surprise us by being mild. This illustrates that although these patterns are usually very helpful, at times they distance us from reality. These pre-established patterns are the origin of our beliefs as well. We evaluate and judge every new encounter based on these established beliefs. We may speculate that these thought pattern loops also create our classical level of reality. If the left hemisphere already has established logical loops and scenes that are consistent with rational classical level of reality, then any new incoming data is perceived within the context of these scenes. Any unrelated and illogical data is ignored during the process. New experiences only further develop these modules and fortify the pre-established classical level patterns. Calculation and arithmetical reasoning are also attributed to the left brain. In mathematics, we divide the whole into the integers and assess and calculate the individual integers and detect the abstract relations between them. Considering all this, one may suppose that the left brain is the leading, more highly evolved, and intellectual hemisphere. All of our higher functions relating to the environment, at the classical level, are carried out by the left brain. Mind you, the above sensations and functions are learned from the embryonic era onward. It seems that the left hemisphere exists as a clean slate at the beginning. The learning and conditioning comes after. After severe damage to her left hemisphere, Dr. Taylor had to retrain herself to obtain the above skills during her recovery. It seems that the left brain receives the incoming data from sense organs. Then by conditioning and analyzing, the left hemisphere creates a simpler, more comprehensible, and dependable objective world. In most instances this fabricated world is sufficient for us to run our everyday life. In fact, the left hemisphere in the human brain is bigger than the right hemisphere when compared to lower species, and its functioning distinguishes us as a more sophisticated animal. We owe most of our progress and scientific achievements to the left hemispheres function. However, it is notable that the perception it creates is manipulated to certain degree and can be different from actual reality. Anosognosia is a rare syndrome associated with right brain damage. Patients who suffer from this disease have only one functioning hemisphere, the left. Neurologist Vilayanur Ramachandran reported on a patient of his who suffered with the above syndrome; the left side of her body was paralyzed, but she was ignorant
122

of this fact. When she was asked to point to the examiners nose with her paralyzed left hand, she truly believed that her fingers were a couple of inches from the examiners nose, when in reality her hand lay paralyzed next to her. According to Ramachandran, this kind of self-deception arises from a defense mechanism in normal persons, wherein the left brain tries to maintain a consistent picture of the world despite the staggering amount of information flooding the brain at any minute. This mechanism keeps the brain from succumbing to directionless and indecision due to the explosion of possible scenarios produced from the material available to the senses.13 In addition, the patients response may be a defense mechanism of the left brain whereby it tries to keep perception of self intact. By denying the paralysis of her left side, her left brain was trying to maintain the integrity of the person. Right Hemisphere: Informational, Holistic, Subjective, Quantum Mechanical The right hemisphere, on the other hand, specializes in tasks that are nonverbal, nonmathematical, and non-sequential in nature. Its function is mainly imaginative. Time does not exist in its domain, and everything is sensed as happening in the present. The now is expanded forever. Dr. Jerre Levy from department of psychology, University of Chicago, has studied the cognitive specialties of the right hemisphere. She found that the mental capacity to make inter-modal spatial transformations from three-dimensional to unfolded two-dimensional forms was much better developed in the right hemisphere. This indicates complex visual and spatial functions of the right hemisphere, where the perception of partwhole relations originates. It suggests that right hemisphere is not specifically bounded to spatial dimensions, but rather it perceives the the object under investigation within the whole picture. Three- to two-dimensional transformation capability also suggests that the sense of depth is pale in the right hemisphere.8Since their left hemisphere is not yet developed, newborns do not have the sense of depth. Space as an isolated notion is not perceived by right hemisphere; merely the relations are noted. Coming to a logical conclusion that space must exist to accommodate different events is a function of left brain. It is interesting to note that space in quantum mechanics is quite different from space as we know it at the classical level. Quantum entanglement, where two particles are in direct contact with each other, even if they are miles apartputs the very notion of space and locality in question and suggests non-locality as a fundamental feature of the universe. Bose -Einstein condensate is another evidence for non-locality in the quantum level. Fotini Markopoulou, a researcher from Perimeter institute believes that space may not exist at all. One may assume that space as we perceive it is just an approximation of a more fundamental element, and is created within our perception. The right brain hears the sounds and sees the world. However, the sounds are not isolated. The image of the world is not divided and is perceived as complex mental camouflages, and recalled in its entirely. There is no focus. The right brain witnesses merely a combination of images, kinetics, and functions. Borders between specific entities are softened to the verge of nonexistence. The sense of self is pale, and skin is not the boundary. The right brain perceives us as connected and one with everything else, not only the human race but everything else as well. Our ability to sense other peoples feelings and our sense of compassion originates here. In its eye, we are immersed in everything else in the planet and the universe. It tends to see the world as holistic and undivided entity. It just sees oneness. As such, it is also the site of spiritual wonder.
123

The right hemisphere is word blind, or incapable of seeing meaning in printed words. Although the right mind usually does not deal with letters, words, and sentences, it is responsible for understanding nonverbal relations and communications. Unlike the left brain, which deals with the quantitative measures of dialogue, the right brain is in charge of comprehending the meanings of peoples expressions. It senses the emotions that accompany the conversation, not the individual wordings. It deals with the quality of communication. Take music as an example. The left brain sees the individual notes and keys, whereas right brain appreciates the essence of the tune and the emotions associated with it. The right hemisphere is designed to remember things as they relate to each other. It senses the movements and physiology of organisms in its totality. Dr. Taylor describes how after severe damage to her left brain, she was detached from normal reality. She mentions how she was comforted by an expanding sense of grace My consciousness soared into an all-knowingness, a being at one with the universe, if you will I could no longer clearly discern the physical boundaries of where I began and where I ended. I sensed the composition of my being as that of a fluid rather than that of a solid.8 She also describes the experience of living without her defective left brain as a very peaceful state of mind. During her stroke, the judging portion of her brain was absent and her brain chatter was silenced; as a result, she went under a blanket of tranquil euphoria. She describes her experience further: Even though my thoughts were no longer a constant stream of chatter about the external world and my relationship to it, I was conscious and constantly present within my mind. Taylor noted, The right mind is spontaneous, care free and imaginative. It allows our artistic juices to flow free without inhibition or judgment.8 The right brain is free from limitations of objective reality and can think intuitively, or outside of the box. Dreams belong to right hemisphere and are mostly free from interference from the left hemisphere. Non-locality is a feature of dreams. In addition, dreams are not time bound, as time and locality are features within the perception of the left brain. The right hemisphere is free to envisage all the probabilities and possibilities. (This is in line with quantum physics, where objects are considered to be in each and every possible state simultaneously.) It is spontaneous and imaginative. Logical limitations are not observed by the right hemisphere. It is therefore up to the left brain to pick the best one, based on sequential reasoning and logic. That is how we see the world at the classical level. Looking at the big picture, imagining every probable state, the right mind somehow visualizes the existence at a superposition of states. Looking through the right brains lens, we can imagine and dream about any possibility at our will. In our dreams, it is not unusual to see that the same figure change faces to symbolize different persons. All the probabilities can be envisaged simultaneously by the right brain without limitations forced upon us by a logical mind. Likewise, reality on the quantum mechanical level also exists concurrently in all possible states. One may postulate that the right brain reveals the quantum mechanical level of reality without interfering, interpreting, or manipulating the received wave stimuli.
124

Conscious Awareness Our awareness floats between the dissimilar perceptions of the right and left hemispheres. Therefore, we may show our conscious awareness with a Cartesian diagram as follows. In the diagram above, the vertical axis indicates the right hemisphere component of perception, and the horizontal indicates the left portion. However, Rene Descartes himself believed that mind domain is not split. He pointed to the pineal gland as the only part of the brain that is not split and therefore can accommodate a homogeneous mind. Even though our awareness is dominated by the left hemispheres perceptions, based on inbuilt molds, the right brain interferes in the case of any major paradigm shift to modify the preexisting pattern. However its interference is subtle. In an experiment, M. Gazzaniga and J. LeDoux flashed pictures of a chicken claw in the right visual field and a snow scene in the left visual field of a split-brain patient.14 Then the patient was asked to choose a related shape out of several pictures presented to him. The patient correctly chose a picture of chicken and a shovel. When he was asked to explain his choices, he said, I saw a claw and I picked the chicken and you have to clean out the chicken shed with the shovel.13 This example demonstrates the subtle but effective role of the right hemisphere in our perceptions. It also suggests the origin of our intuitions. One might say the relationship between the two hemispheres in forming our perceptions is a complementary one. For example, while the left brain interprets verbal and material means of communications, the right mind senses something beyond. It recognizes the emotions embedded in the conversation, and it can alert us about the sincerity behind the statements people express. In the domain of awareness as well, one finds a complementary relationship between self and whole. At times we are so into ourselves that the outside world seems to grow pale. At other times, we almost forget ourselves as we drown in the totality of the universe. This complementary relationship is clearly a function of our brain. One may speculate that the two paradoxical states of reality mentioned above (the classical level and the quantum level) have nothing to do with actual reality out there. Perhaps the classical level is merely the product of the left brain. Studying the duality of brain hemisphere's function can shed light the issue of classic versus quantum level, the two asymmetric aspects of reality. Interpretation of Wave-Particle Duality Brain lateralization theory has the potential to offer answers for many paradoxes in understanding reality. As mentioned above, the dualistic wave-particle nature of matter is a great puzzle. Instead of struggling to find an external model for this dualistic nature, perhaps we should review our tool of perception itself. We mentioned earlier that the act of dividing and quantifying is a function of the left brain. In 1926, Max Born maintained that since the wave portion cannot be observed, it is not a real entity in classical terms. However, he asserted that we probably can find a classically recognizable particle in a region designated by square of the wave function. If the particle portion is merely an invention of our left hemisphere, then it is understandable that our brain would project it to the region where the energy is more concentrated. Energy is more intense as we get closer to the waves peak.
125

The nineteenth century post-modernist Edmund Husserl, like Jean-Paul Sartre and many other postmodernist philosophers, believed that mental objects have nothing to do with sensory perception and result instead from what the mind attends to, or intends. Friedrich Nietzsche, for example, claims, All truths are evolving fictions that exist only in the subjective reality of single individual.9 I suspect he is pointing to the perception of left brain, which is obtained by manipulating incoming data in order to portray a reality that conforms to preexisting beliefs and logic. Obviously, in the nineteenth century, the left brainright brain dichotomy was not known, and in the absence of quantum mechanics, Newtonian physics and the classical level of reality was dominant. Therefore, when he talked about all truths, he meant the objective reality sketched by left brain. Nietzsches statement denying the actuality of all truth does not seem acceptable. Regardless of how much manipulation the left brain performs. If perception is based on incoming waves, it must have something to do with actual sensory stimuli out there. State Reduction As mentioned above, quantum mechanics describes the world in a superposition of all possible states. Although this is very difficult to comprehend, challenging ones conventional wisdom, every related experiment proves the validity of this postulate. But we see the world in just one state. The puzzle of how we come to perceive one state (as seen at the classical level) out of the superposition of states (the simultaneous existence of all possible schemes and states, as predicted by quantum mechanics) is mind boggling. The bizarre antagonism between the classical and quantum mechanical aspects of reality is the question of the century. The ways the two hemispheres operate are as asymmetrical as the two modes of reality described above. While one hemisphere displays an imaginative, intuitive, random, and chaotic scheme, as predicted by quantum mechanics, the other one describes a concrete, detailed, and definite picture, similar to the classical world that we are familiar with. We know that left hemisphere perception is descriptive, based on the past experiences of the individual. Data received by the left brain is manipulated and altered and does not necessarily reflect the true nature of the received information. The left hemispheres view is just an interpretation and approximation of incoming data. Therefore, the concrete and logical classical level may be just a construct of our left brain. While this classical perception is very useful to us on a daily basis, keeping us from sinking into insanity, its validity is a matter of debate. One may even further speculate and offer a solution for the observer-and-measurement problem in quantum mechanical experiments. It is shown in related experiments that the observer (experimenter) changes the superposition of states to just one state. For example, a particle is known to spin around all possible axes simultaneously. In addition, it rotates clockwise and counterclockwise concurrently. This concept is very strange to us; it sounds illogical and impossible. However, quantum theory, the most precise knowledge obtained by human beings, confirms its validity. When the experimenter sends a photon as a probe to assess the particle, its spin, which was in superposition of many spins around all possible axes, is reduced to just one spin, just the one around the trajectory of the sent photon, and its superposed rotation is reduced to only one rotation, either clockwise or counterclockwise. How can an observer change the actual spin of a particle? Is it actually
126

changing, or is the observer just focusing on rotation around just one axis, the one in line with the trajectory of the photon he sent towards the particle? Is observer problem only a problem of focus and elimination of illogical data? Does the particle continue to rotate about any other possible axes throughout the experiment? If every experiment indicates that the universe is quantum mechanical at a fundamental level, is it fair to suppose that we are conditioned to construct the classical level of reality inside our awareness? Much of the research has shown that we do not see the elements that we are not focused on. This so-called in-attentional blindness can be the reason we fail to see other states and schemes of reality. We ignore and eliminate the schemes that do not fit. On the other hand, adults normally do not remember much about their memories before age three. In addition, few memories are retained from three to seven years of age. The phenomenon is called childhood amnesia.10 One of the explanations for childhood amnesia maintains that memories are formed but later become inaccessible as a result of cognitive changes. One may postulate that a newborn can see the superpositioned reality, before logical thinking and conditioning from parental and cultural influences gradually take this super-positioned reality out of focus. Is it fair to speculate that childhood amnesia is responsible for washing away the inappropriate and unacceptable memories of super-positioned universe? Or are those kinds of perceptions simply condemned and dismissed as childish thinking and fantasy? As mentioned above, in quantum mechanics, objects exist simultaneously in a superposition of different schemes and scenarios. For example, the consensus in physics is that matter exists in multiple states simultaneouslyboth wave and particle. The particle-like behavior is most evident when the experimenter measures the particle characteristics of it. In other words, when we look for particle characteristics of matter, we see a particle. When an observer measures the phenomenon, the wave-function will randomly "collapse" to a specific particle at some specific location. Even though the sense organs are stimulated by waves, when we look for these waves, all we see are particles. It therefore seems fair to speculate that that particle portion of matter is a construct of the left hemisphere. The behavior of young children in some situations resembles that of split-brain adults. an infant before age 4 months who has one arm restrained will not reach with the other arm across the midline to pick up a toy on the other side of the visual field . Evidently, in younger children, each hemisphere has too little access to information from the opposite hemisphere(16). The major link between right and left hemispheres, corpus callosum, matures gradually between 5 to 10 years of human life (Trevarthen 1974). The mature link can be considered the tool for dominancy of the left hemisphere as well. Adulthood may mean dominance of rational perceptions of the left hemisphere and suppression of holistic insights of right hemisphere. Reductionism Even if the left brain does a mere analysis of the parts without imposing its own prejudices or adding elements from its perceptual framework, its reductionist approach (dividing reality to components and assessing the parts to comprehend the whole) still cannot reveal actual reality. To further clarify the
127

differences between a blended reality (as suggested by quantum physics) and a divided picture (as is seen on the classical level), let us, by way of analogy, take the square of sum of two numbers and compare it with the total of each of them squared. ( X + Y )2 X2 + Y2 X2 + Y2 + 2xy X2 + Y2 It is clear that two sides are different. The left side has an extra 2xy. For small numbers the difference is small. However, as numbers get bigger, the difference grows larger. When we have more elements in the whole, the gap grows even further: ( X + Y + Z)2 X2 + Y2 + Z2 X2 + Y2 + Z2+2xy + 2xz +2zy X2 + Y2 + Z2 The left portion symbolizes a unified process in quantum mechanics, while the right portion represents the sum of parts in classical physics, presented by the left brain. The above show that the whole is different from the sum of the parts. In a universe where almost infinite factors are involved in any process, the difference is humongous. As an analogy just compare the joy of listening to music against listening to individual notes with no harmony, or even worse reading boring abstract notes in a music notebook. The analytic function of the left brain can not reveal the actual truth in its totality. Knowing the wavelength and magnitude of the color red does not divulge the experience of the color red. There is something more to the color red. The sum of the parts does not match the actual reality in biology either. By simply adding up different parts of an organism, you cannot create a live creature. That is why analytic science and mathematics, although valuable for our everyday cognition, cannot describe the whole picture.9 Looking outside the box and obtaining a broader view is necessary for the next step in the evolution of the human race. Perhaps we need to pay more attention to the scope of right brain. Wave-Only World It was claimed that our five senses are stimulated only by waves. But is the world made just from waves? It is quite probable that waves are the only thing that we can sense from the outside world after all. Waves may be the main building blocks of actual reality. Wave mechanics is a complete theory. It provides a complete description of a quantum system. However, it describes only the probability of events happening, as opposed to definite events or states. At least one physicist proposes that the waveparticle duality can be replaced by a "wave-only" view. Carver Mead analyzes the behavior of electrons and photons purely in terms of electron wave functions.12 Mead has cut the Gordian knot of quantum complementarity, in which particles alternatively demonstrate particle-like or wave-like properties. He claims that atoms, with their neutrons, protons, and electrons, are not particles at all but pure waves of matter. Mead refers to the evidence of the exclusively wave nature of both light and matter, obtained between 1933 and 1996. He assesses examples of purewave phenomena, such as the ubiquitous laser of CD players, the self-propagating electrical currents of superconductors, and the BoseEinstein condensate of atoms.11 In conclusion, the act of state reduction and the fact that we perceive only one definite scheme of reality could be due to the function of the left hemisphere. The system as we see it may be partly manufactured by

128

our brain. That is probably why we cannot separate the observer from the system. Objectification may be the product of thought pattern loops used by the brain's left hemisphere. Beliefs and Religions Finally, I would like to comment on the effect the left brainright brain dichotomy has on human spirituality. Previously, it was mentioned that left brain creates thought pattern loops. These loops are the framework of our thoughts and the origin of our beliefs. By creating these loops, the left brain controls the perceptions of right brain. It receives the observations of the right brain and analyzes them. It then interprets and normalizes them in a way we can comprehend and live with. One may say that left brain censors the incoming data, maintaining its dominancy. Spirituality in philosophy is often defined as the sense of connection and oneness with the whole of existence. The right brain senses the world as a whole. However the left hemisphere, through the above process, creates a logical mold for spiritual experiences as well. These molds are the basis of our religious beliefs. Religion is the loop that the left brain utilizes to tame the right brains spiritual perspectives. Out of our broad spiritual sensations, it extracts a humanlike god which lives somewhere in heavens in a spacelike setting. This god supposedly created the earth and heavens within a defined period of time. (Mind you, space and time are properties of the left brain.) God is thought to be logical and wise, creating the universe with a purpose. We are part of this purposeful and logical creation and are subject to judgments and subsequent verdicts. (Again, I would like to remind you that logic and judgment are constructs of the left brain). The left brain also separates the self from the whole. Therefore, it is subject to guilt. Then there is the perception that we are a very insignificant self against the enormous whole (God, in the left brains terms). To defend and preserve the self, the mind seeks to legitimize the self through practices like sacrifices, praying, and begging to buy the friendship of this very strong god, so that it stays in our side and do not turn against us. Spiritual ideologies and religions have been widespread among the human race from prehistory. The spiritual thought pattern loops inherited and engraved in our left mind mostly belongs to ancient times, when humans were primitive. Revisiting these beliefs with ones modern left mind reveals many of the shortcomings of ancient religions. Surprisingly, humans of twenty-first century still follow the same thought patterns. People with a very dominant left hemisphere subdue and demean pure spiritual experiences. The left portion of our personality questions the feeling of oneness with existence and casts doubts on sacrifices that we go through in order to help others. Conclusion As mentioned previously, the classical / quantum-level dichotomy is the puzzle of the century. Reality as we see it at the classical level is definite, concrete, and logical. Quantum physics, however, pictures a quite different reality, a multi-factual reality full of uncertainties and classically illogical and unacceptable features. The left-brain/right-brain dichotomy may provide the answer and suggest an acceptable solution for the puzzle. Above, I tried to speculate on a hypothesis and offer some clues. Once again, I have to mention that this is a simplification of the actual hemispheric functions. Brain physiology is a complex discipline that is still under ongoing investigation to uncover the mysteries of mind. Although this concept is in its infancy and lacks the graces of a fully developed theory, it has the potential to answer many of the major questions of the century, and therefore it deserves open discussion and debate.
129

Consciousness - A Fundamental Entity X x 0 =0 X/=0 While our five senses illustrate a tangible world around us, deeper in our mind we are living in a vast realm that goes beyond the objective world. This realm may not be palpable but we are very certain about its existence. It is the essence of our awareness. Here we are going to explore this realm that enfolds within our psyche. By using the word consciousness (1) I intend to go beyond the usual definition of the word as the cognition of an organism about itself and its environment. To me consciousness is the essence of our being. It is more than just a background for mind activities. Classical science cannot explain many fundamental properties of living things such as self replication, self repair, adaptation and so on. However modern science offers promising clues. Quantum Mechanics takes consciousness beyond just a tool for cognition. According to the Einsteins Special Relativity and Quantum Mechanics, The observer is participator in forming the objective reality. The concept will be further developed in this chapter, The Holonomic Brain, Quantum Mechanical Mind and Brain Lateralization theory chapters. Plato believed in duality and he described mind as a separate entity from body. Later on, Rene Descartes and his followers further developed this view. Aristotle and later on, Immanuel Kant, Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels in contrast, rejected duality. During the past centuries Aristotle's belief that mind is a product of brain function, has been more popular among scientific community. Mainly, because Aristotle's version was seen as more objective and yields itself to experimental scrutiny. However, it seems that recent findings and new theories are favoring a new approach. Santiago Theory of Cognition sees the consciousness as a process and body as the structure. Francisco Di Biase and Mrio Srgio F. Rocha from International Holistic University, Braslia claim; Consciousness conception as something essential, primary and irreducible is also found in the consciousness maps, obtained from thousands of psychotherapeutics reports and consistent and converging experiences, observed by several researchers of the medical and psychological areas. (Jung, 1959; Grof, 1985; Moody Jr., 1976; Ring, 1980; Sabom, 1982; Kubler-Ross, 1983; Weiss, 1996) Roger W. Sperry the Nobel Prize winner in physiology in his Nobel lecture remarks, Cognitive introspective psychology and related cognitive science can no longer be ignored experimentally, or written off as "a science of epiphenomena", nor either as something that must, in principle, reduce eventually to neurophysiology. The events of inner experience, as emergent properties of brain processes, become themselves explanatory causal constructs in their own right, interacting at their own level with their own laws and dynamics. The whole world of inner experience (the world of the humanities) long rejected by 20th century scientific materialism, thus becomes recognized and included within the domain of science.83 According to above psyche has to be considered a fundamental and irreducible portion of reality. However, the relation of psyche with the body and objective reality has been a matter of debate and scrutiny in philosophy and natural sciences for centuries.

130

New concepts such as relativity, quantum mechanics and brain lateralization theory, rewrite and take impasse to new horizons. The dichotomy between classical level / quantum level of reality, the dichotomy between right / left cerebral hemispheres perceptions(1), and alike open new domains for exploration and even offer possible solution for the old dilemma. Although, I am going to adopt a holistic approach in this model, I will further assume that we perceive the world in a dual and complementary existence, an objective tangible part and a subjective imaginary portion. Obviously these two aspects of the reality are entangled. In a sense, they are inseparable and create the reality as we know it. On this basis, my first conjecture is: Our individual conscience originated and fed by pure and unaltered data received through our sense organs. The brain Lateralization theory suggests that the left cerebral hemisphere manipulates the received data and somehow portrays the objective reality which is not necessarily correspond to actual reality out there in it's exact form. Assumption M1: our consciousness portrays a vast domain where objective reality is just a portion of it. Our awareness swings between a vast and holistic view and more limited and analytical objective domain. What is consciousness? "We know the meaning of consciousness so long as no one ask us to define it" William James 1892/1961 Defining consciousness is a dire task. A simple but incomplete answer is that it is an informational domain. We know that about 9,000,000,000 bits of data is processed in human brain every second. We are only aware of 2000 of it. In a guess work, we can divide the processed information as follows, 1. Conscious awareness 2000 bits 2. Subconscious Less than 1,000,000 3. Physiologic processes data (cellular, molecular etc...) Less than 1,000,000 4. Ancestral data (instinct) Less than 100,000,000 5. ? Transpersonal data Less than 1,000,000,000 What is the function of the other almost 8,000,000,000 bits of data being processed. Consciousness remains a mystery. Again, dualistic approach here is merely for the sake of argument. This assumption is not made to deny the holistic nature of reality. My personal conviction is that objective arena is a portion of subjective domain. Separating these as two different domains is not justified. In the following paragraphs I investigate the hypothesis further. Here again I will use the notion of the complex number system to substantiate the above conjecture. Complex Number System As mentioned previously, In mathematics real numbers alone are just one dimension of the field and in a more fundamental form these numbers are written as,

131

N =X + iy The new form illustrates the imaginary portion of the field as well. Assumption C1 indicates that every measurable element has an imaginary dimension to it and therefore one may interrelate it as existence of duality in the world. As mention before, complex numbers are the basis for the formalism of knowledge in depth. These numbers are defined as combination of two different entities. Pure real numbers occupy just a geometrical line (the X axis) which is therefore abstract and not real. Any visible entity has to have another dimension (imaginary dimension) and therefore has to be described with a complex number. Complex numbers are continuous and fill up the field, whereas, pure real numbers are abstract and discrete (unit circle). Real number mathematics is simplistic and can not genuinely represent physical reality. Consensus Reality The consensus reality (the portion of reality that is agreeable by all) is the basis for our empirical science. The foundation of consensus reality is objectivity and quantitative measurements (which is measured by real numbers). But Dr. Evan Walker 8 believes that upon measuring things by real numbers we are grossly reducing their value. Wave-lengths of a flower's color does not, relay the beauty or the scent of it; neither it expresses its sentimental value and/or the mission inherited in it to carry on the legend of flower bushes. In reality, the actual meaning of a rose is much, much more. One can write a whole book about it and the legend even does not end there. in addition, the true meaning of a rose differs for each person. A rose garden will raise different feelings and sentiment on each one of us. The hidden essence in an object is the basis for non-consensus reality. Non-consensus reality is the portion of reality that is not measurable and yields itself to selectiveness of individual perceptions. We call it qualitative portion. The qualitative dimensions of things are very vast and do not yield itself to quantitative measurements. This concept can be shown by using the Riemann Sphere. Riemann sphere is an extended complex plane which includes infinity. The Riemann Sphere can represent an entity where only one circle contains the pure quantitative nature of that object while there are infinite circles on the sphere representing the qualitative values of it as well. Please note that qualitative properties of objects are in informational domain. They are not tangible. Please note that consciousness also accommodates the imaginary portion of the existence. Therefore, the second assumption in this chapter is, Assumption M2: Reality has two intermingled faces, a consensus portion( tangible and measurable which yields itself to physical experimens) and a non-consensus portion ( imaginary, conscious-like, non-computable).

132

In the Brain Lateralization theory (Quantum Mechanical Brain) chapter the origin of the computable portion is explored further. Quantum Mechanics and Mind I have claimed that consciousness is a fundamental entity. Here we will review quantum mechanical experiments and principles to see lf the above claim can be verified. Quantum mechanics is the science originated by exploring the subatomic particles. Recent experiments reveals that its domain is extended to macro-scale (world in big scale) as well. It is believed that conscious observer has a determining role in quantum mechanical experiments. If quantum mechanics is experimentally verifiable in macro scales, then consciousness effect also have to be detectable in macrocosm. One of the main quantum mechanical experiments is Double Slit Experiment. Originally this was a thought experiment till A. Tonomura and his colleagues from Gakushuin University in Tokyo performed the experiment and since then it was repeated many times with the same result all over the world. The experiment consists of an electron emitting source, a barrier and a screen. The barrier has to slit where the electron can pass through and hit the second screen where detectors record electrons hitting spots. When electrons pass through slits they form an interference pattern on the second screen. This is quite interesting. Electrons are supposed to be particles. They are supposed to create two bands reflecting one trajectory from each slit. Interference pattern is made by waves. How can they produce interference pattern? The point that I want you to pay your attention to at this time is as follows: If we somehow detect and know which slit each single electron passed through, the pattern on second screen turns to two separate bands. Here electrons in our eyes act like particles. Our measurement or knowledge or focus about the electrons trajectory will change a physical phenomenon. How can this happen? This experiment clearly reveals the effect of our attention in changing the physical reality as we know it. Superposition of States By definition, super-position of states refers to a situation where an entity exhibits two or more, often contradictory, states at the same time. In quantum mechanics it is believed that a particle simultaneously exhibits every probable and even antagonistic state. This is just like a tossed coin showing head and tail at the same time. In our consciousness we are frequently exposed to superposition of states. For example, simultaneous presence of contradictory emotions (love and hate) and even unrelated topics are common experience within mind realm. In our mind we can accommodate simultaneously different possible outcomes of shooting towards the Schrodinger's cat (explained in Quantum Mechanics Chapter). Schrodingers cat analogy is a macro- scale example of what happening in quantum scale. If we shoot a bullet towards a cat trapped in a box, there are two possible outcomes. Either the bullet hits the cat and cat dies or it misses and cat escapes. But in Schrdingers Cat analogy, both outcomes exist simultaneously. That means inside the box the cat is dead and alive at the same time. The interesting point is when we open the box we just face one of the outcomes. Upon observation we see the cat either alive or dead. In tossed coin analogy, before observation head and tail are up simultaneously. Quantum theory posits that our observation and attention reduces the multi-state reality to just one state in macro-scale. What does the so-called objective reality
133

have to do with our observation? What is the role of our attention in shaping the objective reality that we perceive? The concept is explored further in the Brain Lateralization theory chapter. On the other hand, in our consciousness we can imagine and superimpose both outcomes in Schrodinger's cat analogy and then extract one of the probabilities. That is how we think, evaluate and make every day decisions. That is how cognition works as well. Our awareness contains many data and many unrelated or contradictive thoughts. Much more is embedded in our sub-conscious as well. Every second our brain processes 400 billion bits of data. In fact we are exposed to a chaotic informational domain deep in our subconscious. Each second only 2000 bits of data comes to our awareness. Somewhere in our consciousness we use our logic to come out of the chaos and what surfaces is in order and at classic level. We consciously normalize and raise and form only a definite and deterministic picture out of the chaos. The super-position of information in conscious realm mimics the superposition of particles properties in quantum physics. In quantum level all the possible states that a particle can have are exhibited simultaneously. The chaotic and frantic situation in quantum level is not even imaginable, so does fluctuation of thoughts in one's mind at deeper level. But what surfaces is a logical and ordered outcome in both domains. During his transpersonal psychological studies, Stanislav Grof have used different methods to put his subjects to altered state of consciousness and obtained interesting results. In altered state of consciousness logical limits of thoughts is being suppressed and deeper current of thoughts reveal themselves. What we perceive from macrocosm is a deterministic and ordered world. How does a chaotic quantum level produce the ordered classical physics is the question of the century. Coming out of the quantum frenzy to just one state is called state reduction or wave function collapse. State reduction is also called decoherence. It dissolves the superposition of states at quantum level and changes the super-position to only one objective state observed in the macro-world. One of the suggested solutions for arising a deterministic classical world out of the quantum frenzy is the fact that particles are not isolated from their environment. They are in constant interaction with other particles and photons. For example, cosmic rays can interact with particles in an object and reduce their states to one of the possible states. As a result we see objects in one state rather than in a chaotic and superposition conditions. However, the reduced state in classical level is logical and in order. Random and mechanical collision of particles and photons can not produce the logical and classical level of reality. On the other hand, super-position in mind domain is reduced to one state by the act of cognition. One may claim that super position of states in mind is occurring in an informational domain, whereas in quantum mechanics the superposition has materialistic origin. Therefore, we cannot fully equate the quantum mechanical state reduction to what happens in mind realm. Please note that superposition in quantum mechanics is happening in the gray area between virtual and objective world ( the micro scale level). In this model, the boundary of consciousness also is overlapped with objective reality in a gray area. Therefore one may reason that the two phenomena may be essentially the same. After all, at the end of process, we end up with just one status and superposition and chaotic situation is resolved. Maybe we are not dealing with two different domains, (informational and material). it is part of our original assumption that objective reality is but a portion of consciousness domain.

134

As a matter of fact we may use acts of cognition or conscious decision making as analogies to suggest a new pitch for the ontology of state reduction in quantum mechanics. We may further explain how the Newtonian classical world can rise from the disordered and frenzy quantum level using this same analogy. State Reduction In quantum mechanics the observer (experimenter) can change the outcome of the experiment (see quantum mechanics chapter). On the other hand,during mind activities, logical conclusion is responsible for delivering a definite cognition or decision out of the chaotic state of information or thoughts in mind domain. Through logic there emerge definite concepts and casual relationship between them out of the chaos. The late physicist and philosopher David Bohm describes the above concept Without the development of logical thinking, we would have no clear way to express the result of our thinking, and no way to check its validity. Thus, just as life as we know it would be impossible if quantum theory did not have classical limit, thought as we know it would be impossible unless we could express its results in logical terms. 75 State reduction is also called decoherence. It dissolves the superposition of states at quantum level and changes the super-position to only one objective state observed in the macro-world. One of the suggested solutions for arising a deterministic classical world out of the quantum frenzy is the fact that particles are not isolated from their environment. They are in constant interaction with other particles and photons. For example, cosmic rays can interact with particles in an object and reduce their states to one of the possible states. As a result we see objects in one state rather than in a chaotic and superposition conditions. However, the reduced state in classical level is logical and in order. Random and mechanical collision of particles and photons can not produce the logical and classical level of reality. On the other hand, super-position in mind domain is reduced to one state by the act of cognition. One may claim that super position of states in mind is occurring in an informational domain, whereas in quantum mechanics the superposition has materialistic origin. Therefore, we cannot fully equate the quantum mechanical state reduction to what happens in mind realm. Please note that superposition in quantum mechanics is happening in the gray area between virtual and objective world ( the micro scale level). In this model, the boundary of consciousness also is overlapped with objective reality in a gray area. Therefore one may reason that the two phenomena may be essentially the same. After all, at the end of process, we end up with just one status and superposition and chaotic situation is resolved. Maybe we are not dealing with two different domains, (informational and material). it is part of our original assumption that objective reality is but a portion of consciousness domain. As a matter of fact we may use acts of cognition or conscious decision making as analogies to suggest a new pitch for the ontology of state reduction in quantum mechanics. We may further explain how the Newtonian classical world can rise from the disordered and frenzy quantum level using this same analogy. Karl Pribram like many other researchers testifies the close similarities between consciousness domain and quantum mechanics. Many documents regarding the resemblance between quantum mechanics and the mind are accessible on the Internet or elsewhere. It is enough to say that the physiology of consciousness can be better described at sub-atomic level rather than at cellular or molecular levels. Majority of researches are focused at function of neurons (cellular level) during brain activities. Although this kind of approach satisfies the hasty need of studying physiology of nervous system at classical level, it
135

is a mechanical approach. This kind of approach leaves many characteristics of our awareness unexplained. Roger Sperry has written voluminously on his personal concept of mind and consciousness. In his view mind is one of a whole class of superior properties that emerge from material systems when they achieve a certain high level of organization.10 How does it emerge? Does it require certain physical structure to exhibit the essence of consciousness? Following the trajectory of evolution, we cannot claim that consciousness and cognition only belong to human race. They have had to evolve from the most primitive creatures cognition to the humans consciousness with the passage of time. It is astonishing that three apparently different topics (mind, astrophysics and quantum mechanics) are interlocking with each other like different pieces of the same puzzle. To me, they are different aspct of one reality. Singularity maybe the missing link. Previously I have speculated that mind, quantum world and astrophysics are interconnected and together they reveal reality in a deeper stage. Isnt it ironic that our power of creativity is initiated in our mind, and the formation of the universe is initiated in singularity? PEAR(Princeton engineering Anomalies Research) Project A 12-Year research program by R. G. Jahn, B. J. Dunne, R. D. Nelson, Y. H. Dobyns, and G. J. Bradish from Princeton School of Engineering and Applied Science, Princeton University, demonstrates the effect of mind over machine performance. The Project abstract is as follows: "Strong correlations between output ...... of a variety of random binary processes and pre-stated intentions of some 100 individual human operators have been established over a 12-year experimental program. More than 1000 experimental series, ..... show comparable magnitudes of anomalous mean shifts from chance expectation, with similar distribution structures. Although the absolute effect sizes are quite small, of the order of 10-4 bits deviation per bit processed, over the huge databases accumulated the composite effect exceeds 7s (p 3.5 10-13). These data display significant disparities between female and male operator performances"79 Interestingly, The distance or time are not factors in these results. "Data generated by operators far removed from the machines and exerting their efforts at times other than those of machine operation show similar effect sizes and structural details to those of the local, on-time experiments. Most other secondary parameters tested are found to have little effect on the scale and character of the results......"79 Random Number Generator77 Global Consciousness Project (Dean Radin: Global Consciousness Project) is another clear indication of the effect of consciousness in physical events. In this project a device is used that randomly can create zero or one in each test. If you perform the test say for thousand times, normally, the result should be half one and the other half zero. However if we ask individuals to sit in front of the number generator with the intention to produce more ones, the experiment shows that the percentage of intended number increases versus the unintended one (zero).

136

Interestingly, the experiment also shows that the collective attention and focus of people throughout the world inclines the result of the random number generator to the preferred side. The data is being collected from a global network of random event generators since August, 1998. The network has grown to about 65 host sites around the world and records a 200-bit trial sum once every second. on Most major events that created collective human's focus non-random performance of these number generators. Following is the result of the experiment during 9/11 attack. The above diagram indicates how the attention of millions of people to the event caused the random number generators to not perform randomly and incline towards one side. Roger Nelson, Princeton, NJ, USA claims that results are evidence that the physical world and our mental world are linked in ways that we don't yet understand. However by evaluating the results, they suggest that we are capable of conscious evolution. We make the world we live in, and if we work to do no harm, we can create a Planetary smile. This research is very interesting. For more detail please visit http://noosphere.princeton.edu/ Quantum Mind Still in doubt? I would like to refer you to a very interesting book, Quantum Mind, by Arnold Mindell a psychologist and physicist. Using scientific methods, he compares the mind function with quantum behavior, the mathematic field and astrophysical theories. He shows how closely they intermingle and mimic each other to create a whole system. Dr. Mindell demonstrates that the mathematics of quantum physics reveals the pattern behind psychological and spiritual methods of unfolding dream time. Francisco Di Biase and Mrio Srgio F. Rocha from International Holistic University, Braslia, the authors of Information, Self-Organization, and Consciousness: Towards a Holo-informational Theory of Consciousness claims: Our universe structured as a quantum holo-informational non-local field full of quantum potential with meaning, is an intelligent (informed) universe functioning like a mind, as Sir James Jeans already had observed.20 This holographic organization is what the late physicist David Bohm calls implicate order. His model includes, space and time in its structure as an enfolded dimension. Functioning in this holograph mode, our brain can, mathematically builds the objective reality interpreting frequencies originally from another dimension, from a fundamental order, a holo-informational field located beyond time and space.20 Our mind is a subsystem of a universal hologram, accessing and interpreting this holographic universe. We are; interactive resonant and harmonic systems with this unbroken self-organizing wholeness. We are this holo-informational field of consciousness, and not observers external to it. The external observer's perspective made us loose the sense and the feeling of unity or supreme identity; generating the immense difficulties we have in understanding that we are one with the whole and not part of it.20

137

It is a novelty that the perceived world in our consciousness is in a macroscopic quantum state. By paying attention to our consciousness mechanism we can feel familiarity an comprehend the strange world of quantum physics. The world that many like Arkady Plotnitsky from Purdue University considers unthinkable and unknownable75. We will further discuss this issue in holographic theory chapter. In addition the Quantum Mechanical Mind chapter of this model elaborates further into the topic. Entropy The second law of thermodynamics tells us that the entropy always increases in any isolated system (see figure on left panel). This simply means that if a system is left to itself, its temperature moves to equilibrium. In another words, its energy distribution will move towards equilibrium thus it will move towards maximum disorder. A homogenous and coherent energy field has maximum disorder. On the contrary, a structure is ordered. If universe is isolated, it has to be a homogenous shapeless entity. However, We see structures all around us. Where do they come from? Structures that we see are surrounded in an environment. We need to consider the the structure and its environment as one system. Then the entropy law holds for the entire system. structuring happens at the expense of increased entropy in environment so that the total entropy of the system is positive. These kind of systems are called x systems (see the diagram below). One of the characteristics of living things is that they constantly get organized and evolve to more orderly structures. This leads us to the conclusion that living organisms cannot be studied as an isolated system either. Although they are a domain with negentropy (negative entropy), the whole system( the organism and its environment) follow the second law of thermodynamics. we need to study them as one system (include the environment as well). The same is true for consciousness. Our awareness constantly evolves and gets more structured. This however, cannot overrule the entropy principle. We have to conclude that consciousness cannot be a closed systems. Increased informational organization in our awareness has to be at the expense of increased informational entropy in its environment. Please note that an orderly structure not only implies departure from least energy state but also requires information reduction from a coherent and invariant informational field. Then we have to conclude that there is an informational field out there for information trade. Brain cannot be a closed system. A disconnected person faces serious pathologies. A closed brain is a dead brain. Many non-classical theories of consciousness like Dissipative Quantum Brain Theory are based on the assumption that consciousness and its environment coexist as a dissipative system.This assumed informational field can be the so-called universal consciousness or in this model the singularity.

138

Transpersonal Psychology Currently, many interesting researches are being done to investigate the nature of consciousness. Transnspersonal psychology is one of the fascinating ones. It is an extension of the humanistic psychology dealing with a common consciousness that extends beyond ones ego boundaries and expands to other individuals awareness. It even considers this awareness to be shared amongst other living things. This common consciousness is not limited by time or space. Here I will compare the similarities between the proposed singularity with the assumptions in transpersonal psychology. William James, Sigmund Freud, Carl Jung, Abraham Maslow, and Roberto Assagioli are among the psychologists who have set the stage for transpersonal studies. However one of the prominent researchers, Stanislav Grof, has carried out decades of clinical studies pertaining to transpersonal psychology. He is a clinical psychiatrist and has held different academic senior positions in John Hopkins University, Maryland Psychiatric Research Center, California Institute of Integral Studies, etc. During his studies of more than 3000 volunteers, he has induced altered states of consciousness by administering medicines such as LSD and by the use of methods like hypnosis, relaxation, meditation, holotropic breathing etc. Many of the volunteers have been psychologists or psychology students themselves. He describes his findings as being in line with the existence of a Universal mind and Supercosmic and Metacosmic void 61 In his book, Psychology of the Future, Grof classifies the transpersonal experiences of his subjects as follows: A) Violation of spatial boundaries; in these experiences subjects reported the feeling of oneness with other people, animals, plant, and with all of existence. There was also a sense of identification with the entire universe. Interestingly, these properties of mind in his studies mimic the non-local characteristic of the proposed singularity (Assertion S2 in previous chapter). B) Violation of time boundaries; While most of the subjects had no or limited knowledge about some specific events in the past, they reported accurate envisions of these events that might be ancestral, racial or even related to planetary evolution and cosmological events (in line withAssertion S3). Interestingly, in an experiment, David Eagleman from University of Texas showed that some mind altering drugs like LSD and cocaine distort the time limitations for subjects. They either dilate the time or shrink it depending on the drug used. C) Violation of information Boundaries; the subjects reported detailed conceptualization of their organ or body tissues, cells, DNA even the atoms and subatomic particles. Much of this information reported was not prior knowledge to the subjects in their normal state of consciousness. This portion of Grofs findings, concerning the mind, are also consistent with this model, specifically with Assertion S5 in the previous chapter where infinite information is allotted to the proposed singularity. Furthermore, Grof mentions experiences beyond space-time, consensus reality and the ones that he calls psychoid nature. He concludes: The ultimate of all experiences appears to be identification with Supercosmic and Metacosmic void, the mysterious and emptiness and nothingness that is conscious of itself and is the ultimate cradle of all existence. 61
139

How much better the proposed singularity could be defined. As stated above, Grofs clinical experiences relate the consciousness to a void or as he calls it nothingness. Grof also reports that under an altered state of consciousness, his subjects expressed conscious identification with animals, plants and even inorganic materials. Similarly, many pre-industrial cultures believe that not only the animals, but also the plants, rivers, the mountain, the sun, the moon and the stars appear to be conscious beings.61 This is also in line with theAssertion C1 in the complex number chapter which implies that any computable has an accompanying imaginary dimension. Abraham Maslov, The well known psychologist and educator called mystical episodes reported by his patients peak experiences. Rather than dismiss such episodes as abnormal, he suggests considering them supra-normal. His experiences show that these events normally lead to "self actualization" and psychological improvement of patients. Psychiatrist Walter Planke, describes peak experiences as the state of mind that engenders feelings of: unity in the universe ( in line with the assumption that the proposed singularity is a uniting medium). strong positive emotion (obtaining energy and insight) disappearance of time and space( in line with assertions S2 & S3 in the singularity chapter.) Grof describes his version of peak experiences, which he calls experience of the Supracosmic Void, as a state where it has no specific content, but contains everything in potential form.61This is an assumed character which we attributed to singularity (absence of matter and presence of infinite information (Assertions S1 & S5). This also resembles superposition of states in quantum mechanics( Quantum Mechanics chapter). Transpersonal psychology defies the notion that mind is the product of brain function, rather it considers mind as a universal and extended entity. Collective Consciousness Carl Jung's collective consciousness also assigns a border-less entity to mind. Jung the father of modern psychology states that in deeper level of consciousness, we are aware of our past generation's endeavors during human history. He believed that in general sense there is a common awareness in between living things. His idea later developed to Transpersonal Psychology by Abraham Maslow, Roger Welsh, Stanislav Grof and others. The educator Robert Hutchins, points out that transpersonal psychology is the future norm of psychology. He believes our personality is the crust or skin covering our transpersonal essence. He further remarks, transpersonal psychology emerges out of personal psychology, as a result of the individual growth and maturation. He also believes that transpersonal psychology asserts that spiritual and mystical experiences and the perspectives that derive from them are valid approaches to reality and can be studied scientifically. Here we have to distinguish between pure spiritual experiences with altered image of them which is promoted by established religious institutions. In the brain lateralization theory chapter we will discuss how pure perceptions of the right cerebral hemisphere is normally suppressed, altered and rationalized by left hemisphere before they come to our attention. Consciousness, a Separate Essence During past centuries, we have obtained a very detailed map of the brains anatomy. we have explored and found neurophysiology and biochemistry of different functions of the brain and how the brain works at
140

cellular and molecular levels. However, none of these can prove that mind is a product of our nervous system. It seems that the essence of awareness is flourishing from deeper levels. My conjecture is that consciousness is a separate entity altogether. One might ask, if mind is a separate essence from body, how come animals with more complex nervous systems manifest more advanced consciousness. Shouldn't all animals exhibit the same complex mind? To find an answer for the above question we can look at motion and moving organs as an analogy. Moving organs help us to relocate. With better and more complex systems, organisms can move better or faster. However the moving organs of an animal dont produce the notion of movement. With these organs animals merely adopt motion. Similarly, we may assume that brain does not produce consciousness. It adopts the notion of awareness. The mind performance of a more complex brain will be superior to a less developed brain just as the motion of species with a more developed musculo-skeletal system will be superior to that of less developed species. Thus we may conclude that our brain is an organ which is actually adopting the consciousness not producing it. Consciousness is not merely an essence that we have internal realization about it. It is a main portion of reality. In quantum mechanics chapter we will explore the rule of consciousness in forming the reality further. Underneath, I will try to show that the rules of classical science do not apply to consciousness. I will further suggest that in order to study mind we need to use quantum mechanics. Let us study five fundamental elements of the universe in three different domains, classical, consciousness and subatomic particle levels. Space In classical level space is local and regular. In addition, to go from A to B we need to follow a specific path. Mind and Space After a while of sitting in your chair and reading these lines, maybe you are tired and thinking of a break. Perhaps your mind flies elsewhere, for example, to the kitchen. You may probably thinking about the coffee maker. Or perhaps your mind is with your loved one, which maybe at work or at school, at a distance. Without traveling in space and following a specific path you can meet your loved one within your awareness. If you are fascinated with astronomy, at times your mind can be two billion light years away. Where is our awareness? Can you show me a location for it? Can you give me a size for it? Is there a certain path that our mind has to travel to reach to a remote place? May I suggest that the space in consciousness realm is non-local and blurry? One can argue that when we are thinking about remote places, we are not actually in those places, but we use bits and pieces of memories and information to create virtual locations. Nevertheless, the fact that our mind bypasses spatial distances in its domain sets an example for a non-local entity. Anatomically, there is no specific location in central nervous system, that is designated as the center of consciousness either. If we dissect a brain we just see combination of different tissues. We can not detect any sign of psyche in the specimen. Later on we review how the Holonomic Brain Theory suggests that information in the brain is stored in frequency domain rather than in an anatomical location inside the brain. In a sense space as such can not be found in the mind domain.

141

Assertion M3: Mind realm is not bounded to locality. Ein Ajabtar ke mano tou be yeki konj inja Ham, dar in dam be Araghimo Khorasan mano tou It is most surprising that we are at this corner At the same time we are in Iraq (west) and Khorasan (east) Jalaluddin Rumi 13th Century Persian poet and philosopher Chris Clarke says: Mind is inherently non-local. On the other hand, the world is governed by a quantum physics that is inherently non-local. This is no accident, but a precise correspondence. Mind and quantum operator algebras are the enjoyed and contemplated aspects of the same thing. 9 Mind you that non locality is also a feature of particles in quantum mechanics. to appear in different locations in its orbit around the nucleolus an electron does not follow a trajectory either. It just appears and disappears. The space for electron is irregular as well. Quantum entanglement is another feature that displays non-locality. Time In classical level of reality time just moves in one direction. it moves form the past to the future. In addition it took time to reach to today and we have to wait for tomorrow to come. Besides, time is defined as sequence of events in space. Mind and Time In our fantasies, we can travel to yesterday, predict events of next week, go back to ancient times, and even travel to the time of the Big Bang. Time in our mind is not one way. On the other hand, our mind does not have to wait for the passage of time to finish its journey to remote points in time or to time travel. It seems our mind dwells in any time or no time. May I suggest that notion of time, as we know it from classical mechanics, is not applicable to our mind? It seems that mind is not time bounded. Passage of time in mind is noticed as accumulation of memory storage. I know that the morning is passed because I had my breakfast before. I know the work day is over because I have accumulated eight hours worth of memory related to the work day. Assertion M4: Mind is not time bounded. Time in quantum mechanics mimics the time in our mind because particles can travel in both time directions (Feynman diagrams). Quantum entanglement also dims the notion of time. One of the new theories, Quantum Brain Dynamics, hypothesizes that states that give rise to the world we perceive are macroscopic quantum states75. In quantum mechanics, time is still described by consecution of events that are happening in space. This is similar to classical physics definition of time. However, in the mind domain, time travel does not follow the sequence of local events. It is sudden and does not follow a trajectory.

142

Matter Matter in classical level is tangible, occupies space and has inertia. Inertia simply means that we have to use force in order to move or change the direction of the movement of an object. Mind and Matter Matter does not exist in our awareness but its image does. Let us make an imaginary world, a simulation of a daydream. Suppose you heard on TV that this week's Lottery grand prize is twenty million dollars. You are sitting in your armchair, having your coffee and thinking what you would do if you win the lottery. Of course, at first you would think of paying off your mortgage or car loan and other debts. Then you would start thinking about more exotic things that you could do with that money, like buying a Mercedes Coup, or a mansion with a 50 feet long pool, a tennis court, at least 6 bed rooms. You would also dream for a very large master bedroom with an on-suite bathroom containing whirlpool, sauna, steam room and any other facility that you may think of. Suppose you are not married yet, you would dream about marrying your ideal spouse and you picture yourself having a very happy life with children in the mansion. Yet, all of the sudden the alarm clock rings. You have to stop dreaming. Where is that world that you created? Can you pick up a yardstick and actually measure the size of that pool or the land or master bedroom. Show me those children that you were playing with in the backyard. When was, is or will be the date of your wedding? Where is the location of your dream? Doesn't your dream mimic the proposed singularity in the sense that it can contain any image but lacks material objects. Which one is primary, the dream or the actual mansion? Isn't it true that dream is the origin of our creativity? Maybe you will stop and buy a lottery ticket in your way to work? While images of matter are all over our minds, no tangible matter could be found in the whole process. Matter in our consciousness is virtual and non-local. In addition, in my mind domain, I can move a huge object even as big as a planet without using force and energy . Image does not possess inertia. What is an image? is It merely bits and pieces of information gathered together? Assertion M5: Mind does not contain the actual material world. But it can embrace an image of it. On the other hand, subatomic particles are mass-less and point particles. They are geometric points therefore they do not occupy space and do not possess mass thus they dont hold inertia. The origin of mass is obscure at this time. In quantum level the matter and energy is equivocal. As you can see the fundamental elements of the universe in mind domain behave very similar to the laws of subatomic arena. Energy Energy in classical mechanics is limited and conserved. Mind and Energy In my consciousness I can move a huge object even a planet and still have much more energy to do everything else that my heart desire. It seems that the energy in my mind is infinite. A dreamer can create a vast virtual universe without being worried about fuel supply. There is no energy constraint. Our consciousness is not even bounded to conservation law.

143

Assertion M6: Mind possess infinite amount of energy in its own domain and is the source of motivation, creation . Although in subatomic arena the energy is finite it is immense. In the Hydrogen atom with the size of 1023 cm, the amount of energy is trillion times the energy equivalent of mass in the whole universe. besides, there is unlimited credit available in the form of virtual particles. Information Information in macrocosm is limited. it is in order and logical. Mind and Information Mind is the information domain of our body. Information is received, restored, processed and analyzed regularly. According to Carl Jung our awareness also contains more subtle information in a place he calls collective consciousness. According to him, our mind has information restored from generations before and through the history of mankind. He also includes information from our ancestor mammals all the way to the first protozoa's and beyond as part of information which is stored in our mind realm. In addition, our awareness contains the information about every probable state of physical reality and beyond, amount of its information is colossal, comparing to reduced information in the outside world. So we may conclude that information in consciousness domain is much more sizable than objective, physical world. On the other hand, the paradigm in our consciousness is for the most part chaotic, irregular and illogical. Assertion M7: Mind is a vast informational domain. However, just a small portion of it is clear-cut and regular. Just that small portion mimics the information in physical reality in macrocosm. The information in quantum mechanics is similarly vast and chaotic. It is believed that Planck distance that is the smallest size that can be considered space contains the whole data since the big bang. In conclusion, consciousness domain is obviously very different from physical reality in macrocosm. However, its behavior is very similar to the laws of the quantum level of reality and to a large degree it mimics the characteristics of the proposed singularity. Much effort has been done to describe consciousness within the framework of classical science. But because of the similarities quantum physics is a better choice. It seems that we cannot study and explain consciousness at cellular or molecular levels. We have to look at particle level and within quantum mechanical context to understand consciousness. Memory Memory is not time bounded or does not occupy any spatial dimension. However, it contains information of the material world. In our mind, events are not attached to the past. We can recall the events of the past to present time. Almost everything that passes through our consciousness is registered in memory. Besides, registered memories are always accessible. Finally, memories can be recalled and they reappear in mental domain at our will. For this to happen we need enormous data storage capacity . Data is also protected from overwritting75. In addition, memory exhibits the interesting self-organizing feature. As such it mimics the dissipative system described above.

144

No specific location can be defined as a house for our mind in the central nervous system. There are different speculation about recorded memories in the brain. New theories like Quantum Field model of Brain75 consider memory as a non local phenomena. George Franck from Technische Universitat, Wien, Austria writes: According to Quantum Brain Dynamics, memory is printed to Vacuum75 Here, vacuum is not the classical vacuum (empty space), it is quantum vacuum which means absolute void. Alternatively, the Holonomic Brain theory suggests that our memory is restored as spectral frequency not as local data19. In addition it proposes that Consciousness has a spectral nature. I would prefer to stop here and leave you with the fact that our mind does not follow the classical laws of our space-time universe; rather it mimics features of quantum physics. In addition, while concentrating on the behavior of the mind, we can feel a sense of familiarity and acquaintance with the proposed singularity. Founder of quantum physics, Neils Bohr suggests that brain mechanism is so sensitive and delicately balanced that it must be described in an essentially quantum mechanical way75. Later studies seems to strongly support this conviction. Mind realm is governed by very different set of laws than classical physics, its behavior mimics some of the very strange quantum mechanical principles. Consciousness, a Non-Computable Domain Any element in objective world is discrete and computable. But in mind realm ingredients are continuous and non-computable. As Roger Penrose states: Non-computability in some aspects of consciousness and, specifically, in mathematical understanding, strongly suggests that non-computability should be a feature of all consciousness 5 He then wonders: How one goes from computable discrete system (physical world) to a continuous system (mind) 5 My suggestion is outlined in the quantum mind chapter. quantum physics is in many occasions undeteministic and therefore non-computable and quantum field theory should be able to describe mind. To develop the concept further, one can claim that every concrete noun (like apple, planet, body, etc.) is quantitative and therefore falls in the category of our space-time understanding. Obviously for concrete objects we need space and are time to accommodate them. On the other hand any abstract noun (like wisdom, hate or joy etc.) is non-computable and therefore belongs to broader consciousness realm and singularity in my interpretation. Roger Penrose proclaims: If there indeed exists some sort of contact with Platonic absolutes which our awareness enable us to achieve, and which cannot be explained in terms of computational behavior, then that seems to me to be an important issue5 In this view, the main building blocks of our classical world, space, time and matter, all have unbreakable basic units and beyond these limits they fail to exist. Therefore, I conclude that the objective world is a computable entity.
145

Since mathematics contains non-computable entities like zero and infinity, we should open our mind to a non-computable aspect for the world as well. This leads us to a kind of duality in existence. However, we know that computables and non-computables intermingle with each other and are not separable. The apple and its essence display one entity. Spirituality Spirituality is an internal realization that remains the orphan of science. One of the reasons that scientists distance themselves from investigating the subject is its lack of objectivity. Classical science mainly deals with objective issues. In the absence of scientific scrutiny, faith is the main source where people can return to. However, religion cannot offer satisfactory answers. As a matter of fact, old fashioned faiths derail pure spiritual sentiments and constantly create chaos and disasters at family, society, regional and global levels. In brain lateralization chapter the origin of spirituality is explored. In my view religions are a fabrication of left cerebral hemisphere to tame the pure spiritual sensations. Realizing, the shortcomings of religions many people have turned to mystics where still lack an acceptable remedy. At the dawn of twenty first century, it is an urgent task for scientific community to address spirituality and provide rational clarification for this main topic of human race. Fortunately, new scientific findings are pointing to solutions for the dilemma. By liberation from mere objectivity and departing from classical science, the twenty first century science is opening the scope. Now, spirituality can be studied in a completely new frame. Summary About theory of everything Roger Penrose states: ...there could easily be a non-computational nature in the correct theory, if we ever find it5. Above, I have examined how space, time and matter universe, occupy just a portion of mind realm. This rational universe in consciousness is mixed with an ocean of irrational images and envisions. I have also shown how the mind is a source of energy and information, which mimics the characteristics of the proposed singularity, therefore enabling us to the bold assumption that individual minds maybe the extension of the singularity. I also have covered the studies which reveal close connections between mind and quantum mechanics. The concept is further developed in quantum mind chapter. One of the objectives of this text is to suggest consciousness as a fundamental entity and our only tool to explore reality. Studying the perception delivered by it is essential to comprehend macrocosm and microcosm (the world in large and small scales). On the other hand, the way that consciousness affects the reality at quantum level is a great mystery. In wave-particle and brain lateralization chapters I will suggest possible solutions for the puzzle.

146

Holonomic Brain Theory Different experiments have shown that memory is not lost when the brain is sliced in different directions. This defies the assumption of memory storage in any specific part of the brain and its transfer through neuronal networks to other parts. On the other hand, when bio electric waves are stopped using electric shock the memory remains intact after recovery. These facts suggest that memories are not wired within neuronal nets, but are diffused in the brain (Schmitt 1966).The Hebbian Synapse theory is one explanation for non local storage of memories. The Holographic Theory of Mind is another one that can offer explanations for the non-locality of memory storage in the brain .Therefore, it is important for us to investigate it. Holography In 1947, Dennis Gabor discovered the original optical holography. He showed that the information pattern of a three-dimensional (3-D) object can be encoded in a beam of light. Later on, the discovery of the laser helped put the idea into experiment. A hologram is a three- dimensional photograph made with the aid of a laser. To make a hologram, the object to be photographed is first bathed in the light of a laser beam. Then a second laser beam is bounced off the reflected light of the first and the resulting interference pattern (the area where the two laser beams commingle) is captured on film. When the film is developed, it looks like a meaningless swirl of light and dark lines. But as soon as the developed film is illuminated by another laser beam, a three-dimensional image of the original object appears.58 The feature of a holographic film which is of interest to us is the non-locality of its image. If we cut the film in smaller pieces every piece has the whole information of the original image so each illuminated piece still shows us the whole image. Twentieth Century physicist David Bohm believed that the reason subatomic particles are entangled, even though they are far apart from each other, is because: At some deeper level of reality such particles are not individual entities, but are actually extensions of the same fundamental something.5 He considered this something a super-hologram that contains the information about past, present, and future and also includes the spatial data. In my model, I have assumed that this something is in a way the same singularity that has started the universe . According to Louis de Broglie the French Physicist and Nobel Prize winner, any particle or object has an associated wave motion. We also assume in the Particle-Wave Function chapter that every particle during its wave cycles enters and exits singularity. That is how interconnection and entanglement is achieved. One can say that the image of singularity that I am trying to draw above is an extended version of holographic theory. Fourier Transform Let us look at the light and its data-transferring ability. When the sun-light reflects at a distant mountain, all the information is restored in a beam of light, which is heading towards us. To a certain extent, it does not

147

matter how narrow you choose that beam of light, when we conjugate the information by using the lens of a camera, we still get the whole picture of the actual mountain. Moreover, depending to the strength of your lens, you could recover the information about surface texture even at microscopic scale of each point in the mountain. If we had a stronger device we could even extract the atomic or even subatomic structure information of every miniscule of the distant mountain. If you think about it, this is a lot of information for a tiny beam of light to carry. The Bekenstein-bound, put a limit to amount of information that we can get from a screen with a limited area. The number of bits of information available will be less than one quarter of the area of the screen in Planck units. Nevertheless, it is still tremendous amount of information. Let us see how this happens? How do we recognize a spatial object, which is located say about 20 km away from us? You will say the light hit the mountain and part of it reflects and travels to our location. A part of the beam of light passes through our eye lenses and hit the retina. From there the action potential transfers the information to our brain and somehow our brain interprets it. In this way, we come to realize that there is a mountain twenty kilometer away. Let us investigate it further. Originally, the beam of sunlight was just carrying the information about surface of the sun. After it hits the distant mountain, it takes the bulk of information from our spatial object and includes it in the light wave. Somehow at the end these information is transformed and translated to the image in our brain. Underneath I use Dr. Jeff Prideauxs interesting description of holography. The act of converting spatial forms to frequency domain is determined by Fourier transform formula. The Fourier transform (and inverse Fourier transform) consists of convolution integrals, which mathematically smear or de-smear the information. For continuous functions, the Fourier transform and inverse Fourier transform are as follows (transformation between the time and frequency domain): The Fourier transform also has meaning between a spatial domain (for instance the position in two dimensional-space) and spatial frequency. Mathematically, the two-dimensional spatial Fourier transform is: And the inverse transform is: Where x and y are spatial coordinates and a and b are horizontal and vertical frequencies. 19 When we put a lens and screen in front of a beam of light we change the frequency nature of information and convert it to a spatial image. Here we are doing the inverse Fourier transform. Please note that the light is electromagnetic wave. This is exactly the same concept that I am trying to convey about singularity. The proposed singularity contains information and can accommodate the information of four-dimension space just like the beam of light, that accommodate the information of an object. Non-Locality it takes a lot of time and effort to climb and reach the peak of the mountain by foot. If we use a helicopter, it takes less amount of time. Even if we travel with light speed, it still takes few fractions of second to go from
148

the foot of the mountain to the peak. However, there is no distance between the foot and the peak in our beam of light. One can choose smaller and smaller diameter beams and still get the information of far apart points in it (Note # 1). In a beam of light, all of the sudden there is no locality and everything will fall on top of each other. So we face non-locality in frequency domain. A lens helps us to diffract the information from the beam of light and the screen assists to extract the information. A lens and a screen apparatus perform the inverse Fourier transform and convert frequency information to spatial information, that we can observe. Hologram demonstrates the non-locality of information in spectral phase. In 1993 the famous Dutch theoretical physicist G.t Hooft put forward a bold proposal. This proposal, which is known as the Holographic Principle, consists of two basic assertions: Assertion 1: The first assertion of the Holographic Principle is that all of the information contained in some region of space can be represented as a `Hologram' - a theory that `lives' on the boundary of that region. For example, if the region of space in question is a Coffee shop, then the holographic principle asserts that all of the physics, which takes place in the coffee shop, can be represented by a theory, which is defined on the walls of the Tearoom. Assertion 2: The second assertion of the Holographic Principle is that the theory on the boundary of the region of space in question should contain at most one degree of freedom per Planck area.18 Before, I have assumed that the information in space-time, in its entirely, is reflected and registered in singularity. To make it objective, Holographic theorists convert the whole ordeal to spatial form again but with one dimension less and present it to us. On the context of the proposed model, we can ignore the inverse Fourier transform and imagine that information remains in spectral state while in singularity. We do not have to pass to spatial phase (do not have to conjugate) and look at the shadow in the wall to realize that information is out there. Or we may do that for objectivity reasons, but at least we'd better appreciate and recognize the spectral state of the information. This is similar to mind function. According to holographic brain Theory, information remains at spectral form in the brain. That is what I am trying to convey about the singularity as well. In holography, we stay in the spatial boundaries, to demonstrate the experiment. In this model however, I surpass all spatial dimensions and introduce a geometrical point to accommodate information. We have enough information to dare passing the spatial boundaries. Our imagination can help us building theories and present them for speculation and investigation. Meantime if we establish a sound theory for mind function, we can utilize mind activities as analogy to explore beyond finite world. Holographic theory, says that all the information can be present in space with one-dimension less. M theorist (representing different Super String theories) found out that the answer of major paradoxes could not be found in our 4dimension space-time. To find solutions they had to look out of 4-dimensional space. My question is why did they have to travel to assumed spaces with different dimensions to create a basis to solve the paradoxes? Why couldn't we untie and free ourselves from space boundaries? We know from the Einsteins Special Theory of Relativity that time and space are not absolute. At this point, let me add this beautiful piece from the University of Cambridge DAMTP web page.18

149

Holography through the Ages To them, I said, the truth would be literally nothing but the shadows of the images. Plato, The Republic (Book VII) Plato, the great Greek philosopher, wrote a series of Dialogues, which summarized many of the things, which he had learned from his teacher, who was the philosopher Socrates. One of the most famous of these Dialogues is the Allegory of the Cave. In this allegory, people are chained in a cave so that they can only see the shadows, which are cast on the walls of the cave by a fire. To these people, the shadows represent the totality of their existence - it is impossible for them to imagine a reality, which consists of anything other than the fuzzy shadows on the wall. However, some prisoners may escape from the cave; they may go out into the light of the sun and behold true reality. When they try to go back into the cave and tell the other captives the truth, they are mocked as madmen. Of course, to Plato this story was just meant to symbolize mankind's struggle to reach enlightenment and understanding through reasoning and open-mindedness. We are all initially prisoners and the tangible world is our cave. Just as some prisoners may escape out into the sun, so may some people amass knowledge and ascend into the light of true reality. What is equally interesting is the literal interpretation of Plato's tale: The idea that reality could be represented completely as `shadows' on the walls.18 Holonomic Brain Numerous studies in neuro-physiology suggest that memories in the brain are not stored in a specific location; rather, they are dispersed over the entire brain. The conventional view is that the brain is a computational device. There is a growing body of literature, though, that shows there are severe limitations to computation (Penrose, 1994; Rosen, 1991; Kampis, 1991; Pattee, 1995). For instance, Dr. Jeff Paradeoux writes: Penrose uses a variation of the "halting problem" to show that the mind cannot be an algorithmic process. Rosen argues that computation (or simulation) is an inaccurate representation of the natural causes that are in place in nature. Kampis shows that the informational content of an algorithmic process is fixed at the beginning and no "new" information can be brought forward. Pattee argues that the complete separation of initial conditions and equations of motion necessary in a computation may only be a special case in nature. Pattee argues that systems that can make their own measuring devices can affect what they see and have semantic closure. 19 Experiments show that selective damage to certain area of brain tissue will not erase the specific related memories. It further suggests that memories are restored as frequency. The experiment performed by Bernstein is worth mentioning. Here is a summary of his experiment and the follow up work by Karl Pribram, Professor Emeritus at Stanford University and his associate: Bernstein dressed people in black leotards and had them perform simple tasks such as running or hammering nails against a black background. The leotard had been decorated with white dots over each joint. Bernstein took cinematographic films of these activities. On his films he therefore had a record of the movements of the dots, which described a series of waveforms. When he analyzed the records according to a Fourier procedure he was able to accurately predict the next movement in the sequence.What we needed
150

was direct proof that cells in the motor cortex were responsive to wave forms. So Amad Sharafat, an engineering student, and I devised an apparatus, which moved a cats paw up and down at different frequencies. We recorded from motor cortical cells and found many that were tuned to the frequencies with which the paw was moved. 57 He then explains: What the data suggest is that there exists in the cortex, a multidimensional holographic-like process serving as an attractor or set point toward which muscular contractions operate to achieve a specified environmental result. The specification has to be based on prior experience (of the species or the individual) and stored in holographic-like form. Activation of the store involves patterns of muscular contractions (guided by basal ganglia, cerebellar, brain stem and spinal cord) whose sequential operations need only to satisfy the 'target' encoded in the image of achievement 57 If the muscle response has a wave pattern the message received has to have a wave pattern as well. Maybe it is allowable also to assume that the original messenger has also a wave-like (spectral) nature. When, in 1960, Karl Pribram encountered the concept of holography, he used the concept to explain memory storage in the brain. After all, the capacity of the human brain to store and process information far exceeds the capacity of a spatially bound nervous system. He therefore concluded that the information must exist in a spectral form. He also considered the brain a hologram. It has been found that each of our senses is sensitive to a much broader range of frequencies than was previously suspected. Researchers have discovered, for instance, that our visual systems are sensitive to sound frequencies, that our sense of smell is in part dependent on what are now called osmic frequencies, and that even the cells in our bodies are sensitive to a broad range of frequencies. Such findings suggest that it is only in the holographic domain of consciousness that such frequencies are sorted out and divided up into conventional perceptions. 58 Using Holonomic Brain Theory to explain telepathy and other para-psychologic phenomena, Stanislav Grof a known educator and experimental psychiatrist and founder of Transpersonal Psychology says: If the mind is actually part of a continuum, a labyrinth that is connected not only to every other mind that exists or has existed, but to every atom, organism, and region in the vastness of space and time itself, the fact that it is able to occasionally make forays into the labyrinth and have transpersonal experiences no longer seems so strange.58 Mind as Hologram - Another Analogy Earlier I mentioned that Holographic theory offers an explanation for the nature of mind. Now we can investigate it further. Experiments show that optical or other memories do not have to be stored in any specific location in brain. If any part of brain is experimentally damaged, still other live parts will show evidence of presence of stored memory note 2. How are memories actually stored in the brain? Karl Pribram says that both time and spectral information are simultaneously stored in the brain. He also draws attention to a limit with which both spectral and time values can be concurrently determined in any measurement (Pribram, 1991). The holonomic brain theory maintains that the brain is continuously
151

engaged in correlation processes. This is how we make associations (how the senses are integrated). There is an obvious computational advantage for the brain storing sensory information (and perceptions) in the spectral (or holographic) domain as opposed to the brain cells directly storing individual features and characteristics. The holonomic brain theory claims that the act of "re-membering" or thinking is concurrent with the taking of the inverse of something like the Fourier transform. The action of the inverse transform (like in the laser shining on the optical hologram) allows us to re-experience to some degree a previous perception. This is what constitutes a memory. The Holonomic Brain theory (taking vision as an example) summarizes evidence that the image formed on the retina is transformed to a holographic (or spectral) domain. he information in this spectral "holographic" domain is distributed over an area of the brain (a certain collection of cells) by the polarization of the various synaptic junctions in the dendritic structures. At this point, there is no longer a localized image stored in the brain cells. Correlations and associations can then be achieved by other parts of the brain projecting to these same cells. Conscious awareness (and memory) is the byproduct of the transformation from the spectral holonomic domain back to the "image" domain. Possibly the most radical part of the holonomic theory is Pribram's claim that a "receiver" is not necessary to "view" the result of the transformation (from spectral holographic to "image"). He claims that the process of transformation is what we "experience". Memory is a form of re-experiencing or re-constructing the initial sensory sensation.20 (Conclusions made on the Holonomic Brain theory are based on Neuropsychological experiments. Please see the references below for detail of some of these experiments.) Entropy The second law of thermodynamics tells that the entropy always increases in any isolated system (see figure below). This simply means that if a system is left to itself, its energy distribution will move towards equilibrium or in other words it will move towards maximum disorder. If we take the space-time as an isolated system, then Second law of thermodynamics tells us that the universe has had maximal order and therefore minimum entropy in the beginning and is going towards maximum entropy and minimum internal organization as we go on. History of our universe shows that it started as an un-diffrentiated and homogenous body and constantly evolves to a more structured one. At the surface, it seems that observation is pointing to the contrary and against second law of thermodynamics. Reviewing the history of the universe, not only denies progress to maximal disorder, but it actually suggests that universe is moving to obtain more complex and sophisticated structure as we go along. According to the Big Bang Theory, universe progressed from creating sub-atomic particles to atoms of lightweight. Second and third generations of stars are creating heavier elements. From there simpler molecules are generated and they further developed themselves to more compound and complex organic molecules and their sophisticated functions. But, in reality, many of these phenomena are part of a bigger process. The main system contains a forming and
152

organizing part and its environment that has positive entropy and goes towards disorganization. The entire system is acting so that the total entropy is always positive. Although, we observe organization, during the whole process the amount of disorganization and heat release increases and surpasses the formation portion of the process. Hence, we cannot just consider the formation part. We have to look at the whole system where the disorder prevails. The above discussion briefly means that an isolated system can contain a subsystem that is open to energy flow from the main system (see figure below). As such, the whole combined isolated system still obeys the second law of thermodynamics, but it is possible that the subsystem can experience a decrease in entropy at the expense of its environment (the main system). Sun a Helium Factory We know that the sun is actually a helium factory. Inside the core of the sun, at the temperature of 15,000,000 C, four hydrogen nuclei fuse together to form one helium nucleus. This is a constructive process. However, helium nucleus is about .7 percent less massive than four protons. The difference in mass is released as energy that leaves the sun and enters the surroundings. This is the dissipative energy that adds to entropy inside the universe. Therefore, the constructive process has happened at the expense of increased entropy. The dissipated light and heat in turn give us warmth and light on planet earth, and is the main source of all the creativity on earth. We all see the constructive effect of the sun energy. However, ultimately this energy leaves the solar system and dissipates throughout the universe. Therefore although some constructive phenomena have been gained through the process, this gain is at the expense of increased entropy and disorder throughout the universe. Many anabolic chemical reactions are so-called exothermic, which means the reaction is accompanied by releasing energy. We can write the formation of water as an example: 1 H2 + O2 1 H2O + 68.3 kcal This is in line with the Second Law because it releases energy. However, there are constructive reactions that are endothermic, which means they absorb energy. N2 + 3/2 F2 NF3 27.2 kcal However, in these occasions we can claim that the endothermic part is just a portion of a main reaction. The total energy released during the main reaction is more than the energy absorption for the endothermic portion of it. Yet there seems to be exceptions. If we take space-time as a closed system then the formation of the early universe from a burst of energy is an example of such an exception. How did the burst of energy create the low entropy baby universe? Black Holes are another exception. The singularity inside them has the ultimate entropy and disordered state. Nevertheless, as they vaporize, they vanish and a state of less entropy substitutes their existence. Positive cosmological constants point to the presence of dark energy as a causative factor. The notion of dark energy also is an exception to the law. Some quantum mechanical phenomena can be described better if we question the second law and explore the possibility of negative entropy inside universe.
153

If we take the space-time as a subsystem and singularity as the environment then second law of thermodynamics holds even if negative entropy inside universe is suspected. This assumption can explain how organization and differentiation continues in the space-time subsystems while the main order is entropy. If a low entropy state is created at the time of the Big Bang, we have to look outside of the newborn universe for a high entropy zone. This can be the singularity. In fact, singularity by definition has maximum entropy. In my model, the singularity/space-time is the main system where the space-time itself is just the subsystem. In addition, many quantum mechanical phenomena also suggest the violation of conservation of energy and matter (the first law of thermodynamics). That is, if we take space-time as a closed system. However, if we take it as a subsystem of a main system, then all of those violations will obtain explanations. Therefore, this view bypasses the problems with the first law of thermodynamics as well. Therefore, in this view, the universe can accept structure and organization at the expense of entropy in singularity. Since we assumed the energy of singularity to be infinite, the space-time can continue building its internal structure forever. In this model, the entropy inside the space-time can decrease wherever needed and order prevails. For this model to be acceptable, we have to assume that exchange of energy is possible in the boundaries of our universe. Dark energy is a good candidate for leaking energy inside the universe. On the other hand, our world is not a place for random and unrelated structures. It seems that our world is goal oriented and follows a pattern of self-organization. As De Biase states, it continuously creates and recreates itself and explores the possibilities of new existence. Upon destruction of first generation stars and from their dust evolves second generation of stars, which are the source for heavier and more complex elements. Third and fourth generation stars follow the mission and create even more complex atoms. In addition, the changes in far apart locations in universe are similar and follow the same pattern. We may assume that because the initial conditions have been the same and the laws of physics are similar, the changes in distant locations are alike. However, the possibilities of changes, especially at subatomic level are endless. If the world follows the same pattern in distant and far apart locations, we may conclude that, world is interconnected and goal oriented. For the world to be interconnected, it requires a non-local media. We have taken the proposed singularity as being this media. Going back to Holonomic Brain Theory and its interpretation of brain function, we again encounter with similarities between singularity and mind. There is a special class of such subsystems (as described above) where the subsystem's organization comes exclusively from processes that occur within the subsystem's boundaries. This class of subsystems was labeled "dissipative structures" by Prigogine, 1984 (who won the Nobel Prize for his work). 19 To explain how the holonomic brain functions, Pribram suggests "dissipative structure" as a model. One way of modeling a structure that goes to equilibrium is to minimize a mathematical expression for the internal energy (which is the same as maximizing an expression for entropy). Interestingly those factors
154

have been present in every miniscule of the universe, thus, we are observing a logical pattern which is called the leLeast Action Principle . The principle of least action defines the action S for motion along a world-line between two fixed events. This would not be appropriate, though, for a "dissipative structure" since it is not going towards equilibrium. "Dissipative structures" self-organize around a different "least action principle". In the holonomic brain theory, Pribram states that in the brain, the entropy being minimized (which maximizes the amount of information possible to store) as the "least action principle". Thus, the system (the brain) self-organizes such that more and more information can be stored. Perideoux writes: In Hopfield networks and the Boltzmann engine (which are computer models of neural processing), computations proceed in terms of attaining energy minima. In the holonomic brain theory, computations proceed in terms of attaining a minimum amount of entropy and therefore a maximum amount of information. In the Boltzmann formulation the principle of least action leads to a space-time equilibrium state of least energy. In the Holonomic Brain theory, Pribram describes the principle of least action as leading to maximizing the amount of information (minimizing the entropy). Independently, (in unrelated work) Schneider and Kay (1994) have proposed a variation on the second law of thermodynamics, (The entropy of an Isolated System which is not at eequilibrum will tend to increase over time, approaching a maximum value.) which may be applicable to Pribram's Holonomic theory. 19 Universal Mind and Individual Brain Wheeler (1990) and Chalmers (1995) realized how important the information is in such context. Chalmers, by stating that information must be considered as an essential property of reality as matter and energy, and that conscious experience be considered a fundamental feature, irreducible to anything more basic. Wheeler, with its famous the it from bit concept that allows us to unite information theory to consciousness and physics writes: ...Every it every particle, every field of force, even the space-time continuum itself derives its function, its very existence, entirely - even if in some contexts, indirectly - from the apparatus-elicited answers to yes-or-no questions, binary choices, bits. Norbert Wiener put this identity on the very conceptual basis of cybernetics stating that information represents negative entropy, and prophetically emphasizing that information is information, not matter or energy. Consciousness is conceived as a non-local flow of meaningful quantum-informational activity, interacting actively with each part of the universe through the holo-movement. 20 Conclusion The holonomic brain theory by Karl Pribram demonstrates how wave interference phenomena can produce perception of objects in the brain. The theory which was first introduced to solve the puzzle of the non-locality of the memory storage was based on many experiments by Pribram. Later on Karl Lashley showed that perception of vision is also nonlocal and therefore can be related to holographic principle. In addition, the holonomic brain theory, based on its spectral fundamentals, can explain enormous capacity of the brain to store data, photographic memory and many more brain functions. According to Dr. Pribram, consciousness does not need a part of nervous system to physically accommodate it. Although he believes the transformation which is a spread function spreads a pattern within the confines of a sensory receptive field (brain).
155

Mind you that one of the major hypothesis in this model is that mind is an extension of singularity. Holonomic Brain theory asserts that the consciousness has a spectral nature. According to Dr. Pribram radioastronomy patches of holograms can be seamed together to spread the pattern to a larger territory re transforming it into space-time. Stanislav Grof suggests that mind is interrelated with other minds and is part of a continuum. Here I propose that consciousness is out there without any physical base. Just like information, which is out there? We use lens and screen to display the information embedded in a beam of light. Similarly, we need a spatial scene and physical tools to illustrate the consciousness. So I view the mind, as a separate entity from so-called physical brain, similar to Platos view. The Holonomic Brain theory suggests that conscious awareness is a state of wave function and not a material based entity. In this model, I also postulate that information is present in no dimension zone, in an entity out of spatial domain. If we know as a fact that space can be expanded and contracted, we also have to accept that space can cease to exist, as it would happen in the pre-Big Bang era. I freed myself from ties. I passed the boundaries. I jumped off the cliff. And guess what? It was not dangerous or scary at all. There was not just darkness. A new paradigm opens up. A tangible and deterministic world exists out there. We can take the risk and receive the rewards. Now it seems to me that the major paradoxes possess explanations if we leave our ken. We will look at those paradoxes later together. Notes 1. The above statement is not exact. In distances smaller than the light wavelength, the information courier system falls apart. Please note that here the hologram is used as an analogy to demonstrate how non-local information can convert to a local image. A justification about dissolution of information in wavelength distances can be derived from the particle-wave function chapter in this model. 2. A series of experiments were performed in both cats and monkeys (De Valois et. al., 1979) to see if the cortical cells responded to differences in the Fourier spectrums. The results showed that, the visual cortical cells respond to the Fourier fundamentals, not acting as an edge detector. In (De Valois et. al., 1979) experiment visual cortical cell respond to the angular location of the Fourier fundamentals and not to the edge of the squares (or grating) seen in the untransformed pattern. It also showed that the visual cortical cell was responding to the Fourier fundamental and not the edges (or distance between the edges) of the visual stimuli. Please check Reference 19 for details.

156

Super String Theory: String of Assumptions String Theories are proposed to resolve the inconsistencies between GTR and Quantum Mechanics. Currently string theory is the prime candidate for the theory of everything. In theStandard Model of Particle Physics the building blocks of matter are point like zero-dimensional particles. Whereas, in string theory the building blocks are one-dimensional extended objects (strings). Strings can be open threads or closed loops. Many texts are available which explain the detail of the theory. It is beyond the scope of this book to describe the elements and principles of string theories. I just briefly browse into the fundamentals. One of main objectives of the super string theory is to solve the problem of the so-called space-time singularities. It tries to define a kind of world that its boundaries stop at Planck distance. Uphill struggle has been done in order not to touch sub-Planck domain and therefore deny zeros and infinities. The string theorists by-pass singularities, by assuming that the building block of space is a string which is the size of Planck distance (1.6* 10 -33 cm). Therefore, they suggest that there is no zero or singularity in the fabric of space. In addition, it assigns more dimensions to the space-time to be able to solve the other theoretical physics paradoxes. Steven Hawking believes: "All one can say is whether mathematical models with extra dimensions provide a good description of the universe. We do not yet have any observation that requires extra dimension for their explanation. 6 However, he does not completely reject it, he later mentions: String theory is good for calculating what happens when a few high energy particles collide and scatter off each other. However, they are not of much use for describing how the energy of a very large number of particles curve the universe or forms a bond state 6 To me there are fundamental issues with string theory and because of that I am going to play the devils advocate in the following paragraphs. Of course these are my personal opinions. String Theory: A Theory of Everything The assumed particle for curving the space-time and creating gravity is called Graviton. The graviton has not been found experimentally but it is further assumed that it should be mass-less and should have spin-2 (have two times faster spin than photon). In 1974 John Schwartz and Joel Schrek claimed that a mass-less spin-2 particle that is predicted by string theory is the long sought and never found graviton. They further claimed that the equations of string theory embodied a quantum mechanical description of gravity. Therefore, they declared the string theory a candidate for the theory of everything. Remember, the theory of everything is supposed to bring the the general theory of relativity and quantum mechanics under one umbrella. Space in Sting Theory Space in the String Theory is continuous but granular. The granules being Planck distance size strings. These strings are supposedly the building block of space.
157

To respond to numerous calls from the boundaries of the universe received through mathematical calculations and physical experiments, string theorists chose to introduce extra dimensions. The original assumed dimensions were wrapped and compact and ultra small, therefore they were out of our sight. String theorists are claiming that the unexplained space-time phenomena are coming from elements present in other spatial dimensions. Why string theorists are introducing extra dimensions? Because extra dimensions provide freedom. Imagine two-dimension figures drawn on a piece of paper. They are subject to many limitations. They cannot enjoy the third dimension's freedom that we experience. That is how string theorists find relief from the limitations imposed on us by 4-dimensional space-time while trying to explain the paradoxes within known four dimensional space-time paradigm. The hypothetical one extra dimension added by Kalusaklein theory in 1921 was not enough. String theorist had to add another 5 dimensions, to obtain the needed freedom to present their interpretations. In additions, in 1995 in order to explain why there are five different models of string theory, which are different from each other and at the same time each claimed to be the theory of everything, Edward Witten introduced M-theory and took the liberty to add the 7th extradimension. At one time even 26 dimensions were suggested. D-Brane and Brane-World The complexities and difficulties of fabricating a theory of everything which is limited to familiar spacetime, led the string theorist to further assumptions. Joseph Polchinsky introduced kind of membranes, which are called D-branes. D-branes are hypothetical spaces, which can have up to ten dimensions with any size. A few dimensional extra space (D-brane) provides more freedom for new ventures. Some of these ventures were actually fruitful. Some of the versions of brane systems share some properties with a kind of black hole. One of the most recent speculations of string theorists is the brane-world. Brane-world is a threedimensional-brane, which embraces our universe. Here is the question. Is the brane-space continuous or discrete? If continuous then what is going to happen to lengths smaller than Planck distance and zero in such a space? Are we going through the circle of introducing new elements to eliminate zero again? In general, some models can be derived from string theory which approximate some features of actual physical world, but a vast landscape of models are obtained from the theory as well that are nonphysical or not observed. Gravity denies Extra-Dimensions In 1987, Newton introduced the inverse square law. It simply declares that the force of gravity diminishes by the square of distance between two objects. G = M * m / d2 where M and m are masses of each object and d is the distance between them. The law simply indicates that if the distance is increased by factor of two the gravity force decreases by a factor of 4. Make the distance 3 times and gravity is decreased by a factor of 9. The inverse square law reflects the three-dimensional space. The reason being, the gravity force spreads and gets diluted in three dimensionality of space. Electromagnetism follows the same rule as well. If we have n dimensions in space, then the gravity equation has to be written as; G = M * m / d n-1. The gravity decline is directly related to number of extra-dimensions. For a ten dimension string theory model, space the dilution is governed by:

158

G = M * m / d (10-1) = M * m / d 9 The above law clearly supports the presence of just three dimensions that is in line with observations. However, because in Grand Unified theory, the fundamental forces of nature (Electromagnetic, weak, strong and gravity force) are assumed to be equal at origin, string theorists are busy finding models to explain the so called Hierarchy problem. If you remember in Boundaries chapter we mentioned that the proportional magnitudes of different forces of nature are: Strong nuclear force Electromagnetic force Weak nuclear force Gravity 10 40 10 38 10 15 10 0

... Gravity denies extra dimentions continues The Hierarchy problem questions this immense difference of the strength between different fundamental forces of nature. Why does gravity so much weaker than the other forces? This is against the Grand Unified theory assumptions. In Brane-universe conjecture, there are other dimensions and branes. String theorists assume that although gravity is equal to other forces, but because it gets diluted in other dimensions, what we observe is the very feeble strength in comparison. Of course, the force decline is related to the size of extra dimensions as well. Nevertheless, one would expect that the force of gravity gets diluted much greater than what inverse square law dictates. At least, such a gravity decline should reveal itself in astronomical calculations. So far, cosmological observations confirm the Newtons inverse square law. No further decline has been observed. As it mentioned before, string theorists believe that gravity penetrates inside the extra dimensions as well. Claims that the extra dimensions are Planck distance small therefore the effect is negligible, cannot be sound for the reason that there are countless extensions of these extra dimensions along the way. So we should be able to measure the soaking effect in the gravity or magnetic force. This effect is not detected. In 1988, the gravity law could be tested down to 1mm with the then current probes. This led Nima ArkaniHamed, Savas Dimopolous, and Gia Devali to speculate that in the brane-world scenario, extra dimensions could be as large as 1mm 69 So it was assumed that in scales less than 1mm, the inverse square law will break down. Currently, the gravity has been tested down to one tenth of the millimeter and inverse square law still holds. Branes in string theory are assumed to be multidimensional and sometimes very large space-like entities. If they have existed the dilution of the forces should have certainly been detectable everywhere. None of these effects have been observed. Flat Universe In addition, string theorists have assumed that the main dimensions (four dimensions in Minkowski's space) are circular in big scale (spherical universe). So they speculated that at the time of Big Bang all
159

dimensions evolved from a point. As the universe expanded, space opened up and created circular dimensions. So the observable dimensions are supposedly circular. They further assumed that if this is the case, so maybe there exist other dimensions, which did not open up. These guess work might offer some solutions so string theorists could avoid zeros. However, Brian Greene questions: What if the spatial dimensions are not circular in shape? Do these remarkable conclusions about minimal spatial extent in string theory still hold? No one knows for sure.1 However, recently cosmological constant was announced as small but a non-zero factor. A non-zero cosmological constant favors an almost flat universe. The Cosmological Constant is a factor that was first introduced by Albert Einstein. It wee supposed to act against the gravity and prevents the collapse of the universe. There is controversy about the origin and the nature of this constant. In fact, Recently it is shown that its effect surpasses the gravitational force of existing bodies in the universe and according to current believes it is creating the force for accelerating expansion of the universe. If the universe is flat, we may conclude that spatial dimensions are linear and not circular. Therefore, the base of the assumption of wrapped extra dimension is trembling. Strings as Particles Particles in string theory are one-dimensional threads which we can see only the cross section of it (as a point). Point particles in quantum mechanics on the other hand, do not posses any dimension. The strings in the String Theory are either loops or free end. These elements with their different vibration patterns can represent different energy level. Then the energy can be translated as mass of the particle. One expects that the liberty to choose any vibration should help us to find a particular vibration which matches at least one of the known particles. The problem is, after three decades of extensive research, there was no resemblance between particles in string theory and the actual sub-atomic particles. Then the next assumption came to rescue. If extra-dimensions have different sizes, then the loops vibration in different dimensions with different sizes will open a new possibility to explore. Maybe if we find the right size for each dimension, we can come up with vibrations that resemble the common particles. So the legend continued. Branes as Particles Even if particles arise as oscillation modes of strings, string oscillation dont necessarily account for all particles found in nature. Therefore, Andy Strominger and colleagues at Santa Barbara came with another idea. They proposed that in certain space-time geometries the branes give rise to new types of particles. These are called p-branes. They speculated that since branes can come in different shapes, forms and sizes, we can assume a very tinny curled up brane acting as an independent object that interact with its environment. Therefore, assumed wrapped branes can be candidates for the particles that are not found in string form. Then there were problems of complicated calculations so they assumed that there are symmetries in the whole elements of the universe. Calculations by using symmetry principles were easier and solvable.

160

The strings are so small that can not be detected so the whole idea could not be tested and therefore could not be proved. Then Super-symmetry came to picture and the assumption that there are much bigger particles which are symmetric to small and not observable strings. This assumption created the hope that sometime in the future we can observe the bigger partners and prove the conjectures. Brian Greene himself questions the string particles: Just as string theory shows that the conventional notion of zero- dimensional point particles appear to be a mathematical idealization that is not realized in real world, might it be the case that an indefinitely thin one dimensional strand is similarly a mathematical idealization.1 String of Assumptions The string of assumptions does not stop here. The complexities imposed by confining ourselves to spacetime arena, led the string theorists to even believe in possibility of existence of as many as 10500 different worlds. Thus they indorsed the multiverse concept. The multiverse idea advocates the presence of many parallel worlds. With so many assumptions, one can find a solution for any kind of puzzle. Imagine you have the liberty to redesign a crossword puzzle by moving around the black squares to your will and select your own words to place in the squares. Moreover, you take the liberty to choose the shape and the size of the puzzle. Solving the puzzle will get very easy this way. As the problems aroused more postulations came to rescue. Now we have built a fascinating theory that is mind wrenching and a good challenge for the boys to entertain themselves. Is this waste of talents and knowledge of brilliant physicists and mathematicians? We do not know. For solving the biggest question of century, any path has to be explored. Nevertheless, this is my question; Can the fundamental structure of our universe be so complicated? Ray Salmonoff suggests: If a given set of facts about the world can be explained by more than one theory, how do we choose between them? The short answer is to use Occam's razor: you pick the theory with least number of independent assumptions.7 Localized Gravity In 1999 two leading string theorists Lisa Randal and Raman Sundrum introduced the Localized Gravity or so-called SR273. They investigated a 5-dimensional scenario with the fifth dimension being an infinite, out of site and attached to a brane. They concluded that such a universe is feasible and normal gravitation can exist in this model. In SR2 model the infinite fifth dimension is a reflective membrane. Therefore, particles that hit the brane simply bounce back, so they regain their energy when they hit this membrane. Surprisingly, particles in this scenario are normal point particles of standard model not strings. The localized gravity model is a big set back from bold exploitations of string theorists. String particles and many dimensions and branes are crossed out. This is a more sensible model. Although here again the fifth dimension is a space-like dimension. Being a physicists string theorist have to work inside a tangible arena. However, this is ignoring the intangible aspect of reality where we are so much acquainted with within our consciousness.
161

Please note that, the notion of particles bouncing back to 4-dimentional space-time is in line with our bouncing ball model introduced in wave-particle chapter. Maybe we'd better accept point particles as the building blocks of the universe and take violent quantum jitters as the process of two-way transformation of matter and energy at Planck's Length level (or Planks pores). Helge Kragh questions String Theory: Even on the theoretical level, there were several problems, namely, that theories were plagued by infinities and what are technically known as anomalies. Anomalies are terms that violate the symmetries or conservation laws when the theory is quantized. And therefore make the theory inconsistentThe entire development of super string unification was mathematical. 3 Lisa Randall one of the string theory fort runners writes 73; "String Theory is a beautifully design suit that does not quite fit. In its current state, you can hang it on the rack and admire its fine stitching and intricately woven pattern_ it really is beautiful but you cant wear it unless you make necessary adjustments.Right now, we dont even know whether we have the right tools to tailor string theory correctly. Just being beautiful and elegant is not enough for a construct to be a true feature of nature. When the first Calabi-Yau compactification (extra dimension's configuration) was found, it was beautiful and elegant. In addition, it could accommodate the three particle generations of standard model. Therefore, it was introduced as a unique candidate for the shape of space with extra-dimensions. However within a week, Gary Horowitz found several other candidates. Now there are tens of thousands of CalabiYau candidates. Any mathematical construct has to conform to physical evidences to be considered as a feature of nature, otherwise we fabricate abstract and non-physical math. String theory and God Space-time point of view of string theorists led them to the speculation that god actually is made of material substance that leaves in another world (brane). The Can String Theory detect God video that is made by Nova and features Brian Greene tries to convey the above assumption. If thats the case, then we probably should find paradise and hell with sinners burning in it at that brane as well. It is not clear if this video is a vehicle to attract religious people to science and draw their support for string theory or to solve the puzzle of spirituality. But this kind of assumptions turns god and heavens to an external entity made of matter that dwell in a space time setup. It also substantiates the old beliefs that are within the frameworks of existing faiths. These outdated beliefs are far from scientific principles and logical thinking. It seems to me that spirituality is an internal realization. It evolves from deeper levels of consciousness. Consciousness does not contain matter, space or time. My conjecture about consciousness is fully detailed in related chapters. Elegant mathematics of string theory Roger Penrose believes that mathematics is a vast platonic domain and physical reality just uses a portion of this domain. Therefore in his opinion mathematics has an actual external existence5. In the contrary the lateralization theory of brain (explained in quantum brain chapter) suggests that mathematics is a

162

fabrication of left brain hemisphere. According to the theory, in his analytical task to explain the physical reality, the left brain construct a logical mathematical framework to be used as reference. It seems that the mathematical structures created in super string theory supports the brain lateralization theory version of the origin of mathematics. String theorists were successful to create all kind of math equations to support their imagined many-dimensional reality. Amongst them is the so called Grassmann variables which lead to strange relations like AB = -BA or A2 = -A2 = 0 and B2 = -B2 = 091. Obviously the above equations cannot be related to known physics. Mathematical elegance is the back-bone of the string theory. However, the fact that mathematics followed every originally accepted and later on rejected branch of string theory puts this main supporting substantiation under question. Denying Singularity Underneath, I will address the occasions where String Theory faces the singularity (Sub-Planck arena in this model's terms). Etienne Klein & Marc Lachieze-Rey show how string theorists tried to open the spatial field by adding extra dimensions in order to bypass singularities to no veil. Even after adding numerous hypothetical elements to physical world, they are still facing with singularities but from a new angle. One of the motivations of those who are working on this theory is to get rid of troublesome singularities in field theory calculationsQuantum Theory gets around these difficulties with a method that is as artificial as it is effective. It is called renormalization(String Theory) deals from outset with the structure of space and elementary objects...Sure enough, problems of singularities show up in a totally different way in that string theory. 2 In a way one can claim that, Singularity is the central dilemma of contemporary physics. Brian Greene one of the main advocates of string theory in his famous book The Elegant Universe explains: The whole conflict between general relativity and quantum mechanics arises from sub-Planck- Length properties of the spatial fabric1 He continues: There is a limit to how finely our conventional notion of distance can even be applied to the ultra microscopic structure of cosmos.1 Brian Greene rightly mentions that our conventional notion of distance cannot be applied on ultramicroscopic structure of space. If Planck length is the smallest unit of distance, anything less than that cannot be considered space. One can conclude that no notion of distance could be applied, being conventional or non-conventional, to Sub-Planck Sea. In his recent book The Fabric of the cosmos, Brian Greene confirms that;

163

The theory intimates that the familiar notion of space and time do not extend into the sub-Planckian realm, which suggests that space and time as we currently understand them may be mere approximations to mere fundamental concepts that still await our discovery.69 In my view trying to deny zero and infinity is avoiding the reality. None of the speculations of string theorists have been experimentally observed. String theorists as physicists traditionally work and look within the objective and tangible arena. Therefore they assume presence of extra dimensions of space and unseen super-partner particles to find the answers and solve the paradoxes. Ironically, many of the forces in supersymmetric string theory have infinite range. Infinity is the amount that I have assumed for the energy in the singularity. In addition collapse of unstable extra-dimensions produces devil singularities! It seems that there is no running away from singularity. Maybe we are looking in wrong places for wrong objectives. Maybe space, time and mass are not as solid. Maybe objective world is not the only aspect of our universe. It seems, the mainstream interpretation of quantum physics is pointing to an alternative direction. One may assume that all of the speculations and inventions of string theorists such as, extra-dimensions, branes, super-partners and other conjectures that are supposedly solve the paradoxes exist within the perception and imagination of these physicists. In brain lateralization theory explained in the Quantum Brain chapter analytical approach to investigate reality is related to left brain hemisphere and is subject to error. The least that one may expect from this kind of approach is sticking close to physical experiments. Otherwise sky is the limit for our imagination. Building up abstract mathematical structures is also an artifact of left brain and by itself does not serve the purpose. Complex Numbers The notion of complex numbers indicates that the real value of any computable (matter, space and time) are fundamentally discrete (assertion C5 in this text). Assuming any extended and continuous object is against the complex number mathematics which is the basis for quantum mechanics and modern science. Zero - Dimension Singularity We try to close our eyes on those mathematical answers that we dislike. We normalize (discard) the unfavorable results. We have been selective and biased. Denying zeros and infinities just adds to our uncertainty and confusion. Maybe the time has come to revisit the issue. Space-time settlers cannot imagine a point with no-dimension. The classical mechanics view motivates the string theorists to assume wrapped and out of site dimensions to accommodate a sensible space-time thing. Above I suggested that we are exposed to singularity wherever there is no dimension (inside Planck Length and beyond the boundaries of universe). In twilight zone of boundaries the quantum leap is the constant communication between space-time universe and singularity. In this view we do not need to assume dimensions being tangible or hidden in order to explain some of the extraordinary physical findings. In 1960s Stephen Hawking and Roger Penrose introduced the Singularity Theorem which showed that a Ricci flat extra space evolved in time has to be singular. This also includes the (9+1) dimensional spacetime proposed by super string theory. Interestingly the time needed for compact extra dimension to turn to singularity is at Planck time of 10 -43s. Mind you that in my model space is four-dimensional (3-space + 1time) and is discrete at the Planck distance and time level.

164

In his recent book, The Road to Reality, Roger Penrose writes: If we wish toobtain a non-singular perturbation of the full (1+9)-space then we must consider disturbances that significantly spill over intospace-time as well. But in certain respects such disturbances are even more dangerous to our ordinary picture of space-time (Which) is in gross conflict with observation 56. Surprisingly, in the supersymmetric string theory some forces have infinite range. Infinity is the amount that I attributed to the energy and information in the proposed singularity. In addition, Since the space and its dimensions and assumed extra-dimensions are unstable, collapse to singularity is an unavoidable consequence. Please note that, no-dimension provides ultimate freedom and fulfills adherence to observations. We just need to free ourselves of the notion of space and time and imagine a no-space-time zone. To me the assumption of one dimensional string particle (extension of mass proper to unseen extra dimensions) and suggesting the existence of a super-space (which is still a space-like entity) beyond the familiar space-time is the frantic attempt of cliff settlers to keep their ground and not to cross the border to unknown. Maybe we have to assume that the entity beyond the boundaries of space-time is not space-like and has no dimension. Maybe we'd better off postulate that mass beyond space time can convert to something else (energy in this model). By involving a non space-time element (singularity), this model is background independent. Conclusion Can we claim that by utilizing the long string of assumptions string theorists have been successful, to describe the physical reality? Not quite. String theory is background dependant. It means that it is built within space-time fabric. Modern findings subject the fundamental elements of Newtonian physics under question. The concrete back ground space of classical level has been changed to malleable and flimsy space of the special theory of relativity. Quantum entanglement and Bose-Einstein condensatefurthers the speculation up to complete denial of space and suggests the non-locality as a fundamental feature. In Q2C Festival, Oct. 2009 Neil Turok from the Perimeter institute announced that mathematical tools suggest that in some situations space may be an illusion. He reasoned that one can describe a three dimensional object in a two dimensional quantum picture. The classical understanding of time as a concrete element is under scrutiny as well. Time is flimsy in the special theory of relativity. In quantum physics time can be symmetric and have two directions. In Maxwell equations there is no built in arrow of time. The notion of time is a mystery at this time. Once solid and local particles of classical physics, nowadays are distinguished as zero size specks that at times are waves and extended to the boundaries of the universe. The fundamental elements which built the background of classical physics are under serious scrutiny. At the beginning of twentieth century when physicists were faced with quantum mechanical paradoxes, futile attempts were made to explain them in classical Newtonian terms. Hidden variable theories were introduced to explain the puzzles within classical paradigm boundaries. In 1964 John Bell showed that all local hidden variable models are inconsistent with quantum mechanical principles. Future experiments proved the above conjecture.
165

By assuming extra dimensions for space, and introducing strings as the quantum of matter and almost everything else, string theory is another attempt to explain quantum mechanical puzzles within the classical physics terms but in a more sophisticated way. Many physical phenomena like electromagnetism are background independent. Standard model of particles has to be described within a background independent theory. It seems that building a theory within the dubious classical framework is a vain attempt and has to face a dead-end. Trying to explain the weird quantum mechanical phenomena with the current perception of the macro world is just an underestimation of the puzzles in hand. The fact is a can of worm is opened in front of our eyes which will drag us to unknown territories and new paradigms. A paradigm shift is needed. Every route has to be explored. In the Brain lateralization theorychapter, we will examine the act of perception itself. We may find some of the answers by exploring the perception proper. Note; An excellent series of string theory videos in a layman term is produced by Brian Greene featuring Steven Weinberg and few other great physicists of our times. You can watch them at: Elegant Universe.

166

Anthropic Princiles and MultiVerse Model The world surrounding us is organized, coherent and sophisticated. It also has evolved in a way that life can appear in it and humans can roam at least the planet earth. The history of the universe also shows that at the side, a path to more organization and sophistication has been followed. From elementary particles to hydrogen and helium atoms and heavier elements, from simple inorganic molecules to complex organic ones, the history of our world is full of wonders. These wonders create lots of questions. Why out of all of the possibilities the world followed such a sophisticated path and why it should be so compassionately hospitable to human beings? Why the world is anthropic (human friendly)? The following is some of the evidences derived by Patrick Glynn that show the universe is anthropic, Gravity is roughly 1039 times weaker than electromagnetism. If gravity had been 1033 times weaker than electromagnetism, "stars would be a billion times less massive and would burn a million times faster." The nuclear weak force is 1028 times the strength of gravity. Had the weak force been slightly weaker, all the hydrogen in the universe would have been turned to helium (making water impossible, for example). A stronger nuclear strong force (by as little as 2 percent) would have prevented the formation of protons-yielding a universe without atoms. Decreasing it by 5 percent would have given us a universe without stars. If the difference in mass between a proton and a neutron were not exactly as it is--roughly twice the mass of an electron--then all neutrons would have become protons or vice versa. Say good-bye to chemistry as we know it--and to life. The very nature of water--so vital to life--is something of a mystery (a point noticed by one of the forerunners of anthropic reasoning in the nineteenth century, Harvard biologist Lawrence Henderson). Unique amongst the molecules, water is lighter in its solid than liquid form: Ice floats. If it did not, the oceans would freeze from the bottom up and earth would now be covered with solid ice. This property in turn is traceable to the unique properties of the hydrogen atom. The synthesis of carbon--the vital core of all organic molecules--on a significant scale involves what scientists view as an astonishing coincidence in the ratio of the strong force to electromagnetism. This ratio makes it possible for carbon-12 to reach an excited state of exactly 7.65 MeV at the temperature typical of the centre of stars, which creates a resonance involving helium-4, beryllium-8, and carbon-12--allowing the necessary binding to take place during a tiny window of opportunity 10-17 seconds long. 80,81 There are many other wonders as well. For example, if oxygen concentration in the air was a just a few percent higher, everything would combust. A lower ratio could kill us because of asphyxiation. One of the possible answers for anthropic principle is called Strong Anthropic Principle. It states that in order for the cosmos to be as it is, somehow it requires the influence of an intelligent designer. Religion advocates normally use this kind of interpretation to prove the existence of god. But there are scientific extrapolations using this principle as well. One of the views speculates that the macro world that we are observing is that portion of reality that we can see, measure and have the knowledge about. The actual reality is deeper and exists in quantum level in superposition of states. We, according to our state of mind can see a portion, which suits us. So in a way we may say that without us the universe does not exist as we see it.

167

The other answer is called Weak Anthropic Principle. It states that for us being here, all of the complexity established during the history of the universe had to take place. If it didn't we wouldn't be here. Because it happened as it happened, we are here and can['nalogy, if we open the box few days later and see the cat either alive or dead (reduce superposition to one state), we also notice that the cat is either very hungry or we face an almost decomposed cat body. Our act of observation, not only changes the multiple and simultaneous states of reality to one state, it also create an appropriate history. In other words, not only we create objective reality but we also generate a suitable history for it. Based on above, Bruce Rosenblum and Fred Kuttner proposed the following explanation. We create the universe The universe is hospitable to us because we could not create a universe in which we could not exist.82 None of the above answers offers a strong argument. Lee Smolin believes, "There is so-far-unknown mechanism that will both explain the bio-friendliness of our universe and make testable predictions by which it can be confirmed or falsified." 74 In my opinion, we have to look for an answer within dualistic character of reality context. If we confine ourselves to space-time and limit our physical understanding to it, many problems remain unsolved or we have to travel far to the outskirts of logic, in order to offer an explanation for them. Quantum physics as the most precise science that humans have access to, proposes a fundamental role for consciousness in forming the objective reality. However defining this consciousness remains a formidable task. Does it mean individual awareness? Does it point to collective consciousness of humans or living things? Does it mean a universal consciousness or field where our awareness originates from? Do I propose to accept the intelligent creator of traditional faiths? Not necessarily. We have been dwelling within the old frames of spirituality for too long. Old definitions for spirituality challenge our wisdom and common sense. A new definition and model for spirituality based on human being's current knowledge and understanding is long overdue. It is understandable if scientists try to avoid theological approach to reality. That kind of approach is not scientific or logical. However, avoiding a big portion of reality, just because we are afraid that it may be interpreted as presence of God, is not acceptable either. I do not understand how developing theories, which include out of our space-time elements, can disprove science. Are we scared of unknown just like fifteenth century priests? Are we hiding in our caves? I believe, understanding the laws of entity beyond our space-time are attainable and we do not have to refer to the God of the Gaps to find a solution for our questions. We have enough scientific means to explore the out of universe entity and build theories in the basis of dual nature of existence. It seems that we need to look for the answers in such a dualistic setting. The arguments presented are open for debate. The reader is encouraged to email his/her inputs to correct, modify or develop the contents. Please visit The Feedback Page, discuss and share your views. Conclusion In his recent book The trouble with physics 74Lee Smolin, mentions that for any new theory in theoretical physics to be considered seriously, it has to offer solutions for five major problems in the field. Underneath I am going to itemize these problems and examine the above model to see how close it comes to fulfill the requirements. According to him the new theory has to;
168

Problem 1- Combine general relativity and quantum theory into a single theory of nature. This view offers the following answer; I have postulate that our space-time universe is spread over a massless, energy and information rich singularity and exposed to it in every Planck hole. In other words, Planck hole is the boundary of the space-time universe in micro scale. In such a paradigm, gravity is not the only factor. The fabric of universe in Planck scale is affected by energy from singularity as well. Therefore gravity is not the only source of energy to shape the space. On the other hand, according to Grand Unified theory, in Planck scale different forces are supposed to be unified> The energy form singularity is invariant and different forces are in a way in superposition of states. This energy can demonstrate deflective force as well. In wave-particle chapter I have further speculated that particles in their wave motion are under influence of this force. The particles oscillation back and forth to singularity gives the cranky shape to space in micro scale. Since in majority of occasions the particles have to return the energy that they borrowed, back to singularity during their wave function, the turbulence does not extend far beyond Planck Scale, therefore we have smooth and curved spatial geometry in large scale. I further speculated that elasticity of the fabric of space is the Counter-force, which returns the particles back to singularity. In Mass& Gravity Chapter I have proposed few scenarios where energy from singularity can curve the fabric of space. Problem 2-Resolve the problem in the foundations of quantum mechanics, either by making sense of the theory as it stands or by inventing a new theory that does make sense.

In quantum mechanics chapter, I proposed a possible solution for Heisenberg Uncertainty principle for location/ momentum and energy/time uncertainties based on the wave particle postulate on this model. Some other solutions for the paradoxes were offered at the same chapter. Postulates of quantum mechanics are very well tested and proved to be real. On the other hand, the QM principles are very strange and against classical level logics. However these principles are not strange to our consciousness realm. Far more similarities exist between our consciousness realm in deeper level and quantum mechanics to deny their close relationship (see the quantum mind chapter). Theories like quantum brain dynamics and alike are offering evidences for these similarities. Quantum mechanics makes complete sense within consciousness realm. We have be-ers understanding of consciousness and therefore QM principles. We just need to depart from classical mechanics and space-time thinking and enter the new domain. In quantum mechanics chapter, I proposed a possible solution for Heisenberg Uncertainty principle for location/ momentum and energy/time uncertainties based on the wave particle postulate on this model. Some other solutions for the paradoxes were offered at the same chapter. Postulates of quantum mechanics are very well tested and proved to be real. On the other hand, the QM principles are very strange and against classical level logics. However these principles are not strange to
169

our consciousness realm. Far more similarities exist between our consciousness realm in deeper level and quantum mechanics to deny their close relationship (see the quantum mind chapter). Theories like quantum brain dynamics and alike are offering evidences for these similarities. Quantum mechanics makes complete sense within consciousness realm. We have be-ers understanding of consciousness and therefore QM principles. We just need to depart from classical mechanics and space-time thinking and enter the new domain. In this model I have postulated that reality consists of quantum mechanics, mind and astrophysics. The singularity is the medium that binds and correlates the above three components together. Quantum mechanics alone does not make sense , however within the context of a bigger picture where consciousness is a model and singularity is in the proximity, postulates of quantum theory makes sense (see Quantum Mechanics, Quantum Mind and Quantum Brain chapters).

Problem 3- Determine whether or not the various particles and forces can be unified in a theory that explains them all as a manifestation of a single, fundamental entity. This model postulates that particles are different manifestations of one entity called thing. Different particles are produced by different frequency of the things wave. Different frequencies of the thing introduce more or less energy to the spacetime that is translated to different masses of particles (See particle wave and mass& gravity chapters). I have further postulated that the energy in singularity is infinite and invariant.

Problem 4- explain how the values of the free constants in the standard model of particle physics are chosen in nature. In the Mass& Gravity chapter I have shown how the Planck constant can be the amount of kinetic energy delivered by the thing to the space-time. The above postulate perfectly matches and explains the different masses of standard model of particles. An explanation for the rest mass of electron and other particles are also defined based on this postulates. The gravitational constant also can be related to the oscillation of the thing (basic mass entity) and its penetration into space-time fabric (see wave-particle chapter). The frequent penetration can curve the space according to the mass of the object. Problem 5- Explain dark matter and dark energy. Or, if they dont exist, determine how and why gravity is modified in large scale. More generally, explain why the constants of the standard model of cosmology, including dark energy, have the values they do. If we consider the mass and gravity as the only source that shapes the space, then the only possibility is to postulate presence of dark matter or dark energy. Within the context of space-time our guesswork is limited. However, in this model with the presence of infinite energy adjacent to the fabric of universe other speculations can be explored. Dont take me wrong, there are evidences about the presence of dark matter out there. But we may speculate its source to originate out of space. Likewise the origin of accelerating expansion of the universe can be an external force bending the universe (external source for dark energy).
170

Consciousness Consciousness is the tool that we use to examine the external world with. We'd better check this tool out and know it as best as we can. The new concepts of the nature of consciousness will revolutionize our way of thinking about our perceptions and understanding of outside world. They describe why we percept outside world in a classical level and not quantum mechanical level. In the Quantum Brain chapter, I have discussed the mechanism how our classical views and classical logic are built inside our awareness. Zeros and Infinities One may ask why there is the tendency to avoid zeros and infinities in theoretical physics. The answer is these domains cannot be designated to any entity inside space-time universe. All of the elements in our world is finite, Therefore infinity can not be defined in outside world. Zero is not measurable s we can not comprehend it. But the fact is zeros and infinities are very powerful elements in our mathematical calculations. So we have to embrace them. If we cannot accommodate them inside our universe may be we have to accept their existence outside it. Our everyday experience, modern physics and specially quantum mechanics suggest that there are factors affecting our everyday endeavor, which cannot be attributed to the familiar classical physics. Just like zero and infinity which are affecting math calculations but we cannot assign them to any element in space-time. It seems that we have to open our scopes to new horizons. On the other hand, many believe that if an out of universe entity exists we cannot observe or understand it. So they prefer to leave it untouched or ignore it. The presented model in particle wave chapter suggests that we are constantly in contact with this entity in more a profound level. So by this definition, singularity should be comprehensible. One may rightfully oppose this concept being a physical model because it lacks the mathematical structure that a physical model should have. Conjectures derived from complex number system mentioned in the related chapter are used as a crude base for this model. However, it is not detailed enough math savvy readers. Underneath, I am drawing this mathematically consistent structure to convince these readers. This is a mathematically fine structure, but as Wolfgang Pauli once said, only the details are missing. I hope the details can be worked out by future minds. The main reason for not presenting a serious mathematical framework for the model is my lack of proficiency in mathematics. Any help from readers to construct a proper formalism for the model is greatly appreciated. Many believe that if we accept a kind of outside entity affecting our world, we have to blindly accept a supreme power that we don't have any clue about it. This would imply that science accepts religion. Lee Smolin describes it very clearly. He denotes, if we accept that amongst countless possibilities, our universe chose the one, which is hospitable to life, we have to accept that something outside our universe made the decision: This is the exact point at which science becomes religion. Or to put it better, it will be rational to use science as an argument for religion.27 Of course, linking to religion with all of its shortcomings is not acceptable to mainstream science. Thus, this choice is out of question. However, this reminds me how fifteenth century priests were so afraid of any new scientific thought or finding. They were afraid that it would deny religion and god. So they religiously fought against the new scientific findings to the point that they would kill the scientific belief and the believer at the same time, if it was needed.
171

They were scared and did not want to come out of their cave. One wonders, what would happen to their god if Galileo showed that the earth is round? Do we also avoid, kill and normalize a big portion of our findings and evidences just because it may shake our philosophical belief? Carrying the myths and beliefs of our ancestors over only creates disaster. I can't imagine how anybody can take those kind of stories seriously. We need to build new theories based on today's knowledge. Traditionally humans take advantage of knowledge and intuitions of previous generations and use current findings to reach to new perceptions and beliefs. However, it seems that old religions are facing a dead end. trying to prove the old concepts by using today's knowledge is futile. We need a new vision. Spirituality is a portion of our everyday experience. We have to redefine it but we can not deny it. Consciousness researches are in their preliminary stages. Future is going to reveal a new and exotic picture of reality. Surely twenty first century human is going to move ahead. Humans are truth hunters. Slowly but surely we are going to devolve into deeper levels of reality. As I mentioned, one reason for objections that is normally put forward is that, anything beyond our observation tool is out of our reach and is not accessible to us. Thus, we cannot observe and understand it or experiment with it. So it does not fit inside scientific domain. Above, I tried to show that some of the characteristic of the entity outside of the space-time is debatable by scientific methods. Quantum mechanics, positive cosmological constant, dark energy, dark matter, black holes and transpersonal psychology are expanding our horizon to beyond the current boundaries. Is this the right time to look at new frontiers? Isn't it the time to at least fantasize, and hypothesize theories, which expand beyond space-time? I believe, if it offers logical solutions to our questions, it worth the speculation. Last Word A new way of looking at the physical world is presented in this view. Roger Penrose suggests that: Physics has to find an objective reduction theory to connect quantum level to classical level. While these two levels are computable, the new theory has to be non-computable and non-local.5 It seems this view meets the above requirements. Since the presented concept has the potential to offer solutions to some of our long lasting questions, it deserves further attention and speculation. This view not only can offer solutions for a number of unanswered problems in physics, but it has the potential to shed light onto many mysteries such as life and death, mind, life sciences and psychology, Para-psychological findings, etc. Finding a new model to describe consciousness and spirituality is another very important task ahead. Old frameworks are outdated and unfit. New scaffold can work as a platform for a huge leap in history of mankind. The concepts presented may not only change the way that we look at our world, it also can change the way we live.

172

You might also like